CNCelite 8058_8060_8065_8070 Hardware configuration_

Prévia do material em texto

<p>Ref: 2405</p><p>8058/8060</p><p>8065/8070CNCelite</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>BLANK PAGE</p><p>ꞏ2ꞏ</p><p>MACHINE SAFETY</p><p>It is up to the machine manufacturer to make sure that the safety of the machine</p><p>is enabled in order to prevent personal injury and damage to the CNC or to the</p><p>products connected to it. On start-up and while validating CNC parameters, it</p><p>checks the status of the following safety elements. If any of them is disabled, the</p><p>CNC shows the following warning message.</p><p>• Feedback alarm for analog axes.</p><p>• Software limits for analog and sercos linear axes.</p><p>• Following error monitoring for analog and sercos axes (except the spindle)</p><p>both at the CNC and at the drives.</p><p>• Tendency test on analog axes.</p><p>FAGOR AUTOMATION shall not be held responsible for any personal injuries or</p><p>physical damage caused or suffered by the CNC resulting from any of the safety</p><p>elements being disabled.</p><p>DUAL-USE PRODUCTS</p><p>Products manufactured by FAGOR AUTOMATION since April 1st 2014 will</p><p>include "-MDU" in their identification if they are included on the list of dual-use</p><p>products according to regulation UE 428/2009 and require an export license</p><p>depending on destination.</p><p>TRANSLATION OF THE ORIGINAL MANUAL</p><p>This manual is a translation of the original manual. This manual, as well as the</p><p>documents derived from it, have been drafted in Spanish. In the event of any</p><p>contradictions between the document in Spanish and its translations, the wording</p><p>in the Spanish version shall prevail. The original manual will be labeled with the</p><p>text "ORIGINAL MANUAL".</p><p>HARDWARE EXPANSIONS</p><p>FAGOR AUTOMATION shall not be held responsible for any personal injuries or</p><p>physical damage caused or suffered by the CNC resulting from any hardware</p><p>manipulation by personnel unauthorized by Fagor Automation.</p><p>If the CNC hardware is modified by personnel unauthorized by Fagor</p><p>Automation, it will no longer be under warranty.</p><p>COMPUTER VIRUSES</p><p>FAGOR AUTOMATION guarantees that the software installed contains no</p><p>computer viruses. It is up to the user to keep the unit virus free in order to</p><p>guarantee its proper operation. Computer viruses at the CNC may cause it to</p><p>malfunction.</p><p>FAGOR AUTOMATION shall not be held responsible for any personal injuries or</p><p>physical damage caused or suffered by the CNC due a computer virus in the</p><p>system.</p><p>If a computer virus is found in the system, the unit will no longer be under warranty.</p><p>All rights reserved. No part of this documentation may be transmitted,</p><p>transcribed, stored in a backup device or translated into another language</p><p>without Fagor Automation’s consent. Unauthorized copying or distributing of this</p><p>software is prohibited.</p><p>The information described in this manual may be subject to changes due to</p><p>technical modifications. Fagor Automation reserves the right to change the</p><p>contents of this manual without prior notice.</p><p>All the trade marks appearing in the manual belong to the corresponding owners.</p><p>The use of these marks by third parties for their own purpose could violate the</p><p>rights of the owners.</p><p>It is possible that CNC can execute more functions than those described in its</p><p>associated documentation; however, Fagor Automation does not guarantee the</p><p>validity of those applications. Therefore, except under the express permission</p><p>from Fagor Automation, any CNC application that is not described in the</p><p>documentation must be considered as "impossible". In any case, Fagor</p><p>Automation shall not be held responsible for any personal injuries or physical</p><p>damage caused or suffered by the CNC if it is used in any way other than as</p><p>explained in the related documentation.</p><p>The content of this manual and its validity for the product described here has been</p><p>verified. Even so, involuntary errors are possible, hence no absolute match is</p><p>guaranteed. However, the contents of this document are regularly checked and</p><p>updated implementing the necessary corrections in a later edition. We appreciate</p><p>your suggestions for improvement.</p><p>The examples described in this manual are for learning purposes. Before using</p><p>them in industrial applications, they must be properly adapted making sure that</p><p>the safety regulations are fully met.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ3ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>I N D E X</p><p>About this manual. ........................................................................................................................ 9</p><p>About the product. .......................................................................................................................11</p><p>EC Declaration of Conformity, warranty conditions and quality certificates. ............................... 17</p><p>Safety conditions. ....................................................................................................................... 19</p><p>Returning conditions. .................................................................................................................. 23</p><p>CNC maintenance. ..................................................................................................................... 25</p><p>New Features. ............................................................................................................................ 27</p><p>CHAPTER 1 PREVIOUS INFORMATION.</p><p>CHAPTER 2 CONFIGURATION.</p><p>2.1 Central unit. ................................................................................................................... 31</p><p>2.2 Central unit + Monitor. ................................................................................................... 31</p><p>2.3 Central unit + Monitor + Keyboard. ................................................................................ 32</p><p>2.4 Central unit + Monitor + Keyboard and Operator panel. ................................................ 32</p><p>2.5 Monitor. ......................................................................................................................... 33</p><p>2.6 Operator panels. ........................................................................................................... 34</p><p>2.7 CAN keyboard. .............................................................................................................. 35</p><p>2.8 USB keyboard. .............................................................................................................. 35</p><p>2.9 CAN remote modules..................................................................................................... 36</p><p>2.10 EtherCAT remote modules. ........................................................................................... 37</p><p>2.11 General diagram (8058 integrated model). .................................................................... 38</p><p>2.12 General diagram (8060, 8065 and 8070 integrated models). ........................................ 39</p><p>2.13 General diagram (in-cabinet model). ............................................................................. 40</p><p>CHAPTER 3 CENTRAL UNIT (CPU) ENCLOSURE.</p><p>3.1 Calculation of the surface needed for heat dissipation. ................................................. 43</p><p>CHAPTER 4 CENTRAL UNIT (INTEGRATED MODEL).</p><p>4.1 Specifications................................................................................................................. 47</p><p>4.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification. ...................................................... 49</p><p>4.2 Dimensions. ................................................................................................................... 50</p><p>4.2.1 QC-C58-10K</p><p>QC-C##-10AK (all models). ....................................................................................... 50</p><p>4.2.2 QC-C##-10K (8060/8065/8070). ............................................................................... 51</p><p>4.2.3 QC-C##-10H / QC-C##-10HT (8060/8065/8070). ................................................... 52</p><p>4.2.4 QC-C##-10V / QC-C##-10VT (8060/8065/8070). ................................................... 53</p><p>4.2.5 QC-C##-15 (8060/8065/8070). .................................................................................. 54</p><p>4.2.6</p><p>Operator panel.</p><p>Remote modules.</p><p>USB</p><p>Keyboard.</p><p>OP-PANEL-329</p><p>HORIZONTAL KEYB 2.0</p><p>+ TOUCHPAD.</p><p>RIOW</p><p>RIO5</p><p>RIOR</p><p>OP-PANEL</p><p>OP-PANEL+SPDL RATE</p><p>Sercos III</p><p>CANKeyboard.</p><p>CAN</p><p>DVI-D</p><p>MONITOR-21W MULTITOUCH</p><p>MONITOR-21W MULTITOUCH NEUTRO</p><p>Servo drive system.</p><p>DRIVES</p><p>MONITOR-18W MULTITOUCH</p><p>Central unit.</p><p>EtherCAT</p><p>Remote modules.</p><p>RIOW-E</p><p>BCSD</p><p>EtherCAT Drive System.</p><p>RIOR-E</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ41ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>3.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>P</p><p>U</p><p>)</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>C</p><p>L</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>U</p><p>R</p><p>E</p><p>.</p><p>3 CENTRAL UNIT (CPU) ENCLOSURE.</p><p>The enclosure must be designed to ensure an ambient temperature of 45 ºC (113 ºF) and</p><p>while the unit is running, the inside temperature of the CNC must not exceed 60 ºC (140 ºF).</p><p>The inside temperature of the CNC may be monitored from the diagnosis mode (see the</p><p>operating manual).</p><p>Enclosure requirements.</p><p>The enclosure must meet the following requirements.</p><p>• The protection degree of the enclosure must be IP54.</p><p>• The dissipation surface of the enclosure must be enough to evacuate (by convection)</p><p>the heat generated inside. Dissipation surfaces are all the surfaces of the enclosure</p><p>except the front and bottom.</p><p>• The enclosure must respect the minimum distances recommended between the</p><p>enclosure walls and the central unit to let the air flow and improve heat dissipation.</p><p>Minimum enclosure dimensions.</p><p>If necessary, increase the dimensions of the enclosure; NEVER use smaller dimensions than</p><p>the recommended minimum values.</p><p>To meet the previous requirements, Fagor recommends the following.</p><p>• The enclosure must not have any ventilation holes, because they could let dust or other substances</p><p>in.</p><p>• To improve heat dissipation, install a fan inside the enclosure for air circulation.</p><p>Before building an enclosure with glass fiber u another poor heat dissipating material, contact Fagor</p><p>Automation.</p><p>i</p><p>i</p><p>QC-C60-10V QC-C65-10V QC-C70-10V</p><p>Required minimum dimensions:</p><p>(*) The minimum gap between the CNC</p><p>and the side walls of the enclosure.</p><p>Dissipating surface:</p><p>A 394 mm 15.51 inch</p><p>B 423 mm 16.65 inch</p><p>C 125 mm 4.92 inch</p><p>D* 15 mm 0.59 inch</p><p>E* 15 mm 0.59 inch</p><p>F* 50 mm 1.97 inch</p><p>0.32 m² 3.44 ft²</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>F</p><p>D</p><p>D</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ42ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>3.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>P</p><p>U</p><p>)</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>C</p><p>L</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>U</p><p>R</p><p>E</p><p>.</p><p>Power dissipated by the CNC.</p><p>To calculate the dissipated power, all the elements that are inside the enclosure must be</p><p>taken into account. The central unit dissipates 24 W.</p><p>Characteristics of the inside fan of the enclosure.</p><p>• Type of fan; ball bearings.</p><p>• Work temperature, between -10 ºC (14 ºF) and +60 ºC (140 ºF).</p><p>• Air flow greater than 13.6 m³/h</p><p>• Life expectancy L10 >= 100.000 hours (taken at 25 ºC (77 ºF))</p><p>QC-C60-10H QC-C65-10H QC-C70-10H</p><p>QC-C58-10K QC-C60-10K QC-C65-10K QC-C70-10K</p><p>QC-C58-10AK QC-C60-10AK QC-C65-10AK QC-C70-10AK</p><p>QC-C60-15 QC-C65-15 QC-C70-15</p><p>QC-C60-15AT QC-C65-15AT QC-C70-15AT</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>D</p><p>Required minimum dimensions:</p><p>(*) The minimum gap between the CNC</p><p>and the side walls of the enclosure.</p><p>Dissipating surface:</p><p>A 502 mm 19.76 inch</p><p>B 305 mm 12.00 inch</p><p>C 125 mm 4.92 inch</p><p>D* 15 mm 0.59 inch</p><p>E* 15 mm 0.59 inch</p><p>0.29 m² 3,12 ft²</p><p>Required minimum dimensions:</p><p>(*) The minimum gap between the CNC</p><p>and the side walls of the enclosure.</p><p>Dissipating surface:</p><p>A 450 mm 17,72 inch</p><p>B 380 mm 14,96 inch</p><p>C 135 mm 5.31 inch</p><p>D* 15 mm 0.59 inch</p><p>E* 15 mm 0.59 inch</p><p>0.33 m² 3.55 ft²</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>D</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ43ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>3.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>P</p><p>U</p><p>)</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>C</p><p>L</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>U</p><p>R</p><p>E</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>al</p><p>cu</p><p>la</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>o</p><p>f t</p><p>h</p><p>e</p><p>su</p><p>rf</p><p>a</p><p>ce</p><p>n</p><p>ee</p><p>d</p><p>ed</p><p>fo</p><p>r</p><p>h</p><p>ea</p><p>t d</p><p>is</p><p>si</p><p>pa</p><p>tio</p><p>n.</p><p>3.1 Calculation of the surface needed for heat dissipation.</p><p>To calculate the total surface required for the enclosure, in order to dissipate the heat</p><p>generated in it, the following data must be considered.</p><p>H e a t d i s s i pa t i o n e x a m p l e f o r a n e n c l o s u r e w i t h t h e</p><p>recommended minimum surface.</p><p>The dissipation coefficient corresponds to an enclosure made of painted sheet metal.</p><p>In this case, for an inside temperature of 45 ºC (113 ºF), the enclosure must be larger or an</p><p>inside fan must be installed to improve heat dissipation by making the air flow inside.</p><p>Data Units Meaning</p><p>TO (m²) Total required surface (The entire surface of the enclosure except the</p><p>bottom one is considered useful).</p><p>P (W) Total power dissipated by all the elements that generate heat inside the</p><p>enclosure, including the power supply and the fan, if there is one.</p><p>Ta (ºC) Ambient temperature (outside the enclosure).</p><p>Ts (ºC) Internal CNC temperature.</p><p>Cf (m²) Dissipation coefficient of the material used for the enclosure.</p><p>Heat dissipation by natural convection. Heat dissipation by forced convection with</p><p>internal fan (flow Q = 13.6 m³/h).</p><p>10H monitor. 10V monitor. 10K monitor.</p><p>10AK monitor.</p><p>15 monitor.</p><p>15AT monitor.</p><p>Ambient (room) temperature</p><p>(Ta).</p><p>45 ºC (113 ºF) 45 ºC (113 ºF) 45 ºC (113 ºF)</p><p>Dissipated power. 24 W 24 W 24 W</p><p>Dissipating surface. 029 m² (3.12 ft²) 0.32 m² (3.34 ft²) 0.33 m² (3.,55 ft²)</p><p>Fan. Yes No Yes No Yes No</p><p>Air flow of the fan. 13.6</p><p>m³/h</p><p>- - - 13.6</p><p>m³/h</p><p>- - - 13.6</p><p>m³/h</p><p>- - -</p><p>Dissipation coefficient. 6.2 4.2 6.2 4.2 6.2 4.2</p><p>Internal CNC temperature. 58.3 ºC</p><p>136.9 ºF</p><p>64.6 ºC</p><p>148.3 ºF</p><p>57 ºC</p><p>134.6 ºF</p><p>62.8 ºC</p><p>145 ºF</p><p>56.5 ºC</p><p>133.7 ºF</p><p>62.1 ºC</p><p>143.8 ºF</p><p>Ts</p><p>A</p><p>P</p><p>Ta</p><p>A =</p><p>P</p><p>Cf ꞏ (Ts-Ta)</p><p>Ts</p><p>Ta</p><p>A</p><p>P</p><p>A P</p><p>4,2 Ts Ta– </p><p>------------------------------=</p><p>Ts</p><p>Ta</p><p>A</p><p>P</p><p>A P</p><p>6,2 Ts Ta– </p><p>------------------------------=</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ44ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>3.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>P</p><p>U</p><p>)</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>C</p><p>L</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>U</p><p>R</p><p>E</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>al</p><p>cu</p><p>la</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>o</p><p>f t</p><p>h</p><p>e</p><p>su</p><p>rf</p><p>a</p><p>ce</p><p>n</p><p>ee</p><p>d</p><p>ed</p><p>fo</p><p>r</p><p>h</p><p>ea</p><p>t d</p><p>is</p><p>si</p><p>pa</p><p>tio</p><p>n.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ45ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>4 CENTRAL UNIT (INTEGRATED MODEL).</p><p>All models have a USB 2.0 port at the front, protected with a cover.</p><p>Do not get into the inside of the unit. This unit MUST NOT be opened by unauthorized personnel. Only</p><p>personnel authorized by Fagor Automation may access the interior of this unit.</p><p>Model. Differences.</p><p>QC-C##-10K</p><p>QC-C##-10AK</p><p>• Compact CNC; monitor, central unit, keyboard and operator panel.</p><p>• 10.4" (800 × 600 pixels) monitor, aspect ratio 4:3, 18-bit color.</p><p>QC-C##-10H</p><p>QC-C##-10HT</p><p>QC-C##-10V</p><p>QC-C##-10VT</p><p>• Compact CNC; monitor, central unit and keyboard.</p><p>• 10.4" (800 × 600 pixels) monitor, aspect ratio 4:3, 18-bit color.</p><p>• Touch screen (only QC-C##-10HT / QC-C##-10VT).</p><p>• Connection for a CAN operator panel.</p><p>QC-C##-15 • Modular CNC; monitor and central unit.</p><p>• 15" (1024 × 768 pixels) monitor, aspect ratio 4:3, 24-bit color.</p><p>• Connection for a USB or CAN keyboard.</p><p>• Connection for a CAN operator panel.</p><p>QC-C##-15AT • Modular CNC; monitor and central unit.</p><p>• 15" (1024 × 768 pixels) monitor, aspect ratio 4:3, 24-bit color.</p><p>• Capacitive multi-touch screen, optimized for the machine tool sector,</p><p>including work with gloves typically found in the sector.</p><p>• Connection for a USB or CAN keyboard.</p><p>• Connection for a CAN operator panel.</p><p>QC-C70-10K</p><p>QC-C65-10K</p><p>QC-C60-10K</p><p>QC-C58-10K</p><p>QC-C70-10AK</p><p>QC-C65-10AK</p><p>QC-C60-10AK</p><p>QC-C58-10AK</p><p>QC-C70-10H</p><p>QC-C70-10HT</p><p>QC-C65-10H</p><p>QC-C65-10HT</p><p>QC-C60-10H</p><p>QC-C60-10HT</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ46ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>QC-C70-10V</p><p>QC-C70-10VT</p><p>QC-C65-10V</p><p>QC-C65-10VT</p><p>QC-C60-10V</p><p>QC-C60-10VT</p><p>QC-C70-15</p><p>QC-C65-15</p><p>QC-C60-15</p><p>QC-C70-15AT</p><p>QC-C65-15AT</p><p>QC-C60-15AT</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ47ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>4.1 Specifications.</p><p>The machine manufacturer must comply with the EN 60204-1 (IEC-204-1) regulation</p><p>regarding electrical shocks</p><p>in case of defective input/output pins with external power supply</p><p>when not plugging the connector before turning the power supply on.</p><p>Specifications. Description.</p><p>General. • Central unit with monitor, keyboard (depending on the model) and</p><p>operator panel (depending on the model).</p><p>• Dimensions (width × height × depth).</p><p>QC-C58-10K</p><p>- 420 × 350 × 56 mm. - 16.54" × 13.78" × 2.20".</p><p>QC-C60-10K / QC-C65-10K / QC-C70-10K</p><p>- 420 × 350 × 68 mm. - 16.54" × 13.78" × 2.68".</p><p>QC-C58-10AK</p><p>- 420 × 350 × 56 mm. - 16.54" × 13.78" × 2.20".</p><p>QC-C##-10H / QC-C##-10HT</p><p>- 472 × 275 × 58.5 mm. - 18.58" × 10.83" × 2.30".</p><p>QC-C##-10V / QC-C##-10VT.</p><p>- 329 × 393 × 58.5 mm. - 12.95" × 15.47" × 2.30".</p><p>QC-C##-15</p><p>- 420 × 350 × 68 mm. - 16.54" × 13.78" × 2.68".</p><p>QC-C##-15AT</p><p>- 420 × 350 × 63 mm. - 16.54" × 13.78" × 2.48".</p><p>Operating conditions. • Equipment for indoor use in non-hazardous locations, operated by</p><p>qualified personnel skilled in its use.</p><p>• The equipment must be installed in an enclosure that meets the</p><p>requirements described in this manual.</p><p>• Equipment designed for use in fixed locations.</p><p>• Equipment not suitable for wet areas.</p><p>• Never use in explosive environments (dangerous areas).</p><p>System. • Processor (depending on the model):</p><p>- CP-IC-E352-2-2.</p><p>- CP-IC-E354-4-4.</p><p>- CP-IM-BT52-2-2.</p><p>• RAM.</p><p>- 4 GB.</p><p>• Storage (depending on the model):</p><p>(SO, CNC and user programs).</p><p>- Internal 15 GB (only 8058).</p><p>- Internal 16/20 GB (only 8060).</p><p>- Internal 16/20/40 GB (only 8065 and 8070).</p><p>• Storage expansion (optional):</p><p>(user programs).</p><p>- CFast 32 GB.</p><p>- CFast 128 GB.</p><p>• Without fan.</p><p>• Without battery.</p><p>• SO:</p><p>- Windows 10 (32 bits multi-touch).</p><p>LCD. • QC-C##-10K / QC-C##-10AK / QC-C##-10H / QC-C##-10V.</p><p>- TFT 18-bit color LCD.</p><p>- 10.4" (ratio 4:3) 800 × 600 pixels</p><p>- Non-touch screen.</p><p>• QC-C##-10HT / QC-C##-10VT.</p><p>- TFT 18-bit color LCD.</p><p>- 10.4" (ratio 4:3) 800 × 600 pixels</p><p>- Touch screen.</p><p>• QC-C##-15.</p><p>- TFT 24-bit color LCD.</p><p>- 15" (ratio 4:3) 1024 × 768 pixels</p><p>- Non-touch screen.</p><p>• QC-C##-15AT.</p><p>- TFT 24-bit color LCD.</p><p>- 15" (ratio 4:3) 1024 × 768 pixels</p><p>- Capacitive multi-touch screen.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ48ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>Regulations. • It complies with the European directives for electromagnetic</p><p>compatibility 2014/30/EU and low voltage 2014/35/EU. See the</p><p>declaration of conformity, available on our website.</p><p>• UL 61010-1 (Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for</p><p>Measurement, Control, and Laboratory Use - Part 1: General</p><p>Requirements). See the certificate, available on our website.</p><p>• IEC/UL 61010-2-201 (Safety requirements for elecrical equipement for</p><p>measurement, control and laboratory use. Particular requirements for</p><p>control equipment).</p><p>• Canadian Standards Associations: CSA C22.2 No. 142 (Process</p><p>Control Equipement).</p><p>Packaging. • The package meets the regulation EN 60068-2-32 procedure 1 with a</p><p>random fall from a height not greater than 1 m.</p><p>Ambient. • Storage and transport temperature according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between -40 ºC (-40 ºF) and +70 ºC (158 ºF).</p><p>• Work temperature according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between 5 ºC (41 ºF) and 55 ºC (131 ºF).</p><p>• Temperature outside cabinet according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between 5 ºC (41 ºF) and 45 ºC (113 ºF).</p><p>• Temperature inside the enclosure:</p><p>- Less than 55 ºC (131 ºF).</p><p>• Relative humidity according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- 20 ~ 85% RH without condensation.</p><p>• Maximum work altitude:</p><p>- The unit must work properly at 2000 m according to IEC 61131-2.</p><p>• Vibration test according to IEC 60068-2-6 with a frequency step of</p><p>1 octave/minute (±10%) and a duration of 10 sweeps.</p><p>- 5 Hz  f  8.4 Hz; movement of constant 3.5 mm amplitude (peak</p><p>value).</p><p>- 8.4 Hz  f  150 Hz; 1g acceleration and constant amplitude (peak</p><p>value).</p><p>• Degree of protection according to EN 60529:</p><p>- IP65 (front), IP20 (rear).</p><p>• Pollution degree 2 according to IEC/UL 61010-1.</p><p>Electrical. • Connection to mains supply: Permanent.</p><p>• Operating conditions: Continuous.</p><p>• Protection against electric shock: Class III (PE connection is only for</p><p>functional earthing).</p><p>• OVC I protection level according to IEC/UL 61010-1.</p><p>Power supply. • Use a regulated 24 V DC power supply (between -15% and +20%) and</p><p>2 A (including voltage ripple and noise). The power supply must meet</p><p>the UL1950 standard.</p><p>Connectivity. • 1 USB 2.0 port on the front, protected by a cover.</p><p>• 1 USB 2.0 port on the rear (only QC-C58 / QC-C60).</p><p>• 2 USB 2.0 ports on the rear (only QC-C65 / QC-C70).</p><p>• 1 USB 3.0 port on the rear (only QC-C65 / QC-C70).</p><p>• 1 Ethernet port for 10/100/1000 BaseT connection.</p><p>• CAN Bus (CANopen).</p><p>• Sercos III bus.</p><p>• EtherCAT bus.</p><p>Inputs/outputs. • 16 opto-coupled digital inputs (24 V DC).</p><p>- IEC61131-2 type 1 and type 3 compliant.</p><p>• 8 opto-coupled digital outputs (24 V DC, 500 mA).</p><p>- ON cycle: minimum 75 µs (25 µs, optional in two of them).</p><p>• 1 analog outputs (±10 V, 16-bit resolution).</p><p>• 1 feedback inputs (5 V, 250 mA).</p><p>- Incremental TTL signal, differential TTL or 1 Vpp.</p><p>- SSI, EnDat or full digital BiSS communication protocols.</p><p>- Frequency : 100 kHz (TTL), 1000 kHz (TTL differential) / 500 kHz (1</p><p>Vpp).</p><p>• 1 relay with one normally open contact (1A at 24V).</p><p>• 2 probe inputs (5 V or 24 V)</p><p>• 1 entry for UPS.</p><p>• 1 input for three handwheels with A and B signals (5 V DC TTL)</p><p>(only QC-C##-10K and QC-C##-10AK).</p><p>Specifications. Description.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ49ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>4.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification.</p><p>• This equipment is for indoor use in non-hazardous locations, operated by qualified</p><p>personnel skilled in its use.</p><p>• The equipement shall be supplied with the specified rated voltages according to the</p><p>hardware manual.</p><p>• The nature of the installation where it is connected must not exceed OVC II.</p><p>• The equipment fullfils the requirements of the tested standars only if it is operated</p><p>according to the hardware manual.</p><p>• The end application has to fulfill the requirements for resistance to mechanical stresses.</p><p>• To meet IP 54, the system must be installed in an appropiate enclosure according to the</p><p>hardware manual.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ50ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>D</p><p>im</p><p>en</p><p>si</p><p>on</p><p>s.</p><p>4.2 Dimensions.</p><p>4.2.1 QC-C58-10K</p><p>QC-C##-10AK (all models).</p><p>mm inch</p><p>Da 373 14.68</p><p>Db 306 12.04</p><p>mm inch</p><p>a 420 16.54</p><p>b 350 13.78</p><p>c 56 2.20</p><p>a</p><p>bDb</p><p>c</p><p>Da</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ51ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>D</p><p>im</p><p>en</p><p>si</p><p>on</p><p>s.</p><p>4.2.2 QC-C##-10K (8060/8065/8070).</p><p>mm inch</p><p>Da 388 15.28</p><p>Db 318 12.52</p><p>mm inch</p><p>a 420 16.54</p><p>b 350 13.78</p><p>c 68 2.68</p><p>a</p><p>bDb</p><p>c</p><p>Da</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ52ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>D</p><p>im</p><p>en</p><p>si</p><p>on</p><p>s.</p><p>4.2.3 QC-C##-10H / QC-C##-10HT (8060/8065/8070).</p><p>mm inch</p><p>a 472 18.58</p><p>b 275 10.83</p><p>c 58,5 2.30</p><p>mm inch</p><p>Da 440 17.32</p><p>Db 243 9.57</p><p>a</p><p>b</p><p>c</p><p>Db</p><p>Da</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ53ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>D</p><p>im</p><p>en</p><p>si</p><p>on</p><p>s.</p><p>4.2.4 QC-C##-10V / QC-C##-10VT (8060/8065/8070).</p><p>mm inch</p><p>a 329 12.95</p><p>b 393 15.47</p><p>c 58,5 2.30</p><p>mm inch</p><p>Da 296 11.65</p><p>Db 361 14.21</p><p>a</p><p>b</p><p>c</p><p>Db</p><p>Da</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ54ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>D</p><p>im</p><p>en</p><p>si</p><p>on</p><p>s.</p><p>4.2.5 QC-C##-15 (8060/8065/8070).</p><p>mm inch</p><p>a 420 16.54</p><p>b 350 13.78</p><p>c 68 2.68</p><p>mm inch</p><p>Da 389 15.31</p><p>Db 319 12.56</p><p>Da</p><p>Db</p><p>a</p><p>b</p><p>c</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ55ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>D</p><p>im</p><p>en</p><p>si</p><p>on</p><p>s.</p><p>4.2.6 QC-C##-15AT (8060/8065/8070).</p><p>mm inch</p><p>a 420 16.54</p><p>b 350 13.78</p><p>c 63 2.48</p><p>mm inch</p><p>Da 391 15.40</p><p>Db 321 12.63</p><p>Da</p><p>Db</p><p>a</p><p>b</p><p>c</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ56ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>s</p><p>ec</p><p>ur</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>s.</p><p>4.3 Enclosure and securing of the modules.</p><p>4.3.1 Ambient characteristics of the enclosure.</p><p>The enclosure must be designed to ensure an ambient temperature of 45 ºC (113 ºF) and</p><p>while the unit is running, the inside temperature of the CNC must not exceed 60 ºC (140 ºF).</p><p>The inside temperature of the CNC may be monitored from the diagnosis mode (see the</p><p>operating manual).</p><p>4.3.2 Enclosure design.</p><p>The enclosure must meet the following requirements:</p><p>• Protection degree: IP 54 minimun (according to EN 60529).</p><p>• Protection degree: IK 08 minimun (according to IEC 62262).</p><p>• Enclosures complying with UL 50 and/or UL 50E and CSA C22.2 Nos. 94.1 or 94.3 for</p><p>the intended application, need not be subjected to the applicable requirements in this</p><p>standard. Non-metallic materials of enclosures complying with the above standards,</p><p>relied upon for containment of fire within the equipment, shall have a minimun</p><p>flammability rating of V-1.</p><p>• The enclosure must have enough surface area to evacuate by convection the heat</p><p>generated inside.</p><p>• The enclosure must respect the minimum distances recommended between the</p><p>enclosure walls and the central unit to let the air flow and improve heat dissipation.</p><p>• In the connector area, reserve a space that allows the cables to be connected, respecting</p><p>their radius of curvature.</p><p>• Keep the enclosure clean.</p><p>Before building an enclosure with glass fiber u another poor heat dissipating material, contact Fagor</p><p>Automation.i</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ57ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>s</p><p>ec</p><p>ur</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>s.</p><p>4.3.3 Dimensions of the cut off part and the enclosure.</p><p>QC-C58-10K.</p><p>QC-C60-10K / QC-C65-10K / QC-C70-10K.</p><p>mm inch</p><p>W 380 15.00</p><p>H 310 12.20</p><p>A 400 15.75</p><p>B 330 13.00</p><p>mm inch</p><p>e 1.5 - 4 0.06 - 0.16</p><p>d Ø 6 Ø 0.23</p><p>H</p><p>W</p><p>e</p><p>General tolerance for W and H = ±1 mm (0.04 inches).</p><p>Tolerance for d = ±0.2 mm (0.0079 inches).</p><p>Maximum radius of the corners = 5 mm (0.2 inches).</p><p>==</p><p>A</p><p>R</p><p>B</p><p>=</p><p>=</p><p>d</p><p>mm inch</p><p>W 391 15.40</p><p>H 321 12.63</p><p>mm inch</p><p>e 1.5 - 4 0.06 - 0.16</p><p>H</p><p>W</p><p>e</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ58ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>s</p><p>ec</p><p>ur</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>s.</p><p>QC-C##-10AK.</p><p>QC-C##-10H / QC-C##-10HT.</p><p>mm inch</p><p>W 380 15.00</p><p>H 310 12.20</p><p>A 400 15.75</p><p>B 330 13.00</p><p>mm inch</p><p>e 1.5 - 4 0.06 - 0.16</p><p>d Ø 6 Ø 0.23</p><p>H</p><p>W</p><p>e</p><p>General tolerance for W and H = ±1 mm (0.04 inches).</p><p>Tolerance for d = ±0.2 mm (0.0079 inches).</p><p>Maximum radius of the corners = 5 mm (0.2 inches).</p><p>==</p><p>A</p><p>R</p><p>B</p><p>=</p><p>=</p><p>d</p><p>mm inch</p><p>W 442 17.40</p><p>H 245 9.65</p><p>mm inch</p><p>e 1.5 - 4 0.06 - 0.16</p><p>H</p><p>W</p><p>e</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ59ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>s</p><p>ec</p><p>ur</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>s.</p><p>QC-C##-10V / QC-C##-10VT.</p><p>QC-C##-15.</p><p>mm inch</p><p>W 299 11.77</p><p>H 363 14.29</p><p>mm inch</p><p>e 1.5 - 4 0.06 - 0.16</p><p>H</p><p>W</p><p>e</p><p>mm inch</p><p>W 392 15.43</p><p>H 322 12.67</p><p>mm inch</p><p>e 1.5 ~ 4.0 0.06 ~ 0.16</p><p>H</p><p>W</p><p>e</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ60ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>s</p><p>ec</p><p>ur</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>s.</p><p>QC-C##-15AT.</p><p>4.3.4 Securing the module.</p><p>The module must be installed in a proper enclosure that may be located on the machine or</p><p>on an external support. To insert the unit into the enclosure, it must have a big enough hole</p><p>to allow to insert it easily, without obstacles and without forcing the unit.</p><p>QC-C58-10K.</p><p>QC-C##-10AK</p><p>Secure the module from the inside of the enclosure with 8 M5 nuts, with a tightening torque</p><p>of 2.1 Nm.</p><p>Even though the size of the cut-out for the QC-C##-15AT model is physically compatible with the</p><p>QC-C##-15 model, its size has been increased to facilitate assembly. i</p><p>mm inch</p><p>W 393 15.47</p><p>H 323 12.71</p><p>mm inch</p><p>e 1.5 ~ 4.0 0.06 ~ 0.16</p><p>e</p><p>H</p><p>W</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ61ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>s</p><p>ec</p><p>ur</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>s.</p><p>QC-C60-10K / QC-C65-10K / QC-C70-10K.</p><p>QC-C##-10H / QC-C##-10HT.</p><p>QC-C##-10V / QC-C##-10VT.</p><p>QC-C##-15 / QC-C##-15AT.</p><p>The module is secured from the inside of the enclosure; therefore, there is no need to drill</p><p>any holes on the front. Once the unit has been inserted into the enclosure, secure it from</p><p>the inside with the tension jacks. To properly secure it, use all the tension jacks. Apply a</p><p>tightening torque of 0.7 Nm.</p><p>1 2 3</p><p>0.7 Nm</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ62ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>P</p><p>ow</p><p>e</p><p>r</p><p>su</p><p>p</p><p>pl</p><p>y</p><p>fo</p><p>r</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>4.4 Power supply for the module.</p><p>4.4.1 Protection against over-voltage and reverse voltage.</p><p>The central unit has a F2A fuse that may be accessed from the outside to protect against</p><p>over-voltage (greater than 36 V DC or 25 V AC). The central unit is also protected against</p><p>reverse connection of the power supply.</p><p>4.4.2 Voltage supply at 24 V DC.</p><p>• Universal DC power supply. Use a regulated 24 V DC power supply (between -15% and</p><p>+20%) and 2 A (including voltage ripple and noise). See "4.4.5 Power supply</p><p>requirements." on page 63.</p><p>• The unit must be powered with class DVC A power supply with a SELV/PELV protection</p><p>output voltage.</p><p>• For all connections and terminals of electronic modules, use only power supplies that</p><p>provide SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) or PELV (Protective Extra Low Voltage) output</p><p>voltages.</p><p>4.4.3 Power supply via UPS.</p><p>See "15 CNC-FPS." on page 285.</p><p>4.4.4 Ground connection.</p><p>See "4.8.1 Ground connection." on page 80.</p><p>Do not connect the module to a power supply that is turned on. Before connecting the module, turn</p><p>off the power supply off by unplugging the power cable.</p><p>Power supply.</p><p>Over -vo l tage</p><p>protection fuse.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ63ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>P</p><p>ow</p><p>e</p><p>r</p><p>su</p><p>p</p><p>pl</p><p>y</p><p>fo</p><p>r</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>4.4.5 Power supply requirements.</p><p>Power the central unit with an external regulated 24V power supply with the following</p><p>characteristics. The power supply must meet the UL1950 standard.</p><p>• Output voltage.</p><p>24 V DC (between -15% and +20%) and 2 A (including voltage ripple and noise).</p><p>• Output current.</p><p>The continuous load current must be greater than the current consumed by the CNC (2 A)</p><p>(at the maximum temperature inside the electrical cabinet - enclosure - where the power</p><p>supply is).</p><p>• Load fluctuations (including the current peak due to the load).</p><p>The output voltage must not exceed the previous limits (20.4 V ÷ 28.8 V), due to load</p><p>fluctuations.</p><p>• Output voltage holding time after an instantaneous power interruption.</p><p>10 ms (for an interruption of 100%) / 20 ms (for an interruption of 50%).</p><p>Example of voltage ripple and noise due to the switching power supply.</p><p>Noise.</p><p>Noise.</p><p>Voltage ripple.</p><p>Input AC voltage</p><p>Output voltage</p><p>Output current</p><p>0 A</p><p>20.4 V</p><p>28.8 V</p><p>Sudden load</p><p>change</p><p>Instantaneous interruption.</p><p>(100 %) (50 %)</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ64ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>P</p><p>ow</p><p>e</p><p>r</p><p>su</p><p>p</p><p>pl</p><p>y</p><p>fo</p><p>r</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>4.4.6 Connection of the power supply to the line voltage.</p><p>The power supply used to power the touch</p><p>screen elements (CNC, Panel PC and monitor) must always</p><p>be connected to the line voltage before the mains filter. This connection provides a "clean" power</p><p>supply, avoiding noise and conducted disturbances from the drive.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ65ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>P</p><p>ow</p><p>e</p><p>r</p><p>su</p><p>p</p><p>pl</p><p>y</p><p>fo</p><p>r</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>4.4.7 NOT recommended circuits.</p><p>The following types of circuits should NOT be used.</p><p>1 Examples of circuits that cannot maintain the output voltage in an instantaneous</p><p>interruption (the output voltage drops under 20.4 V).</p><p>2 Examples of circuits that exceed the output voltage range (20.4 V to 28.8 V) due to load</p><p>fluctuations. For these circuits, use a regulated second phase to power devices with large</p><p>load fluctuations so as not to affect the CNC and other units.</p><p>Example 1. Not recommended diagram.</p><p>A rectifier circuit is a circuit that uses diodes for full wave rectification.</p><p>Example 2. Not recommended diagram.</p><p>A rectifier circuit is a circuit that uses diodes for full wave rectification.</p><p>Example 1. Not recommended diagram.</p><p>Example 2. Not recommended diagram.</p><p>AC input CNC</p><p>Rectifier circuit</p><p>+</p><p>AC input CNC</p><p>Rectifier circuit</p><p>AC input CNC</p><p>Regulated</p><p>power supply</p><p>Device with large load</p><p>fluctuations.</p><p>AC input CNC</p><p>Regulated</p><p>power supply</p><p>Device with high peak</p><p>currents due to load</p><p>(rush current).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ66ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>N</p><p>on</p><p>-v</p><p>ol</p><p>at</p><p>ile</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>M</p><p>(</p><p>F</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>M</p><p>).</p><p>4.5 Non-volatile RAM (FRAM).</p><p>The CNC has non-volatile RAM (FRAM) that keeps the information saved in it even when</p><p>a power failure occurs. The non-volatile RAM (FRAM) always saves the position of the axes,</p><p>the rest of the data that it saves is determined by machine parameters, like for example, PLC</p><p>registers (parameter BKUPREG), common arithmetic parameters (parameter BKUPCUP),</p><p>etc.</p><p>4.6 Hardware functionality (connectors).</p><p>4.6.1 Front of the monitor.</p><p>USB 2.0 port accessible from the front and protected by a cover, for the connection of a</p><p>pendrive, mouse or keyboard. The cover must be tightly closed for the keyboard to comply</p><p>with standard IP65.</p><p>USB 2.0</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ67ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>H</p><p>a</p><p>rd</p><p>w</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>al</p><p>ity</p><p>(</p><p>co</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s)</p><p>.</p><p>4.6.2 Rear.</p><p>QC-C58-10K.</p><p>QC-C##-10AK.</p><p>QC-C60-10K / QC-C65-10K / QC-C70-10K.</p><p>QC-C##-10H / QC-C##-10HT.</p><p>QC-C##-10V / QC-C##-10VT.</p><p>QC-C##-15 / QC-C##-15AT.</p><p>F2A</p><p>I23</p><p>I24</p><p>X27</p><p>E36</p><p>H30A</p><p>H62</p><p>H31B</p><p>B64</p><p>B28 E21</p><p>I26 I25</p><p>B10</p><p>I65</p><p>A22</p><p>I65</p><p>A22 F2A</p><p>I23</p><p>I24</p><p>X27</p><p>E36</p><p>H30C</p><p>H30BH30A</p><p>H62</p><p>H31B</p><p>B64</p><p>B28 E21 I26</p><p>I25</p><p>B10</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ68ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>H</p><p>a</p><p>rd</p><p>w</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>al</p><p>ity</p><p>(</p><p>co</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s)</p><p>.</p><p>Connectors list.</p><p>Connector.</p><p>ꞏA22ꞏ 24 V supply input. See Page 69.</p><p>ꞏB10ꞏ Sercos III bus. See Page 69.</p><p>ꞏB28ꞏ CAN bus. See Page 69.</p><p>ꞏB64ꞏ EtherCAT bus. See Page 70.</p><p>ꞏE21ꞏ Local feedback input. See Page 70.</p><p>ꞏE36ꞏ Handwheel input (only QC-C##-10K model). See Page 71.</p><p>ꞏF2Aꞏ Protection fuse. See Page 71.</p><p>ꞏH30Aꞏ USB-A 2.0 Port. See Page 71.</p><p>ꞏH30Bꞏ USB-A 2.0 Port (only QC-C65 / QC-C70). See Page 71.</p><p>ꞏH30Cꞏ USB-A 3.0 Port (only QC-C65 / QC-C70). See Page 72.</p><p>ꞏH31Bꞏ Ethernet. See Page 72.</p><p>ꞏH62ꞏ CFast See Page 72.</p><p>ꞏI23ꞏ Local digital inputs. See Page 73.</p><p>ꞏI24ꞏ Local digital outputs. See Page 74.</p><p>ꞏI25ꞏ Probe input. See Page 75.</p><p>ꞏI26ꞏ General purpose ±10 V analog output (16 bits). See Page 75.</p><p>ꞏI65ꞏ UPS control. See Page 76.</p><p>ꞏX27ꞏ Relay for the emergency chain. See Page 76.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ69ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>H</p><p>a</p><p>rd</p><p>w</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>al</p><p>ity</p><p>(</p><p>co</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s)</p><p>.</p><p>ꞏA22ꞏ 24 V DC supply input.</p><p>ꞏB10ꞏ Sercos III.</p><p>ꞏB28ꞏ CAN bus.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 10 mm.</p><p>See "4.4 Power supply for the module." on page 62.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 5.</p><p>Pitch. 3.5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Screw connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum tightening torque. 0.22 / 0.25 Nm.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.14 / 1.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 28 / 16.</p><p>Rated current In. 8 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>See "4.8.9 CAN bus." on page 92.</p><p>Plug-in part. 3-pole Phoenix-contact combicon connector (5.08 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin Signal. Function.</p><p>1 - - -.</p><p>2 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>3 +24 Vdc Power supply.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 3.</p><p>Pitch. 5,08 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Spring connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.2 / 2.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 24 / 12.</p><p>Rated current In. 12 A.</p><p>RJ45 connector for 4-wire cable.</p><p>Pin. Signal.</p><p>1 TD +</p><p>2 TD -</p><p>3 RD +</p><p>4 - - -</p><p>5 - - -</p><p>6 RD -</p><p>7 - - -</p><p>8 - - -</p><p>See "4.8.10 Sercos III bus." on page 95.</p><p>Plug-in part. 5-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 GND Ground / 0 V.</p><p>2 CL (LOW) bus signal.</p><p>3 SH CAN shield.</p><p>4 CH (HIGH) bus signal.</p><p>5 SH Not being used.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ70ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>H</p><p>a</p><p>rd</p><p>w</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>al</p><p>ity</p><p>(</p><p>co</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s)</p><p>.</p><p>ꞏB64ꞏ EtherCAT bus.</p><p>ꞏE21ꞏ Local feedback input.</p><p>The feedback signals may be incremental (TTL, differential TTL, Vpp) or communication</p><p>protocols (SSI, FeeDat, EnDat, BiSS).</p><p>See "4.7.4 Feedback inputs." on page 78. See "4.8.4 Feedback</p><p>connection." on page 82.</p><p>RJ45 connector for 4-wire cable.</p><p>Pin. Signal.</p><p>1 TD +</p><p>2 TD -</p><p>3 RD +</p><p>4 - - -</p><p>5 - - -</p><p>6 RD -</p><p>7 - - -</p><p>8 - - -</p><p>See "4.8.8 EtherCAT bus." on page 89.</p><p>Plug-in part. 15-pin female SUB-D HD connector.</p><p>• Feedback signals (TTL, differential TTL, Vpp).</p><p>Connect the cable shield to the connector housing at both ends.</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 A Feedback signals.</p><p>2 /A</p><p>3 B</p><p>4 /B</p><p>5 I0 Reference signals.</p><p>6 /I0</p><p>7 AL Feedback alarm.</p><p>8 /AL</p><p>9 +5 V DC Voltage supply for the feedback system.</p><p>10 +5 V DC</p><p>11 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>12 GND</p><p>13/15 - - - - - -</p><p>• Communication protocols (SSI, EnDat, BiSS).</p><p>Connect the cable shield to the connector housing at both ends.</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 A Feedback signals.</p><p>2 /A</p><p>3 B</p><p>4 /B</p><p>5 DATA Data line.</p><p>6 /DATA</p><p>7 CLOCK Clock line.</p><p>8 /CLOCK</p><p>9 +5 V DC Voltage supply for the feedback system.</p><p>10 +5 V DC</p><p>11 GND Reference signal.</p><p>12 GND</p><p>13/15 - - - - - -</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ71ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>H</p><p>a</p><p>rd</p><p>w</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>al</p><p>ity</p><p>(</p><p>co</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s)</p><p>.</p><p>ꞏE36ꞏ Handwheel input (only for QC-C##-10Kand QC-C##-10AK).</p><p>The LCD-10K model admits the connection of up to 3 handwheels (MPG1, MPG2 and</p><p>MPG3) with A and B signals (5 V DC TTL). If he handwheel has an axis selector button, the</p><p>button signal may be connected to a digital input and may be managed from the PLC using</p><p>the -NEXTMPGAXIS-mark.</p><p>ꞏF2Aꞏ Protection fuse.</p><p>ꞏH30Aꞏ USB 2.0 Ports.</p><p>ꞏH30Bꞏ USB 2.0 Ports (only QC-C65 / QC-C70).</p><p>See "4.8.5 Handwheel connection (only QC-C##-10K and</p><p>QC-C##-10AK)." on page 83.</p><p>The module has a F2A (fast 2A) fuse that may be accessed</p><p>from the outside to protect against over-voltage (greater than</p><p>36 V DC or 25 V AC).</p><p>Plug-in part. 10-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5</p><p>mm pitch).</p><p>Always connect the shield of the cable to the ground plate using a</p><p>metallic clamp.</p><p>Pin Signal Function</p><p>1 +5 V Power supply.</p><p>2 - - - - - -</p><p>3 - - - - - -</p><p>4 MPG3-B B signal of the third handwheel.</p><p>5 MPG3-A A signal of the third handwheel.</p><p>6 MPG2-B B signal of the second handwheel.</p><p>7 MPG2-A A signal of the second handwheel.</p><p>8 MPG1-B B signal of the first handwheel.</p><p>9 MPG1-A A signal of the first handwheel.</p><p>10 GND Power supply.</p><p>• Do not run</p><p>part programs from a USB device, whether it be when using a pendrive or external hard</p><p>drive. Fagor Automation recommends using the USB port only to exchanging data, such for</p><p>programs, reports, etc. If you require more storage space, then use a CFast disk.</p><p>• Do not connect any kind of hub to the USB port.</p><p>Type A, USB 2.0 connector.</p><p>Pin. Signal.</p><p>1 + 5 V</p><p>2 DT -</p><p>3 DT +</p><p>4 GND</p><p>See "4.8.3 Connecting the USB2.0 port." on page 81.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ72ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>H</p><p>a</p><p>rd</p><p>w</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>al</p><p>ity</p><p>(</p><p>co</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s)</p><p>.</p><p>ꞏH30Cꞏ USB 3.0 Port (only QC-C65 / QC-C70).</p><p>ꞏH31Bꞏ Ethernet.</p><p>ꞏH62ꞏ CFast.</p><p>• Do not run part programs from a USB device, whether it be when using a pendrive or external hard</p><p>drive. Fagor Automation recommends using the USB port only to exchanging data, such for</p><p>programs, reports, etc. If you require more storage space, then use a CFast disk.</p><p>• Do not connect any kind of hub to the USB port.</p><p>See "4.8.7 Connection to an Ethernet network." on page 88.</p><p>Type A, USB 3.0 connector.</p><p>Pin. Signal.</p><p>1 + 5 V</p><p>2 DT -</p><p>3 DT +</p><p>4 GND</p><p>5 StdA_SSRX-</p><p>6 StdA_SSRX+</p><p>7 GND_DRAIN</p><p>8 StdA_SSTX-</p><p>9 StdA_SSTX+</p><p>8-pin RJ45 connector and 2 status LED's.</p><p>Pin. 10Base-T (10/100 Mhz). 1000Base-T (1000 Mhz).</p><p>1 TX+ (transmit data). BI_DA+</p><p>2 TX- (transmit data). BI_DA-</p><p>3 RX+ (receive data). BI_DB+</p><p>4 - - - BI_DC+</p><p>5 - - - BI_DC-</p><p>6 RX- (receive data). BI_DB-</p><p>7 - - - BI_DD+</p><p>8 - - - BI_DD-</p><p>A Connection LED. The LED turns on when the central unit is</p><p>connected to network.</p><p>B Activity LED. The LED blinks when data is being transferred.</p><p>To help increase storage space, Fagor Automation lists several CFast cards in its catalog; when using</p><p>a third-party CFast, always use an industrial grade CFast SLC as these support temperatures from</p><p>between -40ºC and +85ºC (-40 ºF and 185 ºF) and can last five years with constant day-to-day writing.</p><p>Fagor Automation shall not be held responsible for any problems caused by using lower-quality CFast</p><p>cards.</p><p>Additional storage space for user programs.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ73ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>H</p><p>a</p><p>rd</p><p>w</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>al</p><p>ity</p><p>(</p><p>co</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s)</p><p>.</p><p>ꞏI23ꞏ Local digital inputs (16 inputs).</p><p>Always make one of the following connections.</p><p>• Conductors with a cross-section of 0.5 mm², use 10 mm long sleeveless tip. Maximum length of</p><p>the stripped end, 8 mm.</p><p>• Conductors with a cross-section of 0.34 mm², use 14.5 mm long sleeved tip. Length of ferrule, 10</p><p>mm. Maximum length of the stripped end, 12 mm.</p><p>The digital inputs do not need 24 V DC power. The power pin for this connector is joined internally to</p><p>the I24 connector to power the digital outputs. It is not necessary to power both connectors.i</p><p>Inputs.</p><p>I23</p><p>Top connector.</p><p>Pin 1 coded.</p><p>Bottom connector.</p><p>Pin 9 coded.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 9.</p><p>Pitch. 2.5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Spring connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.34 / 0.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 22 / 20.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped.</p><p>(ferrule with/without sleeve). 12 mm / 8 mm.</p><p>See "4.7.1 Digital inputs." on page 77.</p><p>Plug- in part . 2 coded connectors 9-pole Phoenix-contact</p><p>minicombicon connector (2.5 mm pitch).</p><p>• Top connector.</p><p>• Bottom connector.</p><p>• Both connectors.</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1  24 V 24 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>2 - 9 LI1 - LI8 Local digital inputs.</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1  GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>2- 9 LI9 - LI16 Local digital inputs.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ74ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>H</p><p>a</p><p>rd</p><p>w</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>al</p><p>ity</p><p>(</p><p>co</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s)</p><p>.</p><p>ꞏI24ꞏ Local digital outputs (8 outputs).</p><p>Always make one of the following connections.</p><p>• Conductors with a cross-section of 0.5 mm², use 10 mm long sleeveless tip. Maximum length of</p><p>the stripped end, 8 mm.</p><p>• Conductors with a cross-section of 0.34 mm², use 14.5 mm long sleeved tip. Length of ferrule, 10</p><p>mm. Maximum length of the stripped end, 12 mm.</p><p>The digital outputs can also be powered from the I23 connector (digital inputs). The power pins on both</p><p>connectors are joined internally. It is not necessary to power both connectors.i</p><p>Outputs.</p><p>I24</p><p>Top connector.</p><p>Pin 1 coded.</p><p>Bottom connector.</p><p>Pin 6 coded.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 6.</p><p>Pitch. 2.5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Spring connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.34 / 0.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 22 / 20.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped.</p><p>(ferrule with/without sleeve). 12 mm / 8 mm.</p><p>See "4.7.2 Digital outputs." on page 77.</p><p>Plug- in part . 2 coded connectors 6-pole Phoenix-contact</p><p>minicombicon connector (2.5 mm pitch).</p><p>• Top connector.</p><p>• Bottom connector.</p><p>• Both connectors.</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1  24 V 24 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>2-3 LO1 - LO2 Local digital outputs. Use these pins for</p><p>PWM and synchronous switching.</p><p>4-5 LO3 - LO4 Local digital outputs.</p><p>6 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1  24 V 24 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>2- 5 LO5 - LO8 Local digital outputs.</p><p>6 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ75ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>H</p><p>a</p><p>rd</p><p>w</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>al</p><p>ity</p><p>(</p><p>co</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s)</p><p>.</p><p>ꞏI25ꞏ Probe input.</p><p>ꞏI26ꞏ General purpose ±10 V analog output (16 bits).</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 5.</p><p>Pitch. 3.5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Screw connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum tightening torque. 0.2 Nm.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.5 / 1.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 28 / 16.</p><p>Rated current In. 8 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>See "4.8.6 Probe connection." on page 85.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 3.</p><p>Pitch. 3.5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Screw connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum tightening torque. 0.22 / 0.25 Nm.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.14 / 1.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 28 / 16.</p><p>Rated current In. 8 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>Plug-in part. 8-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Description.</p><p>1 GND_5V 0 V reference signal for 5V.</p><p>2 +5 V 5 V output.</p><p>3 PRB1_IN5V 5 V input of probe 1.</p><p>4 PRB2_IN5V 5 V input of probe 2.</p><p>5 PRB1_IN24V 24 V input of probe 1.</p><p>6 PRB2_IN24V 24 V input of probe 2.</p><p>7 GND_24V 0 V reference signal for 24 V.</p><p>8 Chassis Shield.</p><p>Plug-in part. 3-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin Signal. Function.</p><p>1 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>2 AO Analog output.</p><p>3 SH Shield.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ76ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>H</p><p>a</p><p>rd</p><p>w</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>al</p><p>ity</p><p>(</p><p>co</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s)</p><p>.</p><p>ꞏX27ꞏ Relay for the emergency chain.</p><p>ꞏI65ꞏ UPS control.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 2.</p><p>Pitch. 3.5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Spring connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.2 / 1 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 24 / 16.</p><p>Rated current In. 8 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 10 mm.</p><p>See "4.8.2 Connecting the relay for the emergency chain." on page</p><p>81.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 3.</p><p>Pitch. 3.5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Spring connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.2 / 1 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 24 / 16.</p><p>Rated current In. 8 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 10 mm.</p><p>See "15 CNC-FPS." on page 285.</p><p>Plug-in part. 2-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 RELAY Relay for the emergency chain.</p><p>2 RELAY Relay for the emergency chain.</p><p>Plug-in part. 3-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin Signal. Function.</p><p>1 DISABLE_BAT Potential-free relay.</p><p>2 DISABLE_BAT Potential-free relay.</p><p>3 BAT_MODE UPS status.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ77ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>T</p><p>ec</p><p>h</p><p>ni</p><p>ca</p><p>l/e</p><p>le</p><p>ct</p><p>ri</p><p>ca</p><p>l c</p><p>ha</p><p>ra</p><p>ct</p><p>er</p><p>is</p><p>tic</p><p>s</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>in</p><p>pu</p><p>ts</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>o</p><p>ut</p><p>pu</p><p>ts</p><p>.</p><p>4.7 Technical/electrical characteristics of the inputs and outputs.</p><p>4.7.1 Digital inputs.</p><p>All digital inputs are galvanically isolated up to 500 V through opto-couplers. All digital inputs</p><p>meet the standard IEC61131-2 type 1 and type 3.</p><p>4.7.2 Digital outputs.</p><p>All digital outputs are galvanically isolated up to 500 V through opto-couplers. All the digital</p><p>outputs have the following characteristics:</p><p>4.7.3 Analog outputs.</p><p>Use shielded cables connecting their meshes to the corresponding shield pin. All the analog</p><p>outputs have the following characteristics:</p><p>Characteristic. Value.</p><p>Nominal voltage. +24 V DC (between +18 V DC and +30 V DC).</p><p>Activation level. From +11 V DC on and between 2.1 mA and</p><p>2.6 mA.</p><p>Deactivation level. Under +10 V DC or 1.5 mA.</p><p>For the PWM and synchronized switching, only pins LO1 or LO2 may be used. Depending on the input</p><p>receiving the PWM pulse and the cable, an external load resistor (at least 10% of rated current; if 24 V,</p><p>470  / 2 W) improves signal quality and noise immunity.</p><p>Characteristic. Value.</p><p>Nominal voltage. +24 V DC (between +18 V DC and +30 V DC).</p><p>Output voltage. 2 V less than the supply voltage.</p><p>Maximum output current. 500 mA per output.</p><p>Minimum cycle on. Pins LO1 LO2: 25 µs.</p><p>Rest of pins: 75 µs.</p><p>Characteristic. Value.</p><p>Command voltage within range. ±10 V.</p><p>Resolution. 16 bits.</p><p>Minimum impedance of the connected device. 10 k.</p><p>Maximum cable length (unshielded). 75 mm.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ78ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>T</p><p>ec</p><p>h</p><p>ni</p><p>ca</p><p>l/e</p><p>le</p><p>ct</p><p>ri</p><p>ca</p><p>l c</p><p>ha</p><p>ra</p><p>ct</p><p>er</p><p>is</p><p>tic</p><p>s</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>in</p><p>pu</p><p>ts</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>o</p><p>ut</p><p>pu</p><p>ts</p><p>.</p><p>4.7.4 Feedback inputs.</p><p>The central unit has one feedback input. The feedback signals may be incremental (TTL,</p><p>differential TTL, Vpp) or communication protocols (SSI, FeeDat, EnDat, BiSS).</p><p>Work levels for TTL signal.</p><p>Work levels for differential TTL signal.</p><p>Characteristic. Value.</p><p>+5 V power consumption. 250 mA.</p><p>Characteristic. Value.</p><p>Maximum frequency: 100 kHz.</p><p>Phase difference: 90º ± 20º.</p><p>High threshold (logic level "1") VIH: 2,2 V < VIH < 5 V.</p><p>Low threshold (logic level "0") VIL: -1 V < VIL < 0,6 V.</p><p>Maximum voltage: -1 V ÷ 7 V</p><p>Hysteresis: 1.2 V.</p><p>Characteristic. Value.</p><p>Maximum frequency: 1000 kHz.</p><p>Phase difference: 90º ± 20º.</p><p>Maximum voltage in common mode: -1 V ÷ 7 V</p><p>Maximum voltage in differential mode: ± 6 V.</p><p>Hysteresis: 0.2 V.</p><p>Maximum differential input current: 50 mA.</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>Io</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>Io</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>Io</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ79ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>T</p><p>ec</p><p>h</p><p>ni</p><p>ca</p><p>l/e</p><p>le</p><p>ct</p><p>ri</p><p>ca</p><p>l c</p><p>ha</p><p>ra</p><p>ct</p><p>er</p><p>is</p><p>tic</p><p>s</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>in</p><p>pu</p><p>ts</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>o</p><p>ut</p><p>pu</p><p>ts</p><p>.</p><p>Work levels for sinusoidal 1 Vpp signal.</p><p>Work levels for SSI signal.</p><p>Characteristic. Value.</p><p>Maximum frequency: 500 kHz.</p><p>A and B signals. Amplitude: 0.6 ÷ 1.2 Vpp</p><p>A and B signals. Centered: |V1-V2| / 2 Vpp =< 6,5%</p><p>A and B signals. Ratio: VApp / VBpp = 0.8 ÷ 1.25</p><p>A and B signals. Phase shift: 90º ± 10º</p><p>I0 signal. Amplitude: 0.2 ÷ 0.85 V</p><p>I0 signal. Width: T-90º =< I0 =< T+180º</p><p>Characteristic. Value.</p><p>Transmission: SSI synchronous serial transfer via RS 485.</p><p>Levels: EIA RS 485</p><p>Clock frequency: 100 kHz - 500 kHz</p><p>Maximum number of bits (n): 32 (configurable).</p><p>T: 2 µs to 10 µs</p><p>t1: > 1 µs</p><p>t2: 20 µs to 35 µs</p><p>SSI: Gray or binary (configurable).</p><p>Parity: Fully configurable.</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>Io</p><p>V1</p><p>V2</p><p>VApp</p><p>VBpp</p><p>VIopp</p><p>T</p><p>MSB LSB</p><p>1 2 3 n-1 n</p><p>t1 t2</p><p>Clock sequence</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ80ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>4.8 Connections.</p><p>4.8.1 Ground connection.</p><p>Connect the CNC ground terminal to the main ground terminal so that the EMC performs</p><p>properly. Before connecting the inputs and outputs, make sure that the ground connection</p><p>has been made.</p><p>Central unit.</p><p>Operator panel (only for QC-C##-10Kand QC-C##-10AK).</p><p>Do not handle the connectors while the CNC is turned on (inputs/outputs, feedback, etc.). Make sure</p><p>that the device is not powered before handling the connectors.</p><p>Do not make any connections while the CNC is powered. Disconnect the power before making a</p><p>connection.</p><p>It is up to the system integrator to meet all the requirements of local and national electrical codes as</p><p>well as all the regulations applicable regarding the grounding of the whole unit.</p><p>Ground.</p><p>Handwheel sh ie ld</p><p>connection.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ81ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>4.8.2 Connecting the relay for the emergency chain.</p><p>Single-contact relay, normally open contact that closes when the CNC is powered up and</p><p>running properly; it opens again when the CNC is turned off or when an internal failure occurs.</p><p>The relay withstands up to 1 A at 24 V.</p><p>Connector pinout.</p><p>Plug-in part. 2-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm pitch).</p><p>4.8.3 Connecting the USB2.0 port.</p><p>USB support for pen drives, hard drives, keyboards and mice; check with Fagor Automation</p><p>before connecting any other device.</p><p>Characteristics of the USB 2.0 cable.</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 RELAY Relay for the emergency chain.</p><p>2 RELAY Relay for the emergency chain.</p><p>• Do not run part programs from a USB device, whether it be when using a pendrive or external hard</p><p>drive. Fagor Automation recommends using the USB port only to exchanging data, such for</p><p>programs, reports, etc. If you require more storage space, then use a CFast disk.</p><p>• DO NOT connect any kind of hub to the USB port.</p><p>Characteristic. Description.</p><p>Type. 28AWG/1P + 24AWG/2C construction cables with dual shielding</p><p>and ferrite cores on both ends. Recommended reference; CNC Tech</p><p>102-1030-BL-F0500.</p><p>Maximum length. 5 meters (16.40 ft).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ82ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>4.8.4 Feedback connection.</p><p>The central unit has one feedback input. The feedback signals may be incremental (TTL,</p><p>differential TTL, Vpp) or communication protocols (SSI, FeeDat, EnDat, BiSS).</p><p>Connector pinout.</p><p>Cable characteristics.</p><p>We recommend to run the feedback cables as far away as possible from the power cables</p><p>of the machine.</p><p>The cable being used must have overall shield. The cable shield must be connected to the</p><p>metallic hood at each end. The unshielded portion of the wires of an unshielded cable cannot</p><p>be longer than 75 mm.</p><p>Plug-in part. 15-pin male SUB-D HD type connector.</p><p>Connect the cable shield to the connector housing at both ends.</p><p>Pin. Incremental signal. Protocol.</p><p>TTL.</p><p>Differential TTL.</p><p>1 Vpp sinusoidal.</p><p>SSI.</p><p>EnDat.</p><p>BiSS.</p><p>1 A A</p><p>2 /A /A</p><p>3 B B</p><p>4 /B /B</p><p>5 I0 DATA</p><p>6 /I0 /DATA</p><p>7 AL CLOCK</p><p>8 /AL /CLOCK</p><p>9 +5 V DC +5 V DC</p><p>10 +5 V DC +5 V DC</p><p>11 GND GND</p><p>12 GND GND</p><p>13 - - - - - -</p><p>14 - - - - - -</p><p>15 - - - - - -</p><p>Fagor Automation offers a wide range of cables and extension cables to connect the feedback systems</p><p>to the CNC. The cable characteristics , as well as its length, depend on the type of feedback being</p><p>used. Refer to our catalog for further information.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ83ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>4.8.5 Handwheel connection (only QC-C##-10K and QC-C##-10AK).</p><p>The 10K and 10AK model admits the connection of up to 3 handwheels (MPG1, MPG2 and</p><p>MPG3) with A and B signals (5 V DC TTL). If he handwheel has an axis selector button, the</p><p>button signal may be connected to a digital input and may be managed from the PLC using</p><p>the NEXTMPGAXIS mark. We recommend to run the handwheel cable as far away as</p><p>possible from the power cables of the machine.</p><p>Connector pinout.</p><p>10-pin male Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm pitch).</p><p>Shield connection (QC-C60-10K / QC-C65-10K / QC-C70-10K).</p><p>Pin Signal Function</p><p>1 +5 V Power supply.</p><p>2 - - - - - -</p><p>3 - - - - - -</p><p>4 MPG3-B B signal of the third handwheel.</p><p>5 MPG3-A A signal of the third handwheel.</p><p>6 MPG2-B B signal of the second handwheel.</p><p>7 MPG2-A A signal of the second handwheel.</p><p>8 MPG1-B B signal of the first handwheel.</p><p>9 MPG1-A A signal of the first handwheel.</p><p>10 GND Power supply.</p><p>Always connect the shield of the cable to the ground plate using a metallic clamp.</p><p>Ground plate.</p><p>Cable shield.</p><p>Handwheel cable.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ84ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>Shield connection (QC-C58-10K / QC-C##-10AK).</p><p>Cable characteristics.</p><p>The cable being used must have overall shield. The unshielded portion of the wires of an</p><p>unshielded cable cannot be longer than 75 mm.</p><p>Always connect the shield of the cable to shield terminal above de connector.</p><p>Cable shield.</p><p>Handwheel cable.</p><p>Shield terminal.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ85ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>4.8.6 Probe connection.</p><p>Connector pinout.</p><p>Plug-in part. 8-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm pitch).</p><p>The CNC offers two 5 V probe inputs and two 24 V probe inputs. The following diagram</p><p>shows the first probe input (pins 1, 2 and 3 for 5 V or pins 5 and 7 for 24 V); for the second</p><p>input, it shows pins 1, 2, 4 for 5 V or pins 6 and 7 for 24 V. Pin 8 is used in all diagrams.</p><p>All the shields of the cables must be connected to ground only a the CNC through pin ꞏ8ꞏ</p><p>of the connector, leaving the other one free. The wires of the shielded cable must not be</p><p>longer than 75 mm without the protection shield.</p><p>Probe connection.</p><p>Probe whose output has a normally open contact. Connection to +5 V.</p><p>The connection acts upon the up flank (positive pulse) of the probe signal.</p><p>Probe whose output has a normally open contact. Connection to +24 V.</p><p>The connection acts upon the up flank (positive pulse) of the probe signal.</p><p>Probe whose output has a normally closed contact. Connection to +5 V.</p><p>The connection acts upon the up flank (positive pulse) of the probe signal.</p><p>Pin. Signal. Description.</p><p>1 GND_5V 0 V reference signal for 5V.</p><p>2 +5 V 5 V output.</p><p>3 PRB1_IN5V 5 V input of probe 1.</p><p>4 PRB2_IN5V 5 V input of probe 2.</p><p>5 PRB1_IN24V 24 V input of probe 1.</p><p>6 PRB2_IN24V 24 V input of probe 2.</p><p>7 GND_24V 0 V reference signal for 24 V.</p><p>8 Chassis Shield.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ86ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>Probe whose output has a normally closed contact. Connection to +24 V.</p><p>The connection acts upon the up flank (positive pulse) of the probe signal.</p><p>Interface with an open-collector output. Connection to +5 V.</p><p>The connection acts upon the down flank (negative pulse) of the probe signal.</p><p>Interface with an open-collector output. Connection to +24 V.</p><p>The connection acts upon the down flank (negative pulse) of the probe signal.</p><p>Interface with a PUSH-PULL output. Connection to +5 V.</p><p>Depending on the interface being used, the connection acts upon the up flank or down flank</p><p>of the probe signal.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ87ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>Interface with a PUSH-PULL output. Connection to +24 V.</p><p>Depending on the interface being used, the connection acts upon the up flank or down flank</p><p>of the probe signal.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ88ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>4.8.7 Connection to an Ethernet network.</p><p>The Ethernet connection enables the CNC to be configured as another node in the local</p><p>network, thus being able to communicate with other CNCs or PCs to transfer files, run</p><p>telediagnoses, etc. The Ethernet connection also enables direct connection (point to point</p><p>connection) to another CNC or PC.</p><p>Connector.</p><p>The RJ45 port has two LEDs to indicate whether the CNC is connected to the network (green</p><p>LED) and if data are being transmitted (yellow LED).</p><p>Cable characteristics.</p><p>Use a specific Ethernet cable with the following characteristics.</p><p>Transmission speed.</p><p>The CNC permits a connection at 10, 100 or 1000 MHz; by default, it is configured for a</p><p>connection at 10 MHz. Use a cable having the recommended characteristics to ensure a</p><p>transmission at 100 MHz or 1000 MHz. Even so, since the transmission speed depends on</p><p>the configuration of the network (number of nodes, their configuration, etc.) a 100 MHz or</p><p>1000 MHz transmission might not be stable. In these cases, we recommend to lower the</p><p>transmission speed.</p><p>Element connection.</p><p>In order to ensure proper performance, the connection cable must be inserted all the way</p><p>into the connectors so they're latched. This ensures that the cable is properly latched and</p><p>does not come off due to vibration.</p><p>Characteristic. Description.</p><p>Type. 10/100 MHz connection Cat.5 (100  - 120 ) or greater.</p><p>1000 MHz connection Cat.5e (100  - 120 ) or greater.</p><p>Use a crossed cable to connect for the point to point connection to</p><p>the CNC.</p><p>Maximum length. 100 meters (328 ft).</p><p>LED. Meaning.</p><p>A (green) Connection LED. The LED turns on when the CNC</p><p>is connected to the data network.</p><p>B (yellow) Activity LED. The LED blinks when data is being</p><p>received/transferred.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ89ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>4.8.8 EtherCAT bus.</p><p>EtherCAT is an Ethernet-based communication protocol for connecting the CNC to remote</p><p>I/Os profile modules or drives (proprietary or third-party). EtherCAT is configured as an inline</p><p>topology, where the CNC is the master and the other resources are distributed by nodes (up</p><p>to 32). The bus master interprets the ENI (EtherCAT Network Information) files generated</p><p>by a configurator and initializes the slaves connected to the bus.</p><p>This bus is compatible with the CAN bus, responsible for the management of keyboards and</p><p>operator panels. The CNC may have remote I/Os on both buses simultaneously</p><p>(CAN/EtherCAT), provided that both buses are not using the same PLC resources.</p><p>Resources available on the bus.</p><p>Connector.</p><p>• To connect third-party I/Os modules, first acquire the software option “SOFT THIRD PARTY IOs”.</p><p>• To connect third-party drives, first acquire the software option “SOFT THIRD PARTY DRIVES”. i</p><p>Bus EtherCAT with CNC (master), RIOW-E Inline and BCSD nodes.</p><p>Resources of the bus. Total in the bus.</p><p>Digital inputs. 1024</p><p>Digital outputs. 1024</p><p>General purpose analog inputs. 40</p><p>General purpose analog outputs. 40</p><p>Analog inputs for Pt100 temperature sensors. 10</p><p>Drives (BCSD and third party). 32</p><p>Master</p><p>Node 1</p><p>Node 2</p><p>EtherCAT bus</p><p>B64 X1(IN) X2(OUT) CN3 CN4</p><p>Node n</p><p>RJ45 connector for 4-wire cable.</p><p>Pin. Signal.</p><p>1 TD +</p><p>2 TD -</p><p>3 RD +</p><p>4 - - -</p><p>5 - - -</p><p>6 RD -</p><p>7 - - -</p><p>8 - - -</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ90ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>Cable characteristics.</p><p>Fagor Automation supplies the required cables for EtherCAT communication; when using</p><p>third-party cables, these must be of the same category as those supplied by Fagor (see</p><p>tables). There are different types of cables depending on length and dynamic and static</p><p>installation characteristics.</p><p>Bus configuration.</p><p>Element connection.</p><p>Use an inline topology. Join the B64 connector of the CNC to the X1(IN) connector of the</p><p>first header. Connect the other of headers, joining the X2 (OUT) connector of one header</p><p>with the X1 (IN) connector of the following one. Do not connect the X2(OUT) connector of</p><p>the last header.</p><p>In order to ensure proper performance, the connection cable must be inserted all the way</p><p>into the connectors so they're latched. This ensures that the cable is properly latched and</p><p>does not come off due to vibration.</p><p>Module identification.</p><p>The node number for each header is not defined on this bus. The node number is assigned</p><p>by the configurator on the basis of its designed topology.</p><p>Transmission speed.</p><p>The transmission speed is 100 MHz. Use a cable having the recommended characteristics</p><p>to ensure this speed.</p><p>Use a specific EtherCAT cable. EtherCAT cables should never be installed next to power cables and</p><p>they should never cross over each other at a 90 degree angle.</p><p>ECAT-CABLE cable</p><p>Type. Industrial Cat 6A shielded 8-wire Ethernet cable (twisted pairs).</p><p>Diameter. 6.3 mm - 6.9 mm.</p><p>Flexibility. Minimum static bending radius 4 x diameter.</p><p>Minimum dynamic bending radius 8 x diameter.</p><p>Covering. PVC. Polyvinyl chloride.</p><p>Temperature. Work: -20 ºC / 80 ºC (-4 ºF / 176 ºF).</p><p>Storage: -20 ºC / 80 ºC (-4 ºF / 176 ºF).</p><p>Color. Yellow, RAL 1021.</p><p>Minimum/maximum length. 1 m (3.2 ft) / 7 m (23 ft).</p><p>ECAT-CABLE-FLEX cable</p><p>Type. Industrial Cat 6A shielded 8-wire Ethernet cable (twisted pairs).</p><p>Diameter. 6.3 mm - 6.9 mm.</p><p>Flexibility. Minimum static bending radius 4 x diameter.</p><p>Minimum dynamic bending radius 8 x diameter.</p><p>Covering. PUR. Polyurethane.</p><p>Temperature. Work: -40 ºC / 80 ºC (-40 ºF / 176 ºF).</p><p>Storage: -40 ºC / 80 ºC (-40 ºF / 176 ºF).</p><p>Color. Yellow, RAL 1021.</p><p>Minimum/maximum length. 10 m (32.8 ft) / 100 m (328 ft).</p><p>Refer to the installation manual for further information on installing and using the EtherCAT configurator</p><p>and mapper.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ91ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>Configuring the EtherCAT bus.</p><p>Fagor supplies the configurator “KPA EtherCAT Studio” (by Koening-pa GmbH) under</p><p>license, which can operate both online and offline, to define the bus topology and create the</p><p>ENI file containing the bus device information. This file must be copied to the folder</p><p>../Mtb/Data of the CNC with the name "fagor_ethercatConfFile.xml". This file also uses the</p><p>"Fagor EtherCAT Mapper" program for determining the resources available in the bus.</p><p>Mapping the bus resources.</p><p>The mapping consists of allocating among the available resources in the bus and the PLC</p><p>resources (inputs, outputs or registers). The digital inputs and outputs are mapped to</p><p>resources of the same type in the PLC. Analog inputs and outputs are mapped to PLC</p><p>registers.</p><p>Fagor has the "Fagor EtherCAT Mapper" program to carry out the mapping. From the ENI</p><p>file generated by the EtherCAT configurator, this program makes a mapping proposal. The</p><p>user can accept this proposal or perform the necessary modifications, all in a way that helps</p><p>ensure there are no duplicated resources. Once the mapping is completed, this software</p><p>creates a file with the description of the routing. This file must be copied to the folder</p><p>../Mtb/Data of the CNC with the name "resourceRouterConf.xml".</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ92ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>4.8.9 CAN bus.</p><p>CANopen is a network communication protocol based on the CAN bus system for connecting</p><p>the CNC with remote modules and keyboards. The CAN connection supports up to 32</p><p>devices (nodes), including the central unit; more one than keyboard and several groups of</p><p>remote modules are possible.</p><p>CAN connector.</p><p>The cable shield must be connected to the connector at both ends. The connector has two</p><p>shield pins. Both pins are equivalent; the CAN shield may be connected to either one.</p><p>Characteristics of the CAN cable.</p><p>Use a specific CAN cable. The ends of all the wires and the shield must be protected by the</p><p>corresponding terminal (pin). Also use the terminals (pins) to secure the cable to the</p><p>connector.</p><p>CAN bus with CNC (master) and RIOR modules.</p><p>Characteristic. Description.</p><p>Type. Shielded. Twisted pair (1 x 2 x 0.22 mm²).</p><p>Flexibility. Extremely flexible. Minimum bending radius, static = 50 mm and</p><p>dynamic = 95 mm.</p><p>Cover. PUR</p><p>Impedance. Cat.5 (100 - 120 )</p><p>Master</p><p>Node 1 Node 2</p><p>CAN bus.</p><p>B28 B28A B28B B28A B28B</p><p>Node n</p><p>Plug-in part. 5-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 GND Ground / 0 V.</p><p>2 CL (LOW) bus signal.</p><p>3 SH CAN shield.</p><p>4 CH (HIGH) bus signal.</p><p>5 SH Not being used.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ93ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>Interconnection of modules.</p><p>Respect the cable's minimum bending radius when connecting it. They must be connected</p><p>in series; on elements having two CAN connectors, either one may be used. Once the</p><p>elements have been connected, define their logic order in the bus and the transmission</p><p>speed.</p><p>Remote modules of the RIOR and RIO5 series.</p><p>RIOW series remote modules.</p><p>Module identification at the bus.</p><p>Each one of the elements integrated into the CAN bus is identified by its address or node</p><p>number. For the central unit, the node number is factory defined with "0", because the CNC</p><p>is always at one end of the bus. The rest of the elements of the bus will occupy consecutive</p><p>positions starting with "1".</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>JOG PANEL</p><p>X2</p><p>ADDRESS = 3</p><p>Line Term = 0</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>MODULE 1</p><p>0</p><p>ADDRESS = 1</p><p>Line Term = 0</p><p>CNC</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>MODULE 2</p><p>0</p><p>ADDRESS = 2</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>Line Term = 1</p><p>10</p><p>Line Term = 1</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1ADDRESS = 0</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ADD MSB = 0 ADD MSB = 0</p><p>X3</p><p>X2</p><p>X3</p><p>X2</p><p>X3</p><p>0</p><p>The drawing shows the CAN connection between the CPU (central unit), the</p><p>operator panel and 2 groups of RIOR or RIO5 series remote modules.</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>JOG PANEL</p><p>ADDRESS = 3</p><p>Line Term = 0</p><p>MODULE 1</p><p>ADDRESS = 1</p><p>CNC MODULE 2</p><p>ADDRESS = 2</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>10</p><p>Line Term = 1</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1ADDRESS = 0</p><p>X3</p><p>0</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>X2</p><p>4</p><p>3</p><p>2</p><p>1</p><p>ON</p><p>4</p><p>3</p><p>2</p><p>1</p><p>ON</p><p>The drawing shows the CAN connection between the CPU (central unit), the</p><p>operator panel and 2 groups of RIOW series remote modules.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ94ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>Identification of the first and last elements of the bus. Line</p><p>terminating resistor.</p><p>In the CAN bus, it is necessary to use a line terminating resistor to identify which are the</p><p>elements that occupy the ends of the bus; i.e. the first and last physical element in the</p><p>connection. For the central unit, the terminating resistor is factory installed because the CNC</p><p>is always at one end of the bus.</p><p>Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus.</p><p>When using the CANopen protocol, the transmission speed at the bus is defined in each node</p><p>and they all must run at the same speed. The transmission speed depends on the total length</p><p>of the bus. Using the following illustrative values; assigning other values may cause</p><p>communication errors due to signal distortion.</p><p>Selecting the speed at the CNC.</p><p>At the CNC, the transmission speed is selected by means of the machine parameters</p><p>(parameter CANOPENFREQ).</p><p>Speed Length of the CAN bus.</p><p>1000 kHz Up to 20 meters.</p><p>800 kHz From 20 to 40 meters.</p><p>500 kHz From 40 to 100 meters.</p><p>250 kHz From 100 to 500 meters.</p><p>The speed of 250</p><p>kHz is only available to communicate with the keyboards and</p><p>RIOW and RIOR series remote modules; this speed is not available for the RIO5</p><p>series remote modules.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ95ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>4.8.10 Sercos III bus.</p><p>Sercos III is an Ethernet-based communication protocol (IEEE 802.3 and ISO / IEC 8802-</p><p>3 compliant), which connects the CNC to the drives. Sercos III is configured as an inline</p><p>topology, where the CNC is the master and the other resources are distributed by nodes (up</p><p>to 32).</p><p>Connector.</p><p>Cable characteristics.</p><p>Fagor Automation supplies the required cables for Sercos III communication; when using</p><p>third-party cables, these must be of the same category as those supplied by Fagor (see</p><p>tables). There are different types of cables depending on length and dynamic and static</p><p>installation characteristics.</p><p>Refer to the manual man_qc-pds_hard.pdf for further information on the drive connections. i</p><p>Sercos III bus with CNC (master) and QC-DR drives.</p><p>Master</p><p>Node 1 Node 2</p><p>Sercos III bus.</p><p>B10 B10B B10A B10B B10A</p><p>Node n</p><p>RJ45 connector for 4-wire cable.</p><p>Pin. Signal.</p><p>1 TD +</p><p>2 TD -</p><p>3 RD +</p><p>4 - - -</p><p>5 - - -</p><p>6 RD -</p><p>7 - - -</p><p>8 - - -</p><p>Use a cable specifically for Sercos III.</p><p>QC-FBC cable</p><p>Type. Industrial Cat 5A Sercos III shielded 4-wire cable (twisted pairs).</p><p>Suitable for flexible assemblies.</p><p>Diameter. 6.3 mm - 6.7 mm.</p><p>Flexibility. Minimum static bending radius 3 x diameter.</p><p>Minimum dynamic bending radius 5 x diameter.</p><p>Torsional strength: ±180º over 1 meter, 30,000 cycles.</p><p>Covering. PVC. Polyvinyl chloride.</p><p>Temperature. Fixed operation: -40 ºC / 70 ºC (-40 ºF / 158 ºF).</p><p>Flexible operation: -20 ºC / 60 ºC (-4 ºF / 140 ºF).</p><p>Color. Green, RAL 6018.</p><p>Minimum/maximum length. 1 m (3.2 ft) / 7 m (23 ft).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ96ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>G</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>D</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>Bus configuration.</p><p>Element connection.</p><p>Use an inline topology. Join the B10 connector of the CNC to the B10B connector of the first</p><p>drive. Connect the drives together by joining the B10A connector of one drive to the B10B</p><p>connector of the other drive. The B10A connector of the last drive is not connected.</p><p>In order to ensure proper performance, the connection cable must be inserted all the way</p><p>into the connectors so they're latched. This ensures that the cable is properly latched and</p><p>does not come off due to vibration.</p><p>Module identification.</p><p>The node number for each drive is not defined on this bus. The CNC identifies the drives</p><p>according to the order in which they are connected.</p><p>QC-FBC-FLEX cable</p><p>Type. Industrial Cat 5C Sercos III shielded 4-wire cable (twisted pairs).</p><p>Suitable for flexible assemblies, especially cable carrying chains.</p><p>Diameter. 6.3 mm - 6.7 mm.</p><p>Flexibility. Minimum static bending radius 3 x diameter.</p><p>Minimum dynamic bending radius 7 x diameter.</p><p>Torsional strength: ±180º over 1 meter, 30,000 cycles.</p><p>Covering. PUR. Polyurethane.</p><p>Temperature. Fixed operation: -40 ºC / 70 ºC (-40 ºF / 158 ºF).</p><p>Flexible operation: -20 ºC / 60 ºC (-4 ºF / 140 ºF).</p><p>Color. Green, RAL 6018.</p><p>Minimum/maximum length. 10 m (32.8 ft) / 100 m (328 ft).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ97ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>5 CENTRAL UNIT (IN-CABINET MODEL WITH POSSIBILITY</p><p>OF VESA MOUNTING).</p><p>Do not get into the inside of the unit. This unit MUST NOT be opened by unauthorized personnel. Only</p><p>personnel authorized by Fagor Automation may access the interior of this unit.</p><p>Module. Differences.</p><p>QC-U58</p><p>QC-U60</p><p>QC-U65</p><p>QC-U70</p><p>• In-cabinet Central Unit.</p><p>• Possibility of VESA mounting.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ98ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>5.1 Specifications.</p><p>The machine manufacturer must comply with the EN 60204-1 (IEC-204-1) regulation</p><p>regarding electrical shocks in case of defective input/output pins with external power supply</p><p>when not plugging the connector before turning the power supply on.</p><p>Specifications. Description.</p><p>General. • In-cabinet Central Unit</p><p>• Possibility of VESA mounting.</p><p>• Dimensions (width x height x depth)</p><p>- 36.5 × 313.1 × 235.5 mm.</p><p>- 1.43" × 12.32" × 9.27".</p><p>Operating conditions. • Equipment for indoor use in non-hazardous locations, operated by</p><p>qualified personnel skilled in its use.</p><p>• The equipment must be installed in an enclosure that meets the</p><p>requirements described in this manual.</p><p>• Equipment designed for use in fixed locations.</p><p>• Equipment not suitable for wet areas.</p><p>• Never use in explosive environments (dangerous areas).</p><p>System. • Processor (depending on the model):</p><p>- CP-IC-E352-2-2.</p><p>- CP-IC-E354-4-4.</p><p>- CP-IM-BT52-2-2.</p><p>• Non-volatile RAM (FRAM).</p><p>- 4 GB.</p><p>• Storage (depending on the model):</p><p>(SO, CNC and user programs).</p><p>- Internal 15 GB (only 8058).</p><p>- Internal 16/20 GB (only 8060).</p><p>- Internal 16/20/40 GB (only 8065 and 8070).</p><p>• Storage expansion (optional):</p><p>(user programs).</p><p>- CFast 32 GB.</p><p>- CFast 128 GB.</p><p>• Without fan.</p><p>• Without battery.</p><p>• SO:</p><p>- Windows 10 (32 bits multi-touch).</p><p>Regulations. • It complies with the European directives for electromagnetic</p><p>compatibility 2014/30/EU and low voltage 2014/35/EU. See the</p><p>declaration of conformity, available on our website.</p><p>• UL 61010-1 (Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for</p><p>Measurement, Control, and Laboratory Use - Part 1: General</p><p>Requirements). See the certificate, available on our website.</p><p>• IEC/UL 61010-2-201 (Safety requirements for elecrical equipement for</p><p>measurement, control and laboratory use. Particular requirements for</p><p>control equipment).</p><p>• Canadian Standards Associations: CSA C22.2 No. 142 (Process</p><p>Control Equipement).</p><p>Packaging. • The package meets the regulation EN 60068-2-32 procedure 1 with a</p><p>random fall from a height not greater than 1 m.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ99ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>Ambient. • Storage and transport temperature:</p><p>- Between -40 ºC (-40 ºF) and +70 ºC (158 ºF).</p><p>• CNC working temperature:</p><p>- Between 5 ºC (41 ºF) and 55 ºC (131 ºF).</p><p>• Working temperature outside the cabinet:</p><p>- Between 5 ºC (41 ºF) and 40 ºC (104 ºF).</p><p>• Working temperature inside the cabinet:</p><p>- Between 5 ºC (41 ºF) and 55 ºC (131 ºF).</p><p>• Relative humidity:</p><p>- 20 ~ 85% RH without condensation.</p><p>• Pollution degree 2.</p><p>• Maximum work altitude:</p><p>- The unit must work properly at 2000 m according to IEC 61131-2.</p><p>• Vibration test according to IEC 60068-2-6 with a frequency step of</p><p>1 octave/minute (±10%) and a duration of 10 sweeps.</p><p>- 5 Hz  f  8.4 Hz; movement of constant 3.5 mm amplitude (peak</p><p>value).</p><p>- 8.4 Hz  f  150 Hz; 1g acceleration and constant amplitude (peak</p><p>value).</p><p>• Degree of protection according to EN 60529:</p><p>- IP20.</p><p>• Pollution degree 2 according to IEC/UL 61010-1.</p><p>Electrical. • Connection to mains supply: Permanent.</p><p>• Operating conditions: Continuous.</p><p>• Protection against electric shock: Class III (PE connection is only for</p><p>functional earthing).</p><p>• OVC I protection level according to IEC/UL 61010-1.</p><p>Power supply. • Use a regulated 24 V DC power supply (between -15% and +20%) and</p><p>2 A (including voltage ripple and noise). The power supply must meet the</p><p>UL1950 standard.</p><p>Connectivity. • 4 USB 2.0 ports</p><p>• 1 USB 3.0 port (only 8065 and 8070).</p><p>• 2 Ethernet ports for 10/100/1000 BaseT connection.</p><p>• 1 DVI-D video output (maximun resolution of 1920×1200).</p><p>• CAN Bus (CANopen).</p><p>• Sercos III bus.</p><p>• EtherCAT bus.</p><p>Inputs/outputs. • 16 opto-coupled digital inputs (24 V DC).</p><p>- IEC61131-2 type 1 and type 3 compliant.</p><p>• 8 opto-coupled digital outputs (24 V DC, 500</p><p>mA).</p><p>- ON cycle: minimum 75 µs (25 µs, optional in two of them).</p><p>• 1 analog outputs (±10 V, 16-bit resolution).</p><p>• 1 feedback inputs (5 V, 250 mA).</p><p>- Incremental TTL signal, differential TTL or 1 Vpp.</p><p>- SSI, EnDat or full digital BiSS communication protocols.</p><p>- Frequency: 100 kHz (TTL) / 1000 kHz (TTL differential) / 500 kHz (1</p><p>Vpp).</p><p>• 1 relay with one normally open contact (1A at 24V).</p><p>• 2 probe inputs (5 V or 24 V)</p><p>• 1 entry for UPS unit control.</p><p>Specifications. Description.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ100ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>5.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification.</p><p>• This equipment is for indoor use in non-hazardous locations, operated by qualified</p><p>personnel skilled in its use.</p><p>• The equipement shall be supplied with the specified rated voltages according to the</p><p>hardware manual.</p><p>• The nature of the installation where it is connected must not exceed OVC II.</p><p>• The equipment fullfils the requirements of the tested standars only if it is operated</p><p>according to the hardware manual.</p><p>• The end application has to fulfill the requirements for resistance to mechanical stresses.</p><p>• To meet IP 54, the system must be installed in an appropiate enclosure according to the</p><p>hardware manual.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ101ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>D</p><p>im</p><p>en</p><p>si</p><p>on</p><p>s.</p><p>5.2 Dimensions.</p><p>mm inch</p><p>a 235.5 9.27</p><p>b 313.1 12.32</p><p>c 36.5 1,43</p><p>d 284 11.18</p><p>mm inch</p><p>Da 16.5 0.65</p><p>Db 301.5 11.87</p><p>mm inch</p><p>Ra R 2.25 R 0.89</p><p>d</p><p>a</p><p>Db</p><p>Da</p><p>c</p><p>b</p><p>Ra</p><p>Ra</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ102ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>s</p><p>ec</p><p>ur</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>s.</p><p>5.3 Enclosure and securing of the modules.</p><p>5.3.1 Ambient characteristics of the cabinet.</p><p>The central unit must be installed inside an electrical cabinet with a protection rating of IP54</p><p>or higher. The ventilation for the electrical cabinet must be enough to dissipate the heat</p><p>generated by all the devices and components working inside. The interior temperature of</p><p>the cabinet must not exceed 55ºC (113ºF) while the unit is running.</p><p>Dissipated power.</p><p>The modules generate heat and when trying to decide whether the electrical cabinet needs</p><p>external cooling or not, one must know the power dissipated by each one of its modules. The</p><p>power dissipated by the central unit is 25 watts.</p><p>5.3.2 Cabinet design.</p><p>The enclosure must meet the following requirements:</p><p>• Protection degree: IP 54 minimun (according to EN 60529).</p><p>• Protection degree: IK 08 minimun (according to IEC 62262).</p><p>• Enclosures complying with UL 50 and/or UL 50E and CSA C22.2 Nos. 94.1 or 94.3 for</p><p>the intended application, need not be subjected to the applicable requirements in this</p><p>standard. Non-metallic materials of enclosures complying with the above standards,</p><p>relied upon for containment of fire within the equipment, shall have a minimun</p><p>flammability rating of V-1.</p><p>5.3.3 Ventilation.</p><p>Leave a clearance of at least 50 mm (1.97 inches) above and below the module as well as</p><p>on the side (where the ventilation slots are located) to allow air to flow and heat to dissipate.</p><p>mm inch</p><p>A 50 1.97</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ103ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>s</p><p>ec</p><p>ur</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>s.</p><p>5.3.4 Securing the module.</p><p>When attaching the module, the following requirements must be met.</p><p>• Place the modules in a vertical position.</p><p>• To secure the module, use the holes and slots made for that purpose. Vibrations should</p><p>be avoided. If necessary use securing means made of a material which absorbs or</p><p>minimizes vibrations.</p><p>• Respect the minimum distances recommended between the enclosure walls and the</p><p>central unit to let the air flow and improve heat dissipation.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ104ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>V</p><p>E</p><p>S</p><p>A</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>.</p><p>5.4 VESA mount.</p><p>1 Attach the "VESA Mount" accessory to the monitor.</p><p>2 Attach the CNC central unit to the VESA Mount accessory.</p><p>3 Connect the USB and DVI-D cables.</p><p>4 M4x10 screws.</p><p>Tightening torque: 2,1 Nm</p><p>7 M3x8 screws.</p><p>Tightening torque: 0,7 Nm</p><p>USB cable. DVI-D cable.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ105ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>P</p><p>ow</p><p>e</p><p>r</p><p>su</p><p>p</p><p>pl</p><p>y</p><p>fo</p><p>r</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>5.5 Power supply for the module.</p><p>5.5.1 Protection against over-voltage and reverse voltage.</p><p>Protection against over-voltage and reverse voltage. The central unit has a F2A fuse that</p><p>may be accessed from the outside to protect against over-voltage (greater than 36 V DC or</p><p>25 V AC). The central unit is also protected against reverse connection of the power supply.</p><p>5.5.2 Voltage supply at 24 V DC.</p><p>• Universal DC power supply. Use a regulated 24 V DC power supply (between -15% and</p><p>+20%) and 2 A (including voltage ripple and noise). See "5.5.5 Specs of the power</p><p>supply." on page 106.</p><p>• The unit must be powered with class DVC A power supply with a SELV/PELV protection</p><p>output voltage.</p><p>• For all connections and terminals of electronic modules, use only power supplies that</p><p>provide SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) or PELV (Protective Extra Low Voltage) output</p><p>voltages.</p><p>5.5.3 Power supply via UPS.</p><p>See chapter "15 CNC-FPS.".</p><p>5.5.4 Ground connection.</p><p>See "5.9.1 Ground connection." on page 123.</p><p>Do not connect the module to a power supply that is turned on. Before connecting the module, turn</p><p>off the power supply off by unplugging the power cable.</p><p>Power supply.</p><p>Over -vo l tage</p><p>protection fuse.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ106ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>P</p><p>ow</p><p>e</p><p>r</p><p>su</p><p>p</p><p>pl</p><p>y</p><p>fo</p><p>r</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>5.5.5 Specs of the power supply.</p><p>Power the central unit with an external regulated 24V power supply with the following</p><p>characteristics. The power supply must meet the UL1950 standard.</p><p>• Output voltage.</p><p>24 V DC (between -15% and +20%) and 2 A (including voltage ripple and noise).</p><p>• Output current.</p><p>The continuous load current must be greater than the current consumed by the CNC (2 A)</p><p>(at the maximum temperature inside the electrical cabinet - enclosure - where the power</p><p>supply is).</p><p>• Load fluctuations (including the current peak due to the load).</p><p>The output voltage must not exceed the previous limits (20.4 V ÷ 28.8 V), due to load</p><p>fluctuations.</p><p>• Output voltage holding time after an instantaneous power interruption.</p><p>10 ms (for an interruption of 100%) / 20 ms (for an interruption of 50%).</p><p>Example of voltage ripple and noise due to the switching power supply.</p><p>Noise.</p><p>Noise.</p><p>Voltage ripple.</p><p>Input AC voltage</p><p>Output voltage</p><p>Output current</p><p>0 A</p><p>20.4 V</p><p>28.8 V</p><p>Sudden load</p><p>change</p><p>Instantaneous interruption.</p><p>(100 %) (50 %)</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ107ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>P</p><p>ow</p><p>e</p><p>r</p><p>su</p><p>p</p><p>pl</p><p>y</p><p>fo</p><p>r</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>5.5.6 Connection of the power supply to the line voltage.</p><p>The power supply used to power the touch screen elements (CNC, Panel PC and monitor) must always</p><p>be connected to the line voltage before the mains filter. This connection provides a "clean" power</p><p>supply, avoiding noise and conducted disturbances from the drive.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>QC-C##-15AT (8060/8065/8070)............................................................................... 55</p><p>4.3 Enclosure and securing of the modules......................................................................... 56</p><p>4.3.1 Ambient characteristics of the enclosure. .................................................................. 56</p><p>4.3.2 Enclosure design. ...................................................................................................... 56</p><p>4.3.3 Dimensions of the cut off part and the enclosure....................................................... 57</p><p>4.3.4 Securing the module. ................................................................................................. 60</p><p>4.4 Power supply for the module. ....................................................................................... 62</p><p>4.4.1 Protection against over-voltage and reverse voltage. ................................................ 62</p><p>4.4.2 Voltage supply at 24 V DC. ........................................................................................ 62</p><p>4.4.3 Power supply via UPS................................................................................................ 62</p><p>4.4.4 Ground connection..................................................................................................... 62</p><p>4.4.5 Power supply requirements........................................................................................ 63</p><p>4.4.6 Connection of the power supply to the line voltage. .................................................. 64</p><p>4.4.7 NOT recommended circuits. ...................................................................................... 65</p><p>4.5 Non-volatile RAM (FRAM). ............................................................................................ 66</p><p>4.6 Hardware functionality (connectors). ............................................................................. 66</p><p>4.6.1 Front of the monitor. .................................................................................................. 66</p><p>4.6.2 Rear. .......................................................................................................................... 67</p><p>4.7 Technical/electrical characteristics of the inputs and outputs. ....................................... 77</p><p>4.7.1 Digital inputs............................................................................................................... 77</p><p>4.7.2 Digital outputs. .......................................................................................................... 77</p><p>4.7.3 Analog outputs. .......................................................................................................... 77</p><p>4.7.4 Feedback inputs......................................................................................................... 78</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ4ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>4.8 Connections. ................................................................................................................. 80</p><p>4.8.1 Ground connection. ................................................................................................... 80</p><p>4.8.2 Connecting the relay for the emergency chain. ......................................................... 81</p><p>4.8.3 Connecting the USB2.0 port. .................................................................................... 81</p><p>4.8.4 Feedback connection................................................................................................. 82</p><p>4.8.5 Handwheel connection (only QC-C##-10K and QC-C##-10AK)................................ 83</p><p>4.8.6 Probe connection. ...................................................................................................... 85</p><p>4.8.7 Connection to an Ethernet network............................................................................ 88</p><p>4.8.8 EtherCAT bus. .......................................................................................................... 89</p><p>4.8.9 CAN bus..................................................................................................................... 92</p><p>4.8.10 Sercos III bus. ........................................................................................................... 95</p><p>CHAPTER 5 CENTRAL UNIT (IN-CABINET MODEL WITH POSSIBILITY OF VESA MOUNTING).</p><p>5.1 Specifications................................................................................................................. 98</p><p>5.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification. .................................................... 100</p><p>5.2 Dimensions. ................................................................................................................ 101</p><p>5.3 Enclosure and securing of the modules....................................................................... 102</p><p>5.3.1 Ambient characteristics of the cabinet. .................................................................... 102</p><p>5.3.2 Cabinet design. ........................................................................................................ 102</p><p>5.3.3 Ventilation. ............................................................................................................... 102</p><p>5.3.4 Securing the module. ............................................................................................... 103</p><p>5.4 VESA mount. ............................................................................................................... 104</p><p>5.5 Power supply for the module. ..................................................................................... 105</p><p>5.5.1 Protection against over-voltage and reverse voltage. .............................................. 105</p><p>5.5.2 Voltage supply at 24 V DC....................................................................................... 105</p><p>5.5.3 Power supply via UPS. ............................................................................................ 105</p><p>5.5.4 Ground connection................................................................................................... 105</p><p>5.5.5 Specs of the power supply. ...................................................................................... 106</p><p>5.5.6 Connection of the power supply to the line voltage. ............................................... 107</p><p>5.5.7 NOT recommended circuits. .................................................................................... 108</p><p>5.6 Non-volatile RAM (FRAM). .......................................................................................... 109</p><p>5.7 Hardware functionality (connectors). ........................................................................... 110</p><p>5.7.1 Front. ....................................................................................................................... 110</p><p>5.7.2 Top. ......................................................................................................................... 111</p><p>5.7.3 Bottom. .................................................................................................................... 111</p><p>5.7.4 Connector identification. ......................................................................................... 112</p><p>5.8 Technical/electrical characteristics of the inputs and outputs. ..................................... 120</p><p>5.8.1 Digital inputs. ........................................................................................................... 120</p><p>5.8.2 Digital outputs. ......................................................................................................... 120</p><p>5.8.3 Analog outputs. ........................................................................................................ 120</p><p>5.8.4 Feedback inputs....................................................................................................... 121</p><p>5.9 Connections................................................................................................................. 123</p><p>5.9.1 Ground connection.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ108ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>P</p><p>ow</p><p>e</p><p>r</p><p>su</p><p>p</p><p>pl</p><p>y</p><p>fo</p><p>r</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>5.5.7 NOT recommended circuits.</p><p>The following types of circuits should NOT be used.</p><p>1 Examples of circuits that cannot maintain the output voltage in an instantaneous</p><p>interruption (the output voltage drops under 20.4 V).</p><p>2 Examples of circuits that exceed the output voltage range (20.4 V to 28.8 V) due to load</p><p>fluctuations. For these circuits, use a regulated second phase to power devices with large</p><p>load fluctuations so as not to affect the CNC and other units.</p><p>Example 1. Not recommended diagram.</p><p>A rectifier circuit is a circuit that uses diodes for full wave rectification.</p><p>Example 2. Not recommended diagram.</p><p>A rectifier circuit is a circuit that uses diodes for full wave rectification.</p><p>Example 1. Not recommended diagram.</p><p>Example 2. Not recommended diagram.</p><p>AC input CNC</p><p>Rectifier circuit</p><p>+</p><p>AC input CNC</p><p>Rectifier circuit</p><p>AC input CNC</p><p>Regulated</p><p>power supply</p><p>Device with large load</p><p>fluctuations.</p><p>AC input CNC</p><p>Regulated</p><p>power supply</p><p>Device with high peak</p><p>currents due to load</p><p>(rush current).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ109ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>N</p><p>on</p><p>-v</p><p>ol</p><p>at</p><p>ile</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>M</p><p>(</p><p>F</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>M</p><p>).</p><p>5.6 Non-volatile RAM (FRAM).</p><p>The CNC has non-volatile RAM (FRAM) that keeps the information saved in it even when</p><p>a power failure occurs. The non-volatile RAM (FRAM) always saves the position of the axes,</p><p>the rest of the data that it saves is determined by machine parameters, like for example, PLC</p><p>registers (parameter BKUPREG), common arithmetic parameters (parameter BKUPCUP),</p><p>etc.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ110ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>H</p><p>a</p><p>rd</p><p>w</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>al</p><p>ity</p><p>(</p><p>co</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s)</p><p>.</p><p>5.7 Hardware functionality (connectors).</p><p>5.7.1 Front.</p><p>H66</p><p>H30</p><p>B28</p><p>E21</p><p>I26</p><p>I25</p><p>D63</p><p>B64</p><p>B10</p><p>Connector.</p><p>ꞏB28ꞏ CAN bus. See Page 112.</p><p>ꞏB10ꞏ Sercos III bus. See Page 112.</p><p>ꞏD63ꞏ Led See Page 113.</p><p>ꞏB64ꞏ EtherCAT bus. See Page 113.</p><p>ꞏE21ꞏ Local feedback input. See Page 113.</p><p>ꞏH30Aꞏ</p><p>ꞏH30Bꞏ</p><p>ꞏH30Cꞏ</p><p>Type A USB 2.0 port. See Page 114.</p><p>ꞏI25ꞏ Probe input. See Page 118.</p><p>ꞏI26ꞏ General purpose ±10 V analog output (16 bits). See Page 118.</p><p>ꞏH66ꞏ DVI-D video output. See Page 115.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ111ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>H</p><p>a</p><p>rd</p><p>w</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>al</p><p>ity</p><p>(</p><p>co</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s)</p><p>.</p><p>5.7.2 Top.</p><p>5.7.3 Bottom.</p><p>H62H61H30H31</p><p>Connector.</p><p>ꞏH30Dꞏ Type A USB 2.0 port. See Page 114.</p><p>ꞏH31Aꞏ</p><p>ꞏH31Bꞏ</p><p>Ethernet. See Page 114.</p><p>ꞏH61ꞏ Type A USB 3.0 port (only 8065 and 8070). See Page 114.</p><p>ꞏH62ꞏ CFast See Page 115.</p><p>Ground connection.</p><p>I23X27 A22I65 F2AI24</p><p>Connector.</p><p>ꞏA22ꞏ 24 V supply input. See Page 112.</p><p>ꞏF2Aꞏ Protection fuse. See Page 114.</p><p>ꞏI23ꞏ Local digital inputs. See Page 116.</p><p>ꞏI24ꞏ Local digital outputs. See Page 117.</p><p>ꞏI65ꞏ UPS control. See Page 119.</p><p>ꞏX27ꞏ Relay for the emergency chain. See Page 119.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ112ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>H</p><p>a</p><p>rd</p><p>w</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>al</p><p>ity</p><p>(</p><p>co</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s)</p><p>.</p><p>5.7.4 Connector identification.</p><p>ꞏA22ꞏ 24 V DC supply input.</p><p>ꞏB10ꞏ Sercos III bus.</p><p>ꞏB28ꞏ CAN bus.</p><p>All the equipment connectors are polarized (they can only be connected in one sense) and those that</p><p>are exactly the same are also coded by coding pins to prevent incorrect or accidental connection,</p><p>respectively.</p><p>i</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 3.</p><p>Pitch. 5.08 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Screw connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum tightening torque. 0.5 / 0.6 Nm.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.2 / 2.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 24 / 12.</p><p>Rated current In. 12 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>See "5.5 Power supply for the module." on page 105.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 5.</p><p>Pitch. 3.5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Screw connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum tightening torque. 0.22 / 0.25 Nm.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.14 / 1.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 28 / 16.</p><p>Rated current In. 8 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>See "5.9.10 CAN bus." on page 135.</p><p>Plug-in part. 3-pole Phoenix-contact combicon connector (5.08 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin Signal. Function.</p><p>1 - - -.</p><p>2 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>3 +24 V Power supply.</p><p>RJ45 connector for 4-wire cable.</p><p>Pin. Signal.</p><p>1 TD +</p><p>2 TD -</p><p>3 RD +</p><p>4 - - -</p><p>5 - - -</p><p>6 RD -</p><p>7 - - -</p><p>8 - - -</p><p>See "5.9.9 Bus Sercos-III." on page 133.</p><p>Plug-in part. 5-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 GND Ground / 0 V.</p><p>2 CL (LOW) bus signal.</p><p>3 SH CAN shield.</p><p>4 CH (HIGH) bus signal.</p><p>5 SH Not being used.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ113ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>H</p><p>a</p><p>rd</p><p>w</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>al</p><p>ity</p><p>(</p><p>co</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s)</p><p>.</p><p>ꞏB64ꞏ EtherCAT bus.</p><p>ꞏD63ꞏ Led "Status".</p><p>ꞏE21ꞏ Local feedback input.</p><p>The feedback signals may be incremental (TTL, differential TTL, Vpp) or communication</p><p>protocols (SSI, FeeDat, EnDat, BiSS).</p><p>See "5.8.4 Feedback inputs." on page 121. See "5.9.5 Feedback</p><p>connection." on page 125.</p><p>RJ45 connectors for 4-wire cable.</p><p>Pin. Signal.</p><p>1 TD +</p><p>2 TD -</p><p>3 RD +</p><p>4 - - -</p><p>5 - - -</p><p>6 RD -</p><p>7 - - -</p><p>8 - - -</p><p>See "5.9.8 EtherCAT bus." on page 130.</p><p>Its meaning depends on the blinking frequency.</p><p>Type of blinking. Meaning.</p><p>Led off. There is no tensión.</p><p>Orenge led. The CNC does not start.</p><p>Green-red flash. Starting up.</p><p>Green blinking Operating CNC.</p><p>Plug-in part. 15-pin female SUB-D HD connector.</p><p>• Feedback signals (TTL, differential TTL, Vpp).</p><p>Connect the cable shield to the connector housing at both ends.</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 A Feedback signals.</p><p>2 /A</p><p>3 B</p><p>4 /B</p><p>5 I0 Reference signals.</p><p>6 /I0</p><p>7 AL Feedback alarm.</p><p>8 /AL</p><p>9 +5 V DC Voltage supply for the feedback system.</p><p>10 +5 V DC</p><p>11 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>12 GND</p><p>13/15 - - - - - -</p><p>• Communication protocols (SSI, EnDat, BiSS).</p><p>Connect the cable shield to the connector housing at both ends.</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 A Feedback signals.</p><p>2 /A</p><p>3 B</p><p>4 /B</p><p>5 DATA Data line.</p><p>6 /DATA</p><p>7 CLOCK Clock line.</p><p>8 /CLOCK</p><p>9 +5 V DC Voltage supply for the feedback system.</p><p>10 +5 V DC</p><p>11 GND Reference signal.</p><p>12 GND</p><p>13/15 - - - - - -</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ114ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>H</p><p>a</p><p>rd</p><p>w</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>al</p><p>ity</p><p>(</p><p>co</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s)</p><p>.</p><p>ꞏF2Aꞏ Protection fuse.</p><p>ꞏH30ꞏ USB 2.0 port.</p><p>ꞏH31ꞏ Ethernet.</p><p>ꞏH61ꞏ USB 3.0 port.</p><p>The module has a F2A (fast 2A) fuse that may be accessed</p><p>from the outside to protect against over-voltage (greater than</p><p>36 V DC or 25 V AC).</p><p>• Do not run part programs from a USB device, whether it be when using a pendrive or external hard</p><p>drive. Fagor Automation recommends using the USB port only to exchanging data, such for</p><p>programs, reports, etc. If you require more storage space, then use a CFast disk.</p><p>• DO NOT connect any kind of hub to the USB port.</p><p>See "5.9.2 Connecting the USB2.0 port." on page 123.</p><p>See "5.9.7 Connection to an Ethernet network." on page 129.</p><p>Type A, USB 2.0 connector.</p><p>Pin. Signal.</p><p>1 + 5 V</p><p>2 DT -</p><p>3 DT +</p><p>4 GND</p><p>8-pin RJ45 connector and 2 status LED's.</p><p>Pin. 10Base-T (10/100 Mhz). 1000Base-T (1000 Mhz).</p><p>1 TX+ (transmit data). BI_DA+</p><p>2 TX- (transmit data). BI_DA-</p><p>3 RX+ (receive data). BI_DB+</p><p>4 - - - BI_DC+</p><p>5 - - - BI_DC-</p><p>6 RX- (receive data). BI_DB-</p><p>7 - - - BI_DD+</p><p>8 - - - BI_DD-</p><p>A Connection LED. The LED turns</p><p>on when the central unit is</p><p>connected to network.</p><p>B Activity LED. The LED blinks when data is being transferred.</p><p>• Do not run part programs from a USB device, whether it be when using a pendrive or external hard</p><p>drive. Fagor Automation recommends using the USB port only to exchanging data, such for</p><p>programs, reports, etc. If you require more storage space, then use a CFast disk.</p><p>• DO NOT connect any kind of hub to the USB port.</p><p>Type A, USB 3.0 connector.</p><p>Pin. Signal.</p><p>1 + 5 V</p><p>2 DT -</p><p>3 DT +</p><p>4 GND</p><p>5 StdA_SSRX-</p><p>6 StdA_SSRX+</p><p>7 GND_DRAIN</p><p>8 StdA_SSTX-</p><p>9 StdA_SSTX+</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ115ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>H</p><p>a</p><p>rd</p><p>w</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>al</p><p>ity</p><p>(</p><p>co</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s)</p><p>.</p><p>ꞏH62ꞏ CFast.</p><p>ꞏH66ꞏ DVI-D video output.</p><p>To help increase storage space, Fagor Automation lists several CFast cards in its catalog; when using</p><p>a third-party CFast, always use an industrial grade CFast SLC as these support temperatures from</p><p>between -40ºC and +85ºC (-40 ºF and 185 ºF) and can last five years with constant day-to-day writing.</p><p>Fagor Automation shall not be held responsible for any problems caused by using lower-quality CFast</p><p>cards.</p><p>Additional storage space for user programs.</p><p>See "5.9.3 Connecting the DVI-D video output." on page 124.</p><p>DVI-D video output. Maximun resolution of 1920×1200.</p><p>Pin. Señal.</p><p>1 TMDS 2- Red- (Link 1).</p><p>2 TMDS 2+ Red+ (Link 1).</p><p>3 TMDS 2/4 SHIELD</p><p>4 TMDS 4- Green- (Link 2).</p><p>5 TMDS 4+ Green+ (Link 2).</p><p>6 DDC clock.</p><p>7 DDC data.</p><p>8 Not used.</p><p>9 TMDS 1- Green- (Link 1).</p><p>10 TMDS 1+ Green+ (Link 1).</p><p>11 TMDS 1/3 SHIELD.</p><p>12 TMDS 3- Blue- (Link 2).</p><p>13 TMDS 3+ Blue+ (Link 2).</p><p>14 +5 V DC.</p><p>15 GND.</p><p>16 Hot plug detection.</p><p>17 TMDS 0- Blue- (Link 1) and digital synchronization.</p><p>18 TMDS 0+ Blue+ (Link 1) and digital synchronization.</p><p>19 TMDS 0/5 SHIELD</p><p>20 TMDS 5- Red- (Link 2).</p><p>21 TMDS 5+ Red+ (Link 2).</p><p>22 TMDS clock protection.</p><p>23 TMDS clock+ (Links 1 and 2).</p><p>24 TMDS clock- (Links 1 y 2).</p><p>Pin. Señal.</p><p>C1 Not being used.</p><p>C2 Not being used.</p><p>C3 Not being used.</p><p>C4 Not being used.</p><p>C5 Not being used.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ116ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>H</p><p>a</p><p>rd</p><p>w</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>al</p><p>ity</p><p>(</p><p>co</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s)</p><p>.</p><p>ꞏI23ꞏ Local digital inputs (16 inputs).</p><p>Always make one of the following connections.</p><p>• Conductors with a cross-section of 0.5 mm², use 10 mm long sleeveless tip. Maximum length of</p><p>the stripped end, 8 mm.</p><p>• Conductors with a cross-section of 0.34 mm², use 14.5 mm long sleeved tip. Length of ferrule, 10</p><p>mm. Maximum length of the stripped end, 12 mm.</p><p>The digital inputs do not need 24 V DC power. The power pin for this connector is joined internally to</p><p>the I24 connector to power the digital outputs. It is not necessary to power both connectors.i</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 9.</p><p>Pitch. 2.5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Spring connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.34 / 0.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 22 / 20.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped.</p><p>(ferrule with/without sleeve). 12 mm / 8 mm.</p><p>See "5.8.1 Digital inputs." on page 120.</p><p>Left connector.</p><p>Pin 1 coded.</p><p>Right connector.</p><p>Pin 9 coded.</p><p>Plug-in part. Two coded connectors. 9-pole Phoenix-contact</p><p>minicombicon connector (2.5 mm pitch).</p><p>• Left connector. Pin 1 coded.</p><p>• Right connector. Pin 9 coded.</p><p>• Both connectors.</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1  24 V 24 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>2 - 9 LI1 - LI8 Local digital inputs.</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1  GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>2- 9 LI9 - LI16 Local digital inputs.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ117ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>H</p><p>a</p><p>rd</p><p>w</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>al</p><p>ity</p><p>(</p><p>co</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s)</p><p>.</p><p>ꞏI24ꞏ Local digital outputs (8 outputs).</p><p>RAlways make one of the following connections.</p><p>• Conductors with a cross-section of 0.5 mm², use 10 mm long sleeveless tip. Maximum length of</p><p>the stripped end, 8 mm.</p><p>• Conductors with a cross-section of 0.34 mm², use 14.5 mm long sleeved tip. Length of ferrule, 10</p><p>mm. Maximum length of the stripped end, 12 mm.</p><p>The PWM and synchronized switching options can only use pin 2 (LO1) and pin 3 (LO2) on the left</p><p>connector.</p><p>The digital outputs can also be powered from the I23 connector (digital inputs). The power pins on both</p><p>connectors are joined internally. It is not necessary to power both connectors.i</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 6.</p><p>Pitch. 2.5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Spring connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.34 / 0.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 22 / 20.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped.</p><p>(ferrule with/without sleeve). 12 mm / 8 mm.</p><p>See "5.8.2 Digital outputs." on page 120.</p><p>Left connector.</p><p>Pin 1 coded.</p><p>Right connector.</p><p>Pin 6 coded.</p><p>Plug-in part. Two coded connectors. 6-pole Phoenix-contact</p><p>minicombicon connector (2.5 mm pitch).</p><p>• Left connector. Pin 1 coded.</p><p>• Right connector. Pin 6 coded.</p><p>• Both connectors.</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1  24 V 24 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>2-3 LO1 - LO2 Local digital outputs. In the laser model, use</p><p>these pins for PWM and synchronous</p><p>switching.</p><p>4-5 LO3 - LO4 Local digital outputs.</p><p>6 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1  24 V 24 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>2- 5 LO5 - LO8 Local digital outputs.</p><p>6 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ118ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>H</p><p>a</p><p>rd</p><p>w</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>al</p><p>ity</p><p>(</p><p>co</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s)</p><p>.</p><p>ꞏI25ꞏ Probe input.</p><p>ꞏI26ꞏ General purpose ±10 V analog output (16 bits).</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 5.</p><p>Pitch. 3.5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Screw connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum tightening torque. 0.2 Nm.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.5 / 1.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 28 / 16.</p><p>Rated current In. 8 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>See "5.9.6 Probe connection." on page 126.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 3.</p><p>Pitch. 3.5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Screw connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum tightening torque. 0.22 / 0.25 Nm.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.14 / 1.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 28 / 16.</p><p>Rated current In. 8 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>Plug-in part. 8-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Description.</p><p>1 GND_5V 0 V reference signal for 5V.</p><p>2 +5 V 5 V output.</p><p>3 PRB1_IN5V 5 V input of probe 1.</p><p>4 PRB2_IN5V 5 V input of probe 2.</p><p>5 PRB1_IN24V 24 V input of probe 1.</p><p>6 PRB2_IN24V 24 V input of probe 2.</p><p>7 GND_24V 0 V reference signal for 24 V.</p><p>8 Chassis Shield.</p><p>Plug-in part. 3-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin Signal. Function.</p><p>1 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>2 AO Analog output.</p><p>3 SH Shield.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ119ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>H</p><p>a</p><p>rd</p><p>w</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>al</p><p>ity</p><p>(</p><p>co</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s)</p><p>.</p><p>ꞏX27ꞏ Relay for the emergency chain.</p><p>ꞏI65ꞏ UPS control.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 2.</p><p>Pitch. 3.5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Spring connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.2 / 1 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 24 / 16.</p><p>Rated current In. 8 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 10 mm.</p><p>See "5.9.4 Connecting the relay for the emergency chain." on page</p><p>124.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 3.</p><p>Pitch. 3.5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Spring connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.2 / 1 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 24 / 16.</p><p>Rated current In. 8 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 10 mm.</p><p>See chapter "15 CNC-FPS.".</p><p>Plug-in part. 2-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 RELAY Relay for the emergency chain.</p><p>2 RELAY Relay for the emergency chain.</p><p>Plug-in part. 3-pole Phoenix-contact</p><p>minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin Signal. Function.</p><p>1 DISABLE_BAT Potential-free relay.</p><p>2 DISABLE_BAT Potential-free relay.</p><p>3 BAT_MODE UPS status.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ120ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>T</p><p>ec</p><p>h</p><p>ni</p><p>ca</p><p>l/e</p><p>le</p><p>ct</p><p>ri</p><p>ca</p><p>l c</p><p>ha</p><p>ra</p><p>ct</p><p>er</p><p>is</p><p>tic</p><p>s</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>in</p><p>pu</p><p>ts</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>o</p><p>ut</p><p>pu</p><p>ts</p><p>.</p><p>5.8 Technical/electrical characteristics of the inputs and outputs.</p><p>5.8.1 Digital inputs.</p><p>All digital inputs are galvanically isolated up to 500 V through opto-couplers. All digital inputs</p><p>meet the standard IEC61131-2 type 1 and type 3.</p><p>5.8.2 Digital outputs.</p><p>All digital outputs are galvanically isolated up to 500 V through opto-couplers. All the digital</p><p>outputs have the following characteristics:</p><p>5.8.3 Analog outputs.</p><p>Use shielded cables connecting their meshes to the corresponding shield pin. All the analog</p><p>outputs have the following characteristics:</p><p>Characteristic. Value.</p><p>Nominal voltage. +24 V DC (between +18 V DC and +30 V DC).</p><p>Activation level. From +11 V DC on and between 2.1 mA and 2.6</p><p>mA.</p><p>Deactivation level. Under +10 V DC or 1.5 mA.</p><p>For the PWM and synchronized switching, only pins LO1 or LO2 may be used.</p><p>Characteristic. Value.</p><p>Nominal voltage. +24 V DC (between +18 V DC and +30 V DC).</p><p>Output voltage. 2 V less than the supply voltage.</p><p>Maximum output current. 500 mA per output.</p><p>Minimum cycle on. Pins LO1 LO2: 25 µs.</p><p>Rest of pins: 75 µs.</p><p>Characteristic. Value.</p><p>Command voltage within range. ±10 V.</p><p>Resolution. 16 bits.</p><p>Minimum impedance of the connected device. 10 k.</p><p>Maximum cable length (unshielded). 75 mm.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ121ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>T</p><p>ec</p><p>h</p><p>ni</p><p>ca</p><p>l/e</p><p>le</p><p>ct</p><p>ri</p><p>ca</p><p>l c</p><p>ha</p><p>ra</p><p>ct</p><p>er</p><p>is</p><p>tic</p><p>s</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>in</p><p>pu</p><p>ts</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>o</p><p>ut</p><p>pu</p><p>ts</p><p>.</p><p>5.8.4 Feedback inputs.</p><p>The central unit has one feedback input. The feedback signals may be incremental (TTL,</p><p>differential TTL, Vpp) or communication protocols (SSI, FeeDat, EnDat, BiSS).</p><p>Work levels for TTL signal.</p><p>Work levels for differential TTL signal.</p><p>Characteristic. Value.</p><p>+5 V power consumption. 250 mA.</p><p>Characteristic. Value.</p><p>Maximum frequency: 100 kHz.</p><p>Phase difference: 90º ± 20º.</p><p>High threshold (logic level "1") VIH: 2,2 V < VIH < 5 V.</p><p>Low threshold (logic level "0") VIL: -1 V < VIL < 0,6 V.</p><p>Maximum voltage: -1 V ÷ 7 V</p><p>Hysteresis: 1.2 V.</p><p>Characteristic. Value.</p><p>Maximum frequency: 1000 kHz.</p><p>Phase difference: 90º ± 20º.</p><p>Maximum voltage in common mode: -1 V ÷ 7 V</p><p>Maximum voltage in differential mode: ± 6 V.</p><p>Hysteresis: 0.2 V.</p><p>Maximum differential input current: 50 mA.</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>Io</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>Io</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>Io</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ122ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>T</p><p>ec</p><p>h</p><p>ni</p><p>ca</p><p>l/e</p><p>le</p><p>ct</p><p>ri</p><p>ca</p><p>l c</p><p>ha</p><p>ra</p><p>ct</p><p>er</p><p>is</p><p>tic</p><p>s</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>in</p><p>pu</p><p>ts</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>o</p><p>ut</p><p>pu</p><p>ts</p><p>.</p><p>Work levels for sinusoidal 1 Vpp signal.</p><p>Work levels for SSI signal.</p><p>Characteristic. Value.</p><p>Maximum frequency: 500 kHz.</p><p>A and B signals. Amplitude: 0.6 ÷ 1.2 Vpp</p><p>A and B signals. Centered: |V1-V2| / 2 Vpp =< 6,5%</p><p>A and B signals. Ratio: VApp / VBpp = 0.8 ÷ 1.25</p><p>A and B signals. Phase shift: 90º ± 10º</p><p>I0 signal. Amplitude: 0.2 ÷ 0.85 V</p><p>I0 signal. Width: T-90º =< I0 =< T+180º</p><p>Characteristic. Value.</p><p>Transmission: SSI synchronous serial transfer via RS 485.</p><p>Levels: EIA RS 485</p><p>Clock frequency: 100 kHz - 500 kHz</p><p>Maximum number of bits (n): 32 (configurable).</p><p>T: 1 µs to 10 µs</p><p>t1: > 1 µs</p><p>t2: 20 µs to 35 µs</p><p>SSI: Gray or binary (configurable).</p><p>Parity: Fully configurable.</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>Io</p><p>V1</p><p>V2</p><p>VApp</p><p>VBpp</p><p>VIopp</p><p>T</p><p>MSB LSB</p><p>1 2 3 n-1 n</p><p>t1 t2</p><p>Clock sequence</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ123ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>5.9 Connections.</p><p>5.9.1 Ground connection.</p><p>Connect the CNC ground terminal to the main ground terminal so that the EMC performs</p><p>properly. Before connecting the inputs and outputs, make sure that the ground connection</p><p>has been made.</p><p>5.9.2 Connecting the USB2.0 port.</p><p>USB support for pen drives, hard drives, keyboards and mice; check with Fagor Automation</p><p>before connecting any other device.</p><p>Characteristics of the USB 2.0 cable.</p><p>Do not handle the connectors while the CNC is turned on (inputs/outputs, feedback, etc.). Make sure</p><p>that the device is not powered before handling the connectors.</p><p>Do not make any connections while the CNC is powered. Disconnect the power before making a</p><p>connection.</p><p>It is up to the system integrator to meet all the requirements of local and national electrical codes as</p><p>well as all the regulations applicable regarding the grounding of the whole unit.</p><p>• Do not run part programs from a USB device, whether it be when using a pendrive or external hard</p><p>drive. Fagor Automation recommends using the USB port only to exchanging data, such for</p><p>programs, reports, etc. If you require more storage space, then use a CFast disk.</p><p>• DO NOT connect any kind of hub to the USB port.</p><p>Ground.</p><p>Characteristic. Description.</p><p>Type. 28AWG/1P + 24AWG/2C construction cables with dual shielding</p><p>and ferrite cores on both ends. Recommended reference; CNC Tech</p><p>102-1030-BL-F0500.</p><p>Maximum length. 5 meters (16.40 ft).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ124ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>5.9.3 Connecting the DVI-D video output.</p><p>Digital video output, with a maximum resolution of 1920×1200.</p><p>Characteristics of the DVI-D cable.</p><p>5.9.4 Connecting the relay for the emergency chain.</p><p>Single-contact relay, normally open contact that closes when the CNC is powered up and</p><p>running properly; it opens again when the CNC is turned off or when an internal failure occurs.</p><p>The relay withstands up to 1 A at 24 V.</p><p>Connector pinout.</p><p>Plug-in part. 2-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm pitch).</p><p>Characteristic. Description.</p><p>Type. Single link cable (18+1) or dual link cable (24+1) with triple shielding</p><p>and ferrite cores on both ends. Recommended reference; Digitus</p><p>AK-320101-050.</p><p>Maximum length. 5 meters (16.40 ft).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 RELAY Relay for the emergency chain.</p><p>2 RELAY Relay for the emergency chain.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ125ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>5.9.5 Feedback connection.</p><p>The central unit has one feedback input. The feedback signals may be incremental (TTL,</p><p>differential TTL, Vpp) or communication protocols (SSI, FeeDat, EnDat, BiSS).</p><p>Connector pinout.</p><p>Cable characteristics.</p><p>We recommend to run the feedback cables as far away as possible from the power cables</p><p>of the machine.</p><p>The cable being used must have overall shield. The cable shield must be connected to the</p><p>metallic hood at each end. The unshielded portion of the wires of an unshielded cable cannot</p><p>be longer than 75 mm.</p><p>Plug-in part. 15-pin male SUB-D HD type connector.</p><p>Connect the cable shield to the connector housing at both ends.</p><p>Pin. Incremental signal. Protocol.</p><p>TTL.</p><p>Differential TTL.</p><p>1 Vpp sinusoidal.</p><p>SSI.</p><p>EnDat.</p><p>BiSS.</p><p>1 A A</p><p>2 /A /A</p><p>3 B B</p><p>4 /B /B</p><p>5 I0 DATA</p><p>6 /I0 /DATA</p><p>7 AL CLOCK</p><p>8 /AL /CLOCK</p><p>9 +5 V DC +5 V DC</p><p>10 +5 V DC +5 V DC</p><p>11 GND GND</p><p>12 GND GND</p><p>13 - - - - - -</p><p>14 - - - - - -</p><p>15 - - - - - -</p><p>Fagor Automation offers a wide range of cables and extension cables to connect the feedback systems</p><p>to the CNC. The cable characteristics , as well as its length, depend on the type of feedback being</p><p>used. Refer to our catalog for further information.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ126ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>5.9.6 Probe connection.</p><p>Connector pinout.</p><p>Plug-in part. 8-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm pitch).</p><p>The CNC offers two 5 V probe inputs and two 24 V probe inputs. The following diagram</p><p>shows the first probe input (pins 1, 2 and 3 for 5 V or pins 5 and 7 for 24 V); for the second</p><p>input, it shows pins 1, 2, 4 for 5 V or pins 6 and 7 for 24 V. Pin 8 is used in all diagrams.</p><p>All the shields of the cables must be connected to ground only a the CNC through pin ꞏ8ꞏ</p><p>of the connector, leaving the other one free. The wires of the shielded cable must not be</p><p>longer than 75 mm without the protection shield.</p><p>Probe connection.</p><p>Probe whose output has a normally open contact. Connection to +5 V.</p><p>The connection acts upon the up flank (positive pulse) of the probe signal.</p><p>Probe whose output has a normally open contact. Connection to +24 V.</p><p>The connection acts upon the up flank (positive pulse) of the probe signal.</p><p>Probe whose output has a normally closed contact. Connection to +5 V.</p><p>The connection acts upon the up flank (positive pulse) of the probe signal.</p><p>Pin. Signal. Description.</p><p>1 GND_5V 0 V reference signal for 5V.</p><p>2 +5 V 5 V output.</p><p>3 PRB1_IN5V 5 V input of probe 1.</p><p>4 PRB2_IN5V 5 V input of probe 2.</p><p>5 PRB1_IN24V 24 V input of probe 1.</p><p>6 PRB2_IN24V 24 V input of probe 2.</p><p>7 GND_24V 0 V reference signal for 24 V.</p><p>8 Chassis Shield.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ127ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>Probe whose output has a normally closed contact. Connection to +24 V.</p><p>The connection acts upon the up flank (positive pulse) of the probe signal.</p><p>Interface with an open-collector output. Connection to +5 V.</p><p>The connection acts upon the down flank (negative pulse) of the probe signal.</p><p>Interface with an open-collector output. Connection to +24 V.</p><p>The connection acts upon the down flank (negative pulse) of the probe signal.</p><p>Interface with a PUSH-PULL output. Connection to +5 V.</p><p>Depending on the interface being used, the connection acts upon the up flank or down flank</p><p>of the probe signal.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ128ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>Interface with a PUSH-PULL output. Connection to +24 V.</p><p>Depending on the interface being used, the connection acts upon the up flank or down flank</p><p>of the probe signal.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ129ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>5.9.7 Connection to an Ethernet network.</p><p>The Ethernet connection enables the CNC to be configured as another node in the local</p><p>network, thus being able to communicate with other CNCs or PCs to transfer files, run</p><p>telediagnoses, etc. The Ethernet connection also enables direct connection (point to point</p><p>connection) to another CNC or PC.</p><p>Connector.</p><p>The RJ45 port has two LEDs to indicate whether the CNC is connected to the network (green</p><p>LED) and if data are being transmitted (yellow LED).</p><p>Cable characteristics.</p><p>Use a specific Ethernet cable with the following characteristics.</p><p>Transmission speed.</p><p>The CNC permits a connection at 10, 100 or 1000 MHz; by default, it is configured for a</p><p>connection at 10 MHz. Use a cable having the recommended characteristics to ensure a</p><p>transmission at 100 MHz or 1000 MHz. Even so, since the transmission speed depends on</p><p>the configuration of the network (number of nodes, their configuration, etc.) a 100 MHz or</p><p>1000 MHz transmission might not be stable. In these cases, we recommend to lower the</p><p>transmission speed.</p><p>Element connection.</p><p>In order to ensure proper performance, the connection cable must be inserted all the way</p><p>into the connectors so they're latched. This ensures that the cable is properly latched and</p><p>does not come off due to vibration.</p><p>Characteristic. Description.</p><p>Type. 10/100 MHz connection Cat.5 (100  - 120 ) or greater.</p><p>1000 MHz connection Cat.5e (100  - 120 ) or greater.</p><p>Use a crossed cable to connect for the point to point connection to</p><p>the CNC.</p><p>Maximum length. 100 meters (328 ft).</p><p>LED. Meaning.</p><p>A (green) Connection LED. The LED turns on when the CNC</p><p>is connected to the data network.</p><p>B (yellow) Activity LED. The LED blinks when data is being</p><p>received/transferred.</p><p>A B</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ130ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>5.9.8 EtherCAT bus.</p><p>EtherCAT is an Ethernet-based communication protocol for connecting the CNC to remote</p><p>I/Os profile modules (proprietary or third-party). EtherCAT is configured as an inline topology,</p><p>where the CNC is the master and the other resources are distributed by nodes (up to 32).</p><p>The bus master interprets the ENI (EtherCAT Network Information) files generated by a</p><p>configurator and initializes the slaves connected to the bus.</p><p>This bus is compatible with the CAN bus, responsible for the management of keyboards and</p><p>operator panels. The CNC may have remote I/Os on both buses simultaneously</p><p>(CAN/EtherCAT), provided that both buses are not using the same resources.</p><p>Resources available on the bus.</p><p>Connector.</p><p>To connect third-party modules on the bus, first acquire the software option “SOFT THIRD PARTY IOs”. i</p><p>Bus EtherCAT with CNC (master), RIOW-E Inline and BCSD nodes.</p><p>Resources of the bus. Total in the bus.</p><p>Digital inputs. 1024</p><p>Digital outputs. 1024</p><p>General purpose analog inputs. 40</p><p>General purpose analog outputs. 40</p><p>Analog inputs for Pt100 temperature sensors. 10</p><p>Drives (BCSD and third party). 32</p><p>Master</p><p>Node 1</p><p>EtherCAT bus</p><p>B64</p><p>X1(IN) X2(OUT) CN3 CN4</p><p>Node n</p><p>Node 2</p><p>RJ45 connectors for 4-wire cable.</p><p>Pin. Signal.</p><p>1 TD +</p><p>2 TD -</p><p>3 RD +</p><p>4 - - -</p><p>5 - - -</p><p>6 RD -</p><p>7 - - -</p><p>8 - - -</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ131ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>Cable characteristics.</p><p>Fagor Automation supplies the required cables for EtherCAT communication; when using</p><p>third-party cables, these must be of the same category as those supplied by Fagor (see</p><p>tables). There are different types of cables depending on length and dynamic and static</p><p>installation characteristics.</p><p>Bus configuration.</p><p>Element connection.</p><p>Use an inline topology. Join the B64 connector of the CNC to the X1(IN) connector of the</p><p>first header. Connect the other of headers, joining the X2 (OUT) connector of one header</p><p>with the X1 (IN) connector of the following one. Do not connect the X2(OUT) connector of</p><p>the last header.</p><p>In order to ensure proper performance, the connection cable must be inserted all the way</p><p>into the connectors so they're latched. This ensures that the cable is properly latched and</p><p>does not come off due to vibration.</p><p>Module identification.</p><p>The node number for each header is not defined on this bus. The node number is assigned</p><p>by the configurator on the basis of its designed topology.</p><p>Transmission speed.</p><p>The transmission speed is 100 MHz. Use a cable having the recommended characteristics</p><p>to ensure this speed.</p><p>Activate the bus on the CNC.</p><p>Activate the bus on the CNC using the machine parameter ETHERCATBUS.</p><p>Use a specific EtherCAT cable. EtherCAT cables should never be installed next to power cables and</p><p>they should never cross over each other at a 90 degree angle.</p><p>ECAT-CABLE cable</p><p>Type. Industrial Cat 6A shielded 8-wire Ethernet cable (twisted pairs).</p><p>Diameter. 6.3 mm - 6.9 mm.</p><p>Flexibility. Minimum static bending radius 4</p><p>x diameter.</p><p>Minimum dynamic bending radius 8 x diameter.</p><p>Covering. PVC. Polyvinyl chloride.</p><p>Temperature. Work: -20 ºC / 80 ºC (-4 ºF / 176 ºF).</p><p>Storage: -20 ºC / 80 ºC (-4 ºF / 176 ºF).</p><p>Color. Yellow, RAL 1021.</p><p>Minimum/maximum length. 1 m (3.2 ft) / 7 m (23 ft).</p><p>ECAT-CABLE-FLEX cable</p><p>Type. Industrial Cat 6A shielded 8-wire Ethernet cable (twisted pairs).</p><p>Diameter. 6.3 mm - 6.9 mm.</p><p>Flexibility. Minimum static bending radius 4 x diameter.</p><p>Minimum dynamic bending radius 8 x diameter.</p><p>Covering. PUR. Polyurethane.</p><p>Temperature. Work: -40 ºC / 80 ºC (-40 ºF / 176 ºF).</p><p>Storage: -40 ºC / 80 ºC (-40 ºF / 176 ºF).</p><p>Color. Yellow, RAL 1021.</p><p>Minimum/maximum length. 10 m (32.8 ft) / 100 m (328 ft).</p><p>Refer to the installation manual for further information on installing and using the EtherCAT configurator</p><p>and mapper.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ132ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>Configuring the EtherCAT bus.</p><p>Fagor supplies the configurator “KPA EtherCAT Studio” (by Koening-pa GmbH) under</p><p>license, which can operate both online and offline, to define the bus topology and create the</p><p>ENI file containing the bus device information. This file must be copied to the folder</p><p>../Mtb/Data of the CNC with the name "fagor_ethercatConfFile.xml". This file also uses the</p><p>"Fagor EtherCAT Mapper" program for determining the resources available in the bus.</p><p>Mapping the bus resources.</p><p>The mapping consists of allocating among the available resources in the bus and the PLC</p><p>resources (inputs, outputs or registers). The digital inputs and outputs are mapped to</p><p>resources of the same type in the PLC. Analog inputs and outputs are mapped to PLC</p><p>registers.</p><p>Fagor has the "Fagor EtherCAT Mapper" program to carry out the mapping. From the ENI</p><p>file generated by the EtherCAT configurator, this program makes a mapping proposal. The</p><p>user can accept this proposal or perform the necessary modifications, all in a way that helps</p><p>ensure there are no duplicated resources. Once the mapping is completed, this software</p><p>creates a file with the description of the routing. This file must be copied to the folder</p><p>../Mtb/Data of the CNC with the name "resourceRouterConf.xml".</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ133ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>5.9.9 Bus Sercos-III.</p><p>Sercos III is an Ethernet-based communication protocol (IEEE 802.3 and ISO / IEC 8802-</p><p>3 compliant), which connects the CNC to the drives. Sercos III is configured as an inline</p><p>topology, where the CNC is the master and the other resources are distributed by nodes (up</p><p>to 32).</p><p>Connector.</p><p>Cable characteristics.</p><p>Fagor Automation supplies the required cables for Sercos III communication; when using</p><p>third-party cables, these must be of the same category as those supplied by Fagor (see</p><p>tables). There are different types of cables depending on length and dynamic and static</p><p>installation characteristics.</p><p>To connect third-party modules on the bus, first acquire the software option “SOFT THIRD PARTY IOs”. i</p><p>Sercos III bus with CNC (master) and QC-DR drives.</p><p>Node 1 Node 2</p><p>Sercos III bus.</p><p>B10 B10B B10A B10B B10A</p><p>Node n</p><p>Máster</p><p>RJ45 connector for 4-wire cable.</p><p>Pin. Signal.</p><p>1 TD +</p><p>2 TD -</p><p>3 RD +</p><p>4 - - -</p><p>5 - - -</p><p>6 RD -</p><p>7 - - -</p><p>8 - - -</p><p>Use a cable specifically for Sercos III.</p><p>QC-FBC cable</p><p>Type. Industrial Cat 5A Sercos III shielded 4-wire cable (twisted pairs).</p><p>Suitable for flexible assemblies.</p><p>Diameter. 6.3 mm - 6.7 mm.</p><p>Flexibility. Minimum static bending radius 3 x diameter.</p><p>Minimum dynamic bending radius 5 x diameter.</p><p>Torsional strength: ±180º over 1 meter, 30,000 cycles.</p><p>Covering. PVC. Polyvinyl chloride.</p><p>Temperature. Fixed operation: -40 ºC / 70 ºC (-40 ºF / 158 ºF).</p><p>Flexible operation: -20 ºC / 60 ºC (-4 ºF / 140 ºF).</p><p>Color. Green, RAL 6018.</p><p>Minimum/maximum length. 1 m (3.2 ft) / 7 m (23 ft).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ134ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>Bus configuration.</p><p>Element connection.</p><p>Use an inline topology. Join the B10 connector of the CNC to the B10B connector of the first</p><p>drive. Connect the drives together by joining the B10A connector of one drive to the B10B</p><p>connector of the other drive. The B10A connector of the last drive is not connected.</p><p>In order to ensure proper performance, the connection cable must be inserted all the way</p><p>into the connectors so they're latched. This ensures that the cable is properly latched and</p><p>does not come off due to vibration.</p><p>Module identification.</p><p>The node number for each drive is not defined on this bus. The CNC identifies the drives</p><p>according to the order in which they are connected.</p><p>QC-FBC-FLEX cable</p><p>Type. Industrial Cat 5C Sercos III shielded 4-wire cable (twisted pairs).</p><p>Suitable for flexible assemblies, especially cable carrying chains.</p><p>Diameter. 6.3 mm - 6.7 mm.</p><p>Flexibility. Minimum static bending radius 3 x diameter.</p><p>Minimum dynamic bending radius 7 x diameter.</p><p>Torsional strength: ±180º over 1 meter, 30,000 cycles.</p><p>Covering. PUR. Polyurethane.</p><p>Temperature. Fixed operation: -40 ºC / 70 ºC (-40 ºF / 158 ºF).</p><p>Flexible operation: -20 ºC / 60 ºC (-4 ºF / 140 ºF).</p><p>Color. Green, RAL 6018.</p><p>Minimum/maximum length. 10 m (32.8 ft) / 100 m (328 ft).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ135ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>5.9.10 CAN bus.</p><p>CANopen is a network communication protocol based on the CAN bus system for connecting</p><p>the CNC with remote modules and keyboards. The CAN connection supports up to 32</p><p>devices (nodes), including the central unit; more one than keyboard and several groups of</p><p>remote modules are possible.</p><p>CAN connector.</p><p>The cable shield must be connected to the connector at both ends. The connector has two</p><p>shield pins. Both pins are equivalent; the CAN shield may be connected to either one.</p><p>Characteristics of the CAN cable.</p><p>Use a specific CAN cable. The ends of all the wires and the shield must be protected by the</p><p>corresponding terminal (pin). Also use the terminals (pins) to secure the cable to the</p><p>connector.</p><p>Bus CAN with CNC (master) and RIOR nodes.</p><p>Characteristic. Description.</p><p>Type. Shielded. Twisted pair (1 x 2 x 0.22 mm²).</p><p>Flexibility. Extremely flexible. Minimum bending radius, static = 50 mm and</p><p>dynamic = 95 mm.</p><p>Cover. PUR</p><p>Impedance. Cat.5 (100 - 120 )</p><p>Master</p><p>Node 1 Node 2</p><p>CAN bus.</p><p>B28 B28A B28B B28A B28B</p><p>Node n</p><p>Plug-in part. 5-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 GND Ground / 0 V.</p><p>2 CL (LOW) bus signal.</p><p>3 SH CAN shield.</p><p>4 CH (HIGH) bus signal.</p><p>5 SH Not being used.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ136ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>Interconnection of modules.</p><p>Respect the cable's minimum bending radius when connecting it. They must be connected</p><p>in series; on elements having two CAN connectors, either one may be used. Once the</p><p>elements have been connected, define their logic order in the bus and the transmission</p><p>speed.</p><p>Remote modules of the RIOR and RIO5 series.</p><p>RIOW series remote modules.</p><p>Module identification at the bus.</p><p>Each one of the elements integrated into the CAN bus is identified by its address or node</p><p>number. The CNC must always occupy position "0" and the rest of the elements of the bus</p><p>will occupy consecutive positions starting with 1.</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>JOG PANEL</p><p>X2</p><p>ADDRESS = 3</p><p>Line Term = 0</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>MODULE 1</p><p>0</p><p>ADDRESS = 1</p><p>Line Term = 0</p><p>CNC</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>MODULE 2</p><p>0</p><p>ADDRESS = 2</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>Line Term = 1</p><p>10</p><p>Line Term = 1</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1ADDRESS = 0</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ADD MSB = 0 ADD MSB = 0</p><p>X3</p><p>X2</p><p>X3</p><p>X2</p><p>X3</p><p>0</p><p>The drawing shows the CAN connection between the CPU (central unit), the</p><p>operator panel and 2 groups of RIOR or RIO5 series remote modules.</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>JOG PANEL</p><p>ADDRESS = 3</p><p>Line Term = 0</p><p>MODULE 1</p><p>ADDRESS = 1</p><p>CNC MODULE 2</p><p>ADDRESS = 2</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>10</p><p>Line Term = 1</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1ADDRESS = 0</p><p>X3</p><p>0</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>X2</p><p>4</p><p>3</p><p>2</p><p>1</p><p>ON</p><p>4</p><p>3</p><p>2</p><p>1</p><p>ON</p><p>The drawing shows the CAN connection between the CPU (central unit), the</p><p>operator panel and 2 groups of RIOW series remote modules.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ137ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>Identification of the first and last elements of the bus. Line</p><p>terminating resistor.</p><p>In the CAN bus, it is necessary to use a line terminating resistor to identify which are the</p><p>elements that occupy the ends of the bus; i.e. the first and last physical element in the</p><p>connection. For the central unit, the terminating resistor is factory installed because the CNC</p><p>is always at one end of the bus.</p><p>Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus.</p><p>When using the CANopen protocol, the transmission speed at the bus is defined in each node</p><p>and they all must run at the same speed. The transmission speed depends on the total length</p><p>of the bus. Using the following illustrative values; assigning other values may cause</p><p>communication errors due to signal distortion.</p><p>Selecting the speed at the CNC.</p><p>At the CNC, the transmission speed is selected by means of the machine parameters</p><p>(parameter CANOPENFREQ).</p><p>Speed Length of the CAN bus.</p><p>1000 kHz Up to 20 meters.</p><p>800 kHz From 20 to 40 meters.</p><p>500 kHz From 40 to 100 meters.</p><p>250 kHz From 100 to 500 meters.</p><p>The speed of 250 kHz is only available to communicate with the keyboards and</p><p>RIOW and RIOR series remote modules; this speed is not available for the RIO5</p><p>series remote modules.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ138ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>5.</p><p>C</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>U</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>(</p><p>IN</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>IN</p><p>E</p><p>T</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>W</p><p>IT</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>S</p><p>IB</p><p>IL</p><p>IT</p><p>Y</p><p>O</p><p>F</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ139ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>1 MONITOR-18 MULTITOUCH.</p><p>Monitor to display the VDI-D video signal from the central unit and also to serve as the touch</p><p>screen, permitting interaction with the central unit.</p><p>Module. Description.</p><p>MONITOR-18W MULTITOUCH 18.5" (1366 × 768) monitor, aspect ratio 16:9, 24-</p><p>bit color, Multi-touch.</p><p>18.5"</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ140ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>1.1 Specifications.</p><p>Type. Description.</p><p>General. • 18.5" (1366 × 768) monitor, multi-touch screen (10 points) and USB driver.</p><p>• Dimensions (width x height x depth).</p><p>- 488 × 309 × 47.70 mm.</p><p>- 19.21" × 12.17" × 1.88".</p><p>• Weight: 6 kg (13.2 lb)</p><p>• Compatible with the VESA mount standard.</p><p>• OSD (On Screen Display) menu; rear buttons.</p><p>Regulation. • BSMI, CE, FCC Class A, CCC, UL.</p><p>Ambient. • Storage temperature: Between -20 and 60 °C (-4 and 140 °F).</p><p>• Working temperature: Between 0 and 55 °C (32 and 101 °F).</p><p>• Relative humidity: Between 10 and 90 % (non condensing).</p><p>• Vibration: Between 5 and 500 Hz, 1 Grms (in operation, random).</p><p>• Degree of protection: Front complies with standard IP66.</p><p>Power supply. • Power (use one of the following options).</p><p>- 24 V DC via Phoenix-type connector (recommended).</p><p>- 12 V DC via DC jack connector (consult Fagor Automation).</p><p>• Maximum consumption: 20 W + 20%.</p><p>LCD. • Type: TFT LED LCD WXGA.</p><p>• Screen: 10-point multi-touch capacitive.</p><p>• Size: 18.5" (aspect ratio 16:9).</p><p>• Screen color: 24 bits (16.7 million colors).</p><p>• Resolution: 1920 × 1080.</p><p>• Angle of vision: 178° (vertical), 178° (horizontal).</p><p>• Brightness: 300 cd/m².</p><p>• Contrast ratio: 1000:1 (typical).</p><p>• Lamp duration (MTBF): 50,000 hours.</p><p>Connectivity. • Touch controller.</p><p>- USB (recommended).</p><p>- RS-232 (consult Fagor Automation).</p><p>• Video input.</p><p>- VGA</p><p>- DVI-D.</p><p>Touch controller.</p><p>Fagor Automation recommends using the USB driver for the touch screen. Consult Fagor Automation</p><p>before using the RS232 driver.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ141ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>G</p><p>en</p><p>er</p><p>al</p><p>d</p><p>ia</p><p>gr</p><p>am</p><p>.</p><p>1.2 General diagram.</p><p>(*) For lengths greater than 5 meters, use a PPC-21W or PPC-19.</p><p>Connection. Description.</p><p>DVI-D DVI-D video signal input.</p><p>Maximum length; 5 m (16.40 feet) (*).</p><p>T/S USB Touch screen driver (recommended).</p><p>Maximum length; 5 m (16.40 feet).</p><p>CNC</p><p>DVI-D</p><p>T/S-USB</p><p>MONITOR-18 MULTITOUCH</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ142ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>D</p><p>im</p><p>en</p><p>si</p><p>on</p><p>s.</p><p>1.3 Dimensions.</p><p>mm inch</p><p>a 488 19.21</p><p>b 309 12.17</p><p>c 40.70 1.60</p><p>d 47.70 1.88</p><p>mm inch</p><p>Da 476.30 18.75</p><p>Db 297.30 11.70</p><p>Da</p><p>c</p><p>Db</p><p>a</p><p>b</p><p>d</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ143ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>1.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module.</p><p>1.4.1 Enclosure design.</p><p>The enclosure must meet the following requirements:</p><p>• The degree of protection of the enclosure must be IP54, according to standard IEC</p><p>60529.</p><p>• Keep the enclosure clean.</p><p>• The dissipation surface of the enclosure must be enough to evacuate (by convection)</p><p>the heat generated inside.</p><p>• In the connector area, reserve a space that allows the cables to be connected, respecting</p><p>their radius of curvature.</p><p>• Respect the minimum distances recommended between the enclosure walls and the</p><p>hardware to let the air flow and improve heat dissipation.</p><p>Dimensions of the cut off part and the enclosure.</p><p>To meet the previous requirements, Fagor recommends the following.</p><p>• The enclosure must not have any ventilation holes, because they could let dust or other substances</p><p>in.</p><p>Before building an enclosure with glass fiber u another poor heat dissipating material, contact Fagor</p><p>Automation.</p><p>i</p><p>i</p><p>mm inch</p><p>W 479,30±1,0 18,87±0,040</p><p>H 300,30±0,7 11,82±0,025 (*) Minimum recommended distance.</p><p>mm inch</p><p>D (*) 75 2.95</p><p>H</p><p>W</p><p>D</p><p>Radius of the corners = 5 mm (0.2 inches).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ144ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>1.4.2 Securing the module.</p><p>The module must be installed in a proper enclosure that may be located on the machine or</p><p>on an external support. To insert the unit into the enclosure, it must have a big enough hole</p><p>to allow to insert it easily, without obstacles and without forcing the unit. See "1.4.1 Enclosure</p><p>design." on page 143.</p><p>The module is mounted from inside the enclosure. Once the unit has been inserted into the</p><p>enclosure, secure it from the inside with the tension jacks. To properly secure it, use all the</p><p>tension jacks on the back of the unit. Apply a tightening torque of 0.7 Nm.</p><p>1 Use the two top screws (A) to fasten the pressure hooks (B).</p><p>2 Use the two bottom stop screws (C).</p><p>3 Rest the monitor on the stop screws inside the hole and push the top part until the</p><p>pressure hooks hold the monitor.</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>C</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ145ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>4 Fasten the monitor on the rear, using all the fastening hooks (D).</p><p>D</p><p>1 2</p><p>0.7 Nm</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ146ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>V</p><p>o</p><p>lta</p><p>ge</p><p>s</p><p>up</p><p>pl</p><p>y</p><p>fo</p><p>r</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>1.5 Voltage supply for the module.</p><p>The monitor has two power supply connections. Fagor Automation recommends using 24 V</p><p>DC (Phoenix-type connector) to power the monitor. Consult Fagor Automation before using</p><p>the 12 V DC option.</p><p>24 V DC universal power supply.</p><p>Option recommended by Fagor Automation to power the monitor. Power the monitor with</p><p>a 24 V DC ±10% 1.5 A power supply.</p><p>Power supply cable characteristics.</p><p>Use generic 12 AWG (4 mm²) to 18 AWG (1 mm²) cable.</p><p>Consumption.</p><p>Maximum consumption: 20 W +20 %.</p><p>Never connect both power systems at the same time.</p><p>Pin Signal. Function.</p><p>1 - - -.</p><p>2 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>3 +24 V Power supply.</p><p>1</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ147ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>fig</p><p>ur</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>vi</p><p>d</p><p>eo</p><p>s</p><p>ig</p><p>na</p><p>l f</p><p>ro</p><p>m</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>on</p><p>ito</p><p>r.</p><p>1.6 Configuring the video signal from the monitor.</p><p>The buttons to configure the monitor are on the back.</p><p>Button</p><p>.</p><p>Description.</p><p>Turns the monitor on and off.</p><p>Automatically adjusts the clock, phase, horizontal</p><p>position and vertical position.</p><p>Increases the brightness.</p><p>Reduces the brightness.</p><p>Activates the OSD menu.</p><p>Changes the video input source.</p><p>Power</p><p>Auto/Exit</p><p>Right</p><p>Source</p><p>Left</p><p>Menu/Sel</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ148ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>o</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s.</p><p>1.7 Connectors.</p><p>ꞏT/S RS232ꞏ Touch screen driver (not recommended).</p><p>ꞏT/S USBꞏ Touch screen driver (recommended).</p><p>Option recommended by Fagor Automation for the touch controller.</p><p>Bottom view.</p><p>(A) T/S RS-232 Touch screen driver (consult Fagor Automation).</p><p>(B) T/S USB Touch screen driver (recommended).</p><p>(C) 24 V DC IN 24 V DC supply input (recommended).</p><p>(D) 12 V DC IN 12 V DC supply input (consult Fagor Automation).</p><p>(E) DVI-D DVI-D video signal input.</p><p>(F) VGA VGA video signal input.</p><p>(G) Ground connection.</p><p>Ground connection.</p><p>A B C D E F</p><p>G</p><p>Plug-in part 9-pin female SUB-D HD connector.</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 DCD Data Carrier Detect.</p><p>2 RxD Received Data.</p><p>3 TxD Transmit Data.</p><p>4 DTR Data Terminal Ready.</p><p>5 GND Ground.</p><p>6 DSR Data Set Ready.</p><p>7 RTS Request To Send.</p><p>8 CTS Clear To Send.</p><p>9 RI Ring Indicator.</p><p>1 ... 5</p><p>6 ... 9</p><p>Touch controller.</p><p>Fagor Automation recommends using the USB driver for the touch screen. Consult Fagor Automation</p><p>before using the RS232 driver.</p><p>i</p><p>USB type-B controller. Plug-in part.</p><p>Maximum length; 5 m (16.40 feet).</p><p>Pin. Signal.</p><p>1 + 5 V DC.</p><p>2 Data -.</p><p>3 Data +.</p><p>4 GND.1</p><p>2</p><p>4</p><p>3</p><p>Using cables with a length longer than 5 m or extension cords can cause problems in terms of</p><p>compliance with EMC directives; before using this type of cables in an industrial setting, check whether</p><p>the installation complies with regulations.</p><p>i</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ149ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>o</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s.</p><p>ꞏ24 V DC INꞏ Supply input (recommended).</p><p>Option recommended by Fagor Automation to power the monitor.</p><p>ꞏ12 V DC INꞏ Supply input (not recommended).</p><p>ꞏVGAꞏ Video input.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 3.</p><p>Pitch. 5.08 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Screw connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.2 / 4 mm².</p><p>Rated current In. 16 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>See "1.5 Voltage supply for the module." on page 146.</p><p>Plug-in part 3-pole Phoenix-type connector (5.08 mm pitch).</p><p>Rated current; 16 A.</p><p>Pin Signal. Function.</p><p>1 - - -.</p><p>2 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>3 +24 V Power supply.1</p><p>DC jack connector for the external current adapter. See</p><p>"1.5 Voltage supply for the module." on page 146.</p><p>Power supply.</p><p>Fagor Automation recommends 24 V DC power for the monitor. Consult Fagor Automation before using</p><p>the 12 V DC option.</p><p>Power supply.</p><p>Never connect both power systems at the same time.</p><p>i</p><p>Plug-in part. 15-pin female SUB-D HD type connector.</p><p>Pin. Signal.</p><p>1 MAINS</p><p>2 GREEN</p><p>3 BLUE</p><p>4 - - -</p><p>5 GND</p><p>6 GND_RED</p><p>7 GND_GREEN</p><p>8 GND_BLUE</p><p>9 - - -</p><p>10 GND_SYNC</p><p>11 - - -</p><p>12 - - -</p><p>13 HSYNC</p><p>14 VSYNC</p><p>15 - - -</p><p>1 ... 5</p><p>11 ... 15</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ150ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>o</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s.</p><p>ꞏDVI-Dꞏ Video input.</p><p>Plug-in part.</p><p>Pin. Señal.</p><p>1 TMDS 2- Red- (Link 1).</p><p>2 TMDS 2+ Red+ (Link 1).</p><p>3 TMDS 2/4 SHIELD</p><p>4 TMDS 4- Green- (Link 2).</p><p>5 TMDS 4+ Green+ (Link 2).</p><p>6 DDC clock.</p><p>7 DDC data.</p><p>8 Not used.</p><p>9 TMDS 1- Green- (Link 1).</p><p>10 TMDS 1+ Green+ (Link 1).</p><p>11 TMDS 1/3 SHIELD.</p><p>12 TMDS 3- Blue- (Link 2).</p><p>13 TMDS 3+ Blue+ (Link 2).</p><p>14 +5 V DC.</p><p>15 GND.</p><p>16 Hot plug detection.</p><p>17 TMDS 0- Blue- (Link 1) and digital synchronization.</p><p>18 TMDS 0+ Blue+ (Link 1) and digital synchronization.</p><p>19 TMDS 0/5 SHIELD</p><p>20 TMDS 5- Red- (Link 2).</p><p>21 TMDS 5+ Red+ (Link 2).</p><p>22 TMDS clock protection.</p><p>23 TMDS clock+ (Links 1 and 2).</p><p>24 TMDS clock- (Links 1 and 2).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ151ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>ab</p><p>le</p><p>c</p><p>ha</p><p>ra</p><p>ct</p><p>er</p><p>is</p><p>tic</p><p>s.</p><p>1.8 Cable characteristics.</p><p>1.8.1 VGA video signal.</p><p>Cable characteristics.</p><p>Use specific VGA cable.</p><p>Node connection.</p><p>Use the VGA output of the central unit. The connection is parallel, 1 with 1, 2 with 2, etc. The</p><p>cable shield must be connected to the connector at both ends.</p><p>Fagor Automation supplies the necessary cable for the VGA connection. The cable is valid for static</p><p>installations such as cable carrying chains. For further information, refer to the Ordering Handbook.</p><p>ꞏVGAꞏ cable.</p><p>Type. Shielded.</p><p>Flexibility. Normal.</p><p>Impedance. 75.</p><p>Maximum length. 5 m (16.40 ft).</p><p>Consult Fagor Automation before using cables longer than 5 m.i</p><p>GND</p><p>BLUE</p><p>GREEN</p><p>GND_SYNC</p><p>GND_BLUE</p><p>GND_GREEN</p><p>GND_RED</p><p>HousingHousing</p><p>1</p><p>CNC MONITOR</p><p>RED</p><p>HSYNC</p><p>VSYNC</p><p>GND</p><p>BLUE</p><p>GREEN</p><p>GND_SYNC</p><p>GND_BLUE</p><p>GND_GREEN</p><p>GND_RED</p><p>RED</p><p>HSYNC</p><p>VSYNC</p><p>2</p><p>3</p><p>5</p><p>6</p><p>7</p><p>8</p><p>10</p><p>13</p><p>14</p><p>1</p><p>2</p><p>3</p><p>5</p><p>6</p><p>7</p><p>8</p><p>10</p><p>13</p><p>14</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ152ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>ab</p><p>le</p><p>c</p><p>ha</p><p>ra</p><p>ct</p><p>er</p><p>is</p><p>tic</p><p>s.</p><p>1.8.2 DVI-D video signal.</p><p>Characteristics of the DVI-D cable.</p><p>Fagor Automation supplies the necessary cable for the DVI-D connection; when using third-party</p><p>cables, these must be of the same category as those supplied by Fagor (see table)</p><p>Characteristic. Description.</p><p>Type. Single link cable (18+1) or dual link cable (24+1) with triple shielding</p><p>and ferrite cores on both ends. Recommended reference; Digitus</p><p>AK-320101-050.</p><p>Maximum length. 5 meters (16.40 ft).</p><p>Consult Fagor Automation before using cables longer than 5 m.i</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ153ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>D</p><p>(</p><p>O</p><p>n</p><p>S</p><p>cr</p><p>e</p><p>en</p><p>D</p><p>is</p><p>p</p><p>la</p><p>y)</p><p>m</p><p>e</p><p>nu</p><p>.</p><p>1.9 OSD (On Screen Display) menu.</p><p>The selected values are stored in the memory of the monitor after pressing the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>button at the end of the wait time. The saved values are not lost when the monitor is turned</p><p>off. However, the selected value will not be available if the monitor is turned off before the</p><p>wait time has been completed. The wait time is approximately 5 seconds, and can be</p><p>configured from the OSD menu.</p><p>1.9.1 Using the rear keyboard with the OSD menu.</p><p>The keys on the rear of the monitor have the following functionality when the OSD menu is</p><p>active.</p><p>Button. Description.</p><p>Main OSD menu.</p><p>Turns the monitor on and off.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Turns the monitor on and off.</p><p>Main OSD menu.</p><p>Exits the OSD menu.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Returns to the previous menu.</p><p>Main OSD menu.</p><p>Moves the selector to the left.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Moves the selector</p><p>to the left.</p><p>Moves the selector up and down.</p><p>Increases the value of the selected option.</p><p>Main OSD menu.</p><p>Moves the selector to the right.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Moves the selector to the right.</p><p>Moves the selector up and down.</p><p>Reduces the value of the selected option.</p><p>Main OSD menu.</p><p>Activates the OSD menu.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Confirms the selected option.</p><p>Main OSD menu.</p><p>Changes the video input source.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Not used.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ154ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>D</p><p>(</p><p>O</p><p>n</p><p>S</p><p>cr</p><p>e</p><p>en</p><p>D</p><p>is</p><p>p</p><p>la</p><p>y)</p><p>m</p><p>e</p><p>nu</p><p>.</p><p>1.9.2 OSD menu.</p><p>To display the OSD menu, press the MENU key on the back of the monitor.</p><p>Icon. Description.</p><p>Video input.</p><p>Contrast/Brightness.</p><p>Geometry (for DVI input).</p><p>Temperature color.</p><p>Language.</p><p>OSD configuration.</p><p>Auto-configuration.</p><p>Information.</p><p>Restore.</p><p>Exit.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ155ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>D</p><p>(</p><p>O</p><p>n</p><p>S</p><p>cr</p><p>e</p><p>en</p><p>D</p><p>is</p><p>p</p><p>la</p><p>y)</p><p>m</p><p>e</p><p>nu</p><p>.</p><p>Video input.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Contrast/Brightness.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Select this menu icon using the [Left] and [Right] keys and press the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>key to confirm the selection.</p><p>Select this menu icon using the [Left] and [Right] keys and press the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>key to confirm the selection.</p><p>Recall Value Meaning.</p><p>Recall Recalls the default values.</p><p>REC1 Recalls saved settings 1.</p><p>REC2 Recalls saved settings 2.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ156ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>D</p><p>(</p><p>O</p><p>n</p><p>S</p><p>cr</p><p>e</p><p>en</p><p>D</p><p>is</p><p>p</p><p>la</p><p>y)</p><p>m</p><p>e</p><p>nu</p><p>.</p><p>Geometry (for DVI input).</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Temperature color.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Language.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Select this menu icon using the [Left] and [Right] keys and press the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>key to confirm the selection.</p><p>Select this menu icon using the [Left] and [Right] keys and press the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>key to confirm the selection.</p><p>Select this menu icon using the [Left] and [Right] keys and press the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>key to confirm the selection.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ157ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>D</p><p>(</p><p>O</p><p>n</p><p>S</p><p>cr</p><p>e</p><p>en</p><p>D</p><p>is</p><p>p</p><p>la</p><p>y)</p><p>m</p><p>e</p><p>nu</p><p>.</p><p>OSD configuration.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Auto-configuration.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Information.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Select this menu icon using the [Left] and [Right] keys and press the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>key to confirm the selection.</p><p>Select this menu icon using the [Left] and [Right] keys and press the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>key to confirm the selection.</p><p>Select this menu icon using the [Left] and [Right] keys and press the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>key to confirm the selection.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ158ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>D</p><p>(</p><p>O</p><p>n</p><p>S</p><p>cr</p><p>e</p><p>en</p><p>D</p><p>is</p><p>p</p><p>la</p><p>y)</p><p>m</p><p>e</p><p>nu</p><p>.</p><p>Restore.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Exit.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Select this menu icon using the [Left] and [Right] keys and press the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>key to confirm the selection.</p><p>Select this menu icon using the [Left] and [Right] keys and press the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>key to confirm the selection.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ159ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>D</p><p>(</p><p>O</p><p>n</p><p>S</p><p>cr</p><p>e</p><p>en</p><p>D</p><p>is</p><p>p</p><p>la</p><p>y)</p><p>m</p><p>e</p><p>nu</p><p>.</p><p>1.9.3 Locks and unlocks the OSD menu.</p><p>Locks the OSD menu.</p><p>Unlocking the OSD menu.</p><p>Note: All images of the OSD menu are property of Advantech Co., Ltd.</p><p>Press the [Left]+[Right] keys and the following message will appear on</p><p>screen.</p><p>Do not release the keys until the screen indicates that the operation has</p><p>been completed.</p><p>Press the [Left]+[Right] keys and the following message will appear on</p><p>screen.</p><p>Do not release the keys until the screen indicates that the operation has</p><p>been completed.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ160ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>6.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-1</p><p>8</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>D</p><p>(</p><p>O</p><p>n</p><p>S</p><p>cr</p><p>e</p><p>en</p><p>D</p><p>is</p><p>p</p><p>la</p><p>y)</p><p>m</p><p>e</p><p>nu</p><p>.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ161ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>7.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-2</p><p>1</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>7 MONITOR-21 MULTITOUCH.</p><p>Monitor to display the VGA or DVI-D video signal from the central unit and also to serve as</p><p>the touch screen, permitting interaction with the central unit.</p><p>Module. Description.</p><p>MONITOR-21W MULTITOUCH 21.5" (1920 × 1080) monitor, aspect ratio 16:9,</p><p>24-bit color, Multi-touch.</p><p>MONITOR-21W MULTITOUCH NEUTRO</p><p>21.5"</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ162ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>7.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-2</p><p>1</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>7.1 Specifications.</p><p>Type. Description.</p><p>General. • 21.5" (1920 × 1080) monitor, multi-touch screen (10 points) and USB driver.</p><p>• Dimensions (width x height x depth)</p><p>- 558.40 × 349.80 × 47.70 mm.</p><p>- 21.98" × 13.77" × 1.88".</p><p>• Weight: 8 kg (17.6 lb).</p><p>• Compatible with the VESA mount standard.</p><p>• OSD (On Screen Display) menu; rear buttons.</p><p>Regulation. • BSMI, CE, FCC, CCC, UL.</p><p>Ambient. • Storage temperature: Between -20 and 60 °C (-4 and 140 °F).</p><p>• Working temperature: Between 0 and 55 °C (32 and 101 °F).</p><p>• Relative humidity: Between 10 and 90 % (non condensing).</p><p>• Vibration: Between 5 and 500 Hz, 1 Grms (in operation, random).</p><p>• Degree of protection: Front complies with standard IP65.</p><p>Power supply. • Power (use one of the following options).</p><p>- 24 V DC via Phoenix-type connector (recommended).</p><p>- 12 V DC via DC jack connector (consult Fagor Automation).</p><p>• Maximum consumption: 25 W.</p><p>LCD. • Type: TFT LED LCD FullHD.</p><p>• Screen: 10-point multi-touch capacitive.</p><p>• Size: 21.5" (aspect ratio 16:9).</p><p>• Screen color: 24 bits (16.7 million colors).</p><p>• Resolution: 1920 × 1080.</p><p>• Angle of vision: 178° (vertical), 178° (horizontal).</p><p>• Brightness: 300 cd/m².</p><p>• Contrast ratio: 5000:1 (typical).</p><p>• Lamp duration (MTBF): 50,000 hours.</p><p>Connectivity. • Touch controller.</p><p>- USB (recommended).</p><p>- RS-232 (consult Fagor Automation).</p><p>• Video input.</p><p>- VGA</p><p>- DVI-D</p><p>Touch controller.</p><p>Fagor Automation recommends using the USB driver for the touch screen. Consult Fagor Automation</p><p>before using the RS232 driver.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ163ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>7.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-2</p><p>1</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>G</p><p>en</p><p>er</p><p>al</p><p>d</p><p>ia</p><p>gr</p><p>am</p><p>.</p><p>7.2 General diagram.</p><p>(*) For lengths greater than 5 meters, use a PPC-21W or PPC-19.</p><p>Q7A platform.</p><p>CNC MONITOR-21W MULTITOUCH</p><p>MONITOR-21W MULTITOUCH NEUTRO</p><p>DVI-D</p><p>T/S USB</p><p>Connection. Description.</p><p>DVI-D DVI-D video signal input.</p><p>Maximum length; 5 m (16.40 feet).</p><p>T/S USB Touch screen driver (recommended).</p><p>Maximum length; 5 m (16.40 feet).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ164ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>7.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-2</p><p>1</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>D</p><p>im</p><p>en</p><p>si</p><p>on</p><p>s.</p><p>7.3 Dimensions.</p><p>mm inch</p><p>a 558.40 21.98</p><p>b 349.80 13.77</p><p>c 40.70 1.60</p><p>d 47.70 1.88</p><p>mm inch</p><p>Da 548.00 21.57</p><p>Db 339.25 13.36</p><p>Da</p><p>c</p><p>Db</p><p>a</p><p>b</p><p>d</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ165ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>7.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-2</p><p>1</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>7.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module.</p><p>7.4.1 Enclosure design.</p><p>The enclosure must meet the following requirements:</p><p>• The degree of protection of the enclosure must be IP54, according to standard IEC</p><p>60529.</p><p>• Keep the enclosure clean.</p><p>• The dissipation surface of the enclosure must be enough to evacuate (by convection)</p><p>the heat generated inside.</p><p>• In the connector area, reserve a space that allows the cables to be connected, respecting</p><p>their radius of curvature.</p><p>• Respect the minimum distances recommended between the enclosure walls and the</p><p>hardware to let the air flow and improve heat dissipation.</p><p>Dimensions of the cut off part and the enclosure.</p><p>To meet the previous requirements, Fagor recommends the following.</p><p>• The enclosure must not have any ventilation holes, because they could let dust</p><p>or other substances</p><p>in.</p><p>Before building an enclosure with glass fiber u another poor heat dissipating material, contact Fagor</p><p>Automation.</p><p>i</p><p>i</p><p>mm inch</p><p>W 550,30±1,0 21,67±0,040</p><p>H 341,80±0,7 13,46±0,025 (*) Minimum recommended distance.</p><p>mm inch</p><p>D (*) 75 2.95</p><p>H</p><p>W</p><p>D</p><p>Radius of the corners = 5 mm (0.2 inches).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ166ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>7.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-2</p><p>1</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>7.4.2 Securing the module.</p><p>The module must be installed in a proper enclosure that may be located on the machine or</p><p>on an external support. To insert the unit into the enclosure, it must have a big enough hole</p><p>to allow to insert it easily, without obstacles and without forcing the unit. See "7.4.1 Enclosure</p><p>design." on page 165.</p><p>The module is mounted from inside the enclosure. Once the unit has been inserted into the</p><p>enclosure, secure it from the inside with the tension jacks. To properly secure it, use all the</p><p>tension jacks on the back of the unit. Apply a tightening torque of 0.7 Nm.</p><p>1 Use the two top screws (A) to fasten the pressure hooks (B).</p><p>2 Use the two bottom stop screws (C).</p><p>3 Rest the monitor on the stop screws inside the hole and push the top part until the</p><p>pressure hooks hold the monitor.</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>C</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ167ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>7.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-2</p><p>1</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>4 Fasten the monitor on the rear, using all the fastening hooks (D).</p><p>D</p><p>1 2</p><p>0.7 Nm</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ168ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>7.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-2</p><p>1</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>V</p><p>o</p><p>lta</p><p>ge</p><p>s</p><p>up</p><p>pl</p><p>y</p><p>fo</p><p>r</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>7.5 Voltage supply for the module.</p><p>The monitor has two power supply connections. Fagor Automation recommends using 24 V</p><p>DC (Phoenix-type connector) to power the monitor. Consult Fagor Automation before using</p><p>the 12 V DC option.</p><p>24 V DC universal power supply.</p><p>Option recommended by Fagor Automation to power the monitor. Power the monitor with</p><p>a 24 V DC ±10% 1.5 A power supply.</p><p>Power supply cable characteristics.</p><p>Use generic 12 AWG (4 mm²) to 18 AWG (1 mm²) cable.</p><p>Consumption.</p><p>Maximum consumption: 25 W.</p><p>Never connect both power systems at the same time.</p><p>Pin Signal. Function.</p><p>1 - - -.</p><p>2 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>3 +24 V Power supply.</p><p>1</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ169ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>7.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-2</p><p>1</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>fig</p><p>ur</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>vi</p><p>d</p><p>eo</p><p>s</p><p>ig</p><p>na</p><p>l f</p><p>ro</p><p>m</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>on</p><p>ito</p><p>r.</p><p>7.6 Configuring the video signal from the monitor.</p><p>The buttons to configure the monitor are on the back.</p><p>Button</p><p>.</p><p>Description.</p><p>Turns the monitor on and off.</p><p>Automatically adjusts the clock, phase, horizontal</p><p>position and vertical position.</p><p>Increases the brightness.</p><p>Reduces the brightness.</p><p>Activates the OSD menu.</p><p>Changes the video input source.</p><p>Power</p><p>Auto/Exit</p><p>Right</p><p>Source</p><p>Left</p><p>Menu/Sel</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ170ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>7.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-2</p><p>1</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>o</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s.</p><p>7.7 Connectors.</p><p>ꞏT/S RS232ꞏ Touch screen driver (not recommended).</p><p>ꞏT/S USBꞏ Touch screen driver (recommended).</p><p>Option recommended by Fagor Automation for the touch controller.</p><p>Bottom view.</p><p>(1) T/S RS-232Touch screen driver (consult Fagor Automation).</p><p>(2) T/S USBTouch screen driver (recommended).</p><p>(3) 24 V DC IN24 V DC supply input (recommended).</p><p>(4) 12 V DC IN12 V DC supply input (consult Fagor Automation).</p><p>(5) DVI-DDVI-D video signal input.</p><p>(6) VGAVGA video signal input.</p><p>(7) Ground connection.</p><p>Ground connection.</p><p>A B C D E F</p><p>G</p><p>Plug-in part 9-pin female SUB-D HD connector.</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 DCD Data Carrier Detect.</p><p>2 RxD Received Data.</p><p>3 TxD Transmit Data.</p><p>4 DTR Data Terminal Ready.</p><p>5 GND Ground.</p><p>6 DSR Data Set Ready.</p><p>7 RTS Request To Send.</p><p>8 CTS Clear To Send.</p><p>9 RI Ring Indicator.</p><p>1 ... 5</p><p>6 ... 9</p><p>Touch controller.</p><p>Fagor Automation recommends using the USB driver for the touch screen. Consult Fagor Automation</p><p>before using the RS232 driver.</p><p>i</p><p>USB type-B controller. Plug-in part.</p><p>Maximum length; 5 m (16.40 feet).</p><p>Pin. Signal.</p><p>1 + 5 V DC.</p><p>2 Data -.</p><p>3 Data +.</p><p>4 GND.1</p><p>2</p><p>4</p><p>3</p><p>Using cables with a length longer than 5 m or extension cords can cause problems in terms of</p><p>compliance with EMC directives; before using this type of cables in an industrial setting, check whether</p><p>the installation complies with regulations.</p><p>i</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ171ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>7.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-2</p><p>1</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>o</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s.</p><p>ꞏ24 V DC INꞏ Supply input (recommended).</p><p>Option recommended by Fagor Automation to power the monitor.</p><p>ꞏ12 V DC INꞏ Supply input (not recommended).</p><p>ꞏVGAꞏ Video input.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 3.</p><p>Pitch. 5.08 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Screw connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.2 / 4 mm².</p><p>Rated current In. 16 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>See "7.5 Voltage supply for the module." on page 168.</p><p>Plug-in part 3-pole Phoenix-type connector (5.08 mm pitch).</p><p>Rated current; 16 A.</p><p>Pin Signal. Function.</p><p>1 - - -.</p><p>2 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>3 +24 V Power supply.1</p><p>DC jack connector for the external current adapter. See</p><p>"7.5 Voltage supply for the module." on page 168.</p><p>Power supply.</p><p>Fagor Automation recommends 24 V DC power for the monitor. Consult Fagor Automation before using</p><p>the 12 V DC option.</p><p>Power supply.</p><p>Never connect both power systems at the same time.</p><p>i</p><p>Plug-in part 15-pin female SUB-D HD type connector.</p><p>Pin. Signal.</p><p>1 MAINS</p><p>2 GREEN</p><p>3 BLUE</p><p>4 - - -</p><p>5 GND</p><p>6 GND_RED</p><p>7 GND_GREEN</p><p>8 GND_BLUE</p><p>9 - - -</p><p>10 GND_SYNC</p><p>11 - - -</p><p>12 - - -</p><p>13 HSYNC</p><p>14 VSYNC</p><p>15 - - -</p><p>1 ... 5</p><p>11 ... 15</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ172ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>7.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-2</p><p>1</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>o</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s.</p><p>ꞏDVI-Dꞏ Video input.</p><p>DVI-D video input.</p><p>Pin. Señal.</p><p>1 TMDS 2- Red- (Link 1).</p><p>2 TMDS 2+ Red+ (Link 1).</p><p>3 TMDS 2/4 SHIELD</p><p>4 TMDS 4- Green- (Link 2).</p><p>5 TMDS 4+ Green+ (Link 2).</p><p>6 DDC clock.</p><p>7 DDC data.</p><p>8 Not used.</p><p>9 TMDS 1- Green- (Link 1).</p><p>10 TMDS 1+ Green+ (Link 1).</p><p>11 TMDS 1/3 SHIELD.</p><p>12 TMDS 3- Blue- (Link 2).</p><p>13 TMDS 3+ Blue+ (Link 2).</p><p>14 +5 V DC.</p><p>15 GND.</p><p>16 Hot plug detection.</p><p>17 TMDS 0- Blue- (Link 1) and digital synchronization.</p><p>18 TMDS 0+ Blue+ (Link 1) and digital synchronization.</p><p>19 TMDS 0/5 SHIELD</p><p>20 TMDS 5- Red- (Link 2).</p><p>21 TMDS 5+ Red+ (Link 2).</p><p>22 TMDS clock protection.</p><p>23 TMDS clock+ (Links 1 and 2).</p><p>24 TMDS clock- (Links 1 and 2).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ173ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>7.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-2</p><p>1</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>ab</p><p>le</p><p>c</p><p>ha</p><p>ra</p><p>ct</p><p>er</p><p>is</p><p>tic</p><p>s.</p><p>7.8 Cable characteristics.</p><p>7.8.1 VGA video signal.</p><p>Connector pinout.</p><p>Cable characteristics.</p><p>Use specific VGA cable.</p><p>Node connection.</p><p>Use the VGA output of the central unit. The connection is parallel, 1 with 1, 2 with 2, etc. The</p><p>cable shield must be connected to the connector at both ends.</p><p>Fagor Automation supplies the necessary cable for the VGA connection. The cable is valid for static</p><p>installations such as cable carrying chains. For further information, refer to the Ordering Handbook.</p><p>ꞏVGAꞏ cable.</p><p>Type. Shielded.</p><p>Flexibility. Normal.</p><p>Impedance. 75.</p><p>Maximum length. 5 m (16.40 ft).</p><p>Plug-in part 15-pin female SUB-D HD type connector.</p><p>Pin. Signal.</p><p>1 MAINS</p><p>2 GREEN</p><p>3 BLUE</p><p>4 - - -</p><p>5 GND</p><p>6 GND_RED</p><p>7 GND_GREEN</p><p>8 GND_BLUE</p><p>9 - - -</p><p>10 GND_SYNC</p><p>11 - - -</p><p>12 - - -</p><p>13 HSYNC</p><p>14 VSYNC</p><p>15 - - -</p><p>1 ... 5</p><p>11 ... 15</p><p>Consult Fagor Automation before using cables longer than 5 m.i</p><p>GND</p><p>BLUE</p><p>GREEN</p><p>GND_SYNC</p><p>GND_BLUE</p><p>GND_GREEN</p><p>GND_RED</p><p>HousingHousing</p><p>1</p><p>CNC MONITOR</p><p>RED</p><p>HSYNC</p><p>VSYNC</p><p>GND</p><p>BLUE</p><p>GREEN</p><p>GND_SYNC</p><p>GND_BLUE</p><p>GND_GREEN</p><p>GND_RED</p><p>RED</p><p>HSYNC</p><p>VSYNC</p><p>2</p><p>3</p><p>5</p><p>6</p><p>7</p><p>8</p><p>10</p><p>13</p><p>14</p><p>1</p><p>2</p><p>3</p><p>5</p><p>6</p><p>7</p><p>8</p><p>10</p><p>13</p><p>14</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ174ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>7.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-2</p><p>1</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>D</p><p>(</p><p>O</p><p>n</p><p>S</p><p>cr</p><p>e</p><p>en</p><p>D</p><p>is</p><p>p</p><p>la</p><p>y)</p><p>m</p><p>e</p><p>nu</p><p>.</p><p>7.9 OSD (On Screen Display) menu.</p><p>The selected values are stored in the memory of the monitor after pressing the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>button at the end of the wait time. The saved values are not lost when the monitor is turned</p><p>off. However, the selected value will not be available if the monitor is turned off before the</p><p>wait time has been completed. The wait time is approximately 5 seconds, and can be</p><p>configured from the OSD menu.</p><p>7.9.1 Using the rear keyboard with the OSD menu.</p><p>The keys on the rear of the monitor have the following functionality when the OSD menu is</p><p>active.</p><p>Button. Description.</p><p>Main OSD menu.</p><p>Turns the monitor on and off.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Turns the monitor on and off.</p><p>Main OSD menu.</p><p>Exits the OSD menu.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Returns to the previous menu.</p><p>Main OSD menu.</p><p>Moves the selector to the left.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Moves the selector to the left.</p><p>Moves the selector up and down.</p><p>Increases the value of the selected option.</p><p>Main OSD menu.</p><p>Moves the selector to the right.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Moves the selector to the right.</p><p>Moves the selector up and down.</p><p>Reduces the value of the selected option.</p><p>Main OSD menu.</p><p>Activates the OSD menu.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Confirms the selected option.</p><p>Main OSD menu.</p><p>Changes the video input source.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Not used.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ175ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>7.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-2</p><p>1</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>D</p><p>(</p><p>O</p><p>n</p><p>S</p><p>cr</p><p>e</p><p>en</p><p>D</p><p>is</p><p>p</p><p>la</p><p>y)</p><p>m</p><p>e</p><p>nu</p><p>.</p><p>7.9.2 OSD menu.</p><p>To display the OSD menu, press the MENU key on the back of the monitor.</p><p>Icon. Description.</p><p>Video input.</p><p>Contrast/Brightness.</p><p>Geometry (for DVI input).</p><p>Temperature color.</p><p>Language.</p><p>OSD configuration.</p><p>Auto-configuration.</p><p>Information.</p><p>Restore.</p><p>Exit.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ176ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>7.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-2</p><p>1</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>D</p><p>(</p><p>O</p><p>n</p><p>S</p><p>cr</p><p>e</p><p>en</p><p>D</p><p>is</p><p>p</p><p>la</p><p>y)</p><p>m</p><p>e</p><p>nu</p><p>.</p><p>Video input.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Contrast/Brightness.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Select this menu icon using the [Left] and [Right] keys and press the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>key to confirm the selection.</p><p>Select this menu icon using the [Left] and [Right] keys and press the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>key to confirm the selection.</p><p>Recall Value Meaning.</p><p>Recall Recalls the default values.</p><p>REC1 Recalls saved settings 1.</p><p>REC2 Recalls saved settings 2.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ177ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>7.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-2</p><p>1</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>D</p><p>(</p><p>O</p><p>n</p><p>S</p><p>cr</p><p>e</p><p>en</p><p>D</p><p>is</p><p>p</p><p>la</p><p>y)</p><p>m</p><p>e</p><p>nu</p><p>.</p><p>Geometry (for DVI input).</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Temperature color.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Language.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Select this menu icon using the [Left] and [Right] keys and press the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>key to confirm the selection.</p><p>Select this menu icon using the [Left] and [Right] keys and press the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>key to confirm the selection.</p><p>Select this menu icon using the [Left] and [Right] keys and press the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>key to confirm the selection.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ178ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>7.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-2</p><p>1</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>D</p><p>(</p><p>O</p><p>n</p><p>S</p><p>cr</p><p>e</p><p>en</p><p>D</p><p>is</p><p>p</p><p>la</p><p>y)</p><p>m</p><p>e</p><p>nu</p><p>.</p><p>OSD configuration.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Auto-configuration.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Information.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Select this menu icon using the [Left] and [Right] keys and press the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>key to confirm the selection.</p><p>Select this menu icon using the [Left] and [Right] keys and press the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>key to confirm the selection.</p><p>Select this menu icon using the [Left] and [Right] keys and press the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>key to confirm the selection.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ179ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>7.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-2</p><p>1</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>D</p><p>(</p><p>O</p><p>n</p><p>S</p><p>cr</p><p>e</p><p>en</p><p>D</p><p>is</p><p>p</p><p>la</p><p>y)</p><p>m</p><p>e</p><p>nu</p><p>.</p><p>Restore.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Exit.</p><p>OSD sub-menu.</p><p>Select this menu icon using the [Left] and [Right] keys and press the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>key to confirm the selection.</p><p>Select this menu icon using the [Left] and [Right] keys and press the [Menu/Sel]</p><p>key to confirm the selection.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ180ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>7.</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>-2</p><p>1</p><p>M</p><p>U</p><p>L</p><p>T</p><p>IT</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>.</p><p>O</p><p>S</p><p>D</p><p>(</p><p>O</p><p>n</p><p>S</p><p>cr</p><p>e</p><p>en</p><p>D</p><p>is</p><p>p</p><p>la</p><p>y)</p><p>m</p><p>e</p><p>nu</p><p>.</p><p>7.9.3 Locks and unlocks the OSD menu.</p><p>Locks the OSD menu.</p><p>Unlocking the OSD menu.</p><p>Note: All images of the OSD menu are property of Advantech Co., Ltd.</p><p>Press the [Left]+[Right] keys and the following message will appear on</p><p>screen.</p><p>Do not release the keys until the screen indicates that the operation has</p><p>been completed.</p><p>Press the [Left]+[Right] keys and the following message will appear on</p><p>screen.</p><p>Do not release the keys until the screen indicates that the operation has</p><p>been completed.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ181ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>8.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>8 HORIZONTAL KEYB.</p><p>The machine manufacturer must comply with the EN 60204-1 (IEC-204-1) regulation regarding</p><p>electrical shocks in case of defective input/output pins with external power supply when not plugging</p><p>the connector before turning the power supply on.</p><p>Module. Description.</p><p>HORIZONTAL KEYB CAN horizontal, alphanumeric QWERTY keyboard.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ182ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>8.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>8.1 Specifications.</p><p>Type. Description.</p><p>General. • CAN horizontal, alphanumeric QWERTY keyboard.</p><p>• "Spanish (Spain)”; keyboard layout.</p><p>• Dimensions (width x height x depth)</p><p>- 420 × 175 × 24 mm.</p><p>- 16.54" × 6.89" × 0.94".</p><p>Opera t ing</p><p>conditions.</p><p>• Equipment for indoor use in non-hazardous locations, operated by qualified</p><p>personnel skilled in its use.</p><p>• The equipment must be installed in an enclosure that meets the requirements</p><p>described in this manual.</p><p>• Equipment designed for use in fixed locations.</p><p>• Equipment not suitable for wet areas.</p><p>• Never use in explosive environments (dangerous areas).</p><p>Regulations. • It complies with the European directives for electromagnetic compatibility</p><p>2014/30/EU and low voltage 2014/35/EU. See the declaration of conformity,</p><p>available on our website.</p><p>• UL 61010-1 (Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for</p><p>Measurement, Contro l , and Laboratory Use - Par t 1: General</p><p>Requirements). See the certificate, available on our website.</p><p>• IEC/UL 61010-2-201 (Safety requirements for elecrical equipement for</p><p>measurement, control and laboratory use. Particular requirements for</p><p>control equipment).</p><p>• Canadian Standards Associations: CSA C22.2 No. 142 (Process Control</p><p>Equipement).</p><p>Packaging. • The package meets the regulation EN 60068-2-32 procedure 1 with a</p><p>random fall from a height not greater than 1 m.</p><p>Ambient. • Storage and transport temperature according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between -40 ºC (-40 ºF) and +70 ºC (158 ºF).</p><p>• Work temperature according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between 5 ºC (41 ºF) and 55 ºC (131 ºF).</p><p>• Temperature outside cabinet according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between 5 ºC (41 ºF) and 45 ºC (113 ºF).</p><p>• Temperature inside the enclosure:</p><p>- Less than 55 ºC (131 ºF).</p><p>• Relative humidity according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- 20 ~ 85% RH without condensation.</p><p>• Maximum work altitude:</p><p>- The unit must work properly at 2000 m according to IEC 61131-2.</p><p>• Vibration test according to IEC 60068-2-6 with a frequency step of</p><p>1 octave/minute (±10%) and a duration of 10 sweeps.</p><p>- 5 Hz  f  8.4 Hz; movement of constant 3.5 mm amplitude (peak value).</p><p>- 8.4 Hz  f  150 Hz; 1g acceleration and constant amplitude (peak value).</p><p>• Degree of protection according to EN 60529:</p><p>- IP65 (front).</p><p>• Pollution degree 2 according to IEC/UL 61010-1.</p><p>Electrical. • Connection to mains supply: Permanent.</p><p>• Operating conditions: Continuous.</p><p>• Protection against electric shock: Class III (PE connection is only for</p><p>functional earthing).</p><p>• OVC I protection level according to IEC/UL 61010-1.</p><p>Power supply. • Use</p><p>................................................................................................. 123</p><p>5.9.2 Connecting the USB2.0 port. .................................................................................. 123</p><p>5.9.3 Connecting the DVI-D video output. ........................................................................ 124</p><p>5.9.4 Connecting the relay for the emergency chain. ....................................................... 124</p><p>5.9.5 Feedback connection............................................................................................... 125</p><p>5.9.6 Probe connection. .................................................................................................... 126</p><p>5.9.7 Connection to an Ethernet network.......................................................................... 129</p><p>5.9.8 EtherCAT bus. ........................................................................................................ 130</p><p>5.9.9 Bus Sercos-III. ........................................................................................................ 133</p><p>5.9.10 CAN bus................................................................................................................... 135</p><p>CHAPTER 6 MONITOR-18 MULTITOUCH.</p><p>1.1 Specifications............................................................................................................... 140</p><p>1.2 General diagram. ......................................................................................................... 141</p><p>1.3 Dimensions. ................................................................................................................ 142</p><p>1.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module. ...................................................................... 143</p><p>1.4.1 Enclosure design. .................................................................................................... 143</p><p>1.4.2 Securing the module. ............................................................................................... 144</p><p>1.5 Voltage supply for the module. .................................................................................... 146</p><p>1.6 Configuring the video signal from the monitor. ............................................................ 147</p><p>1.7 Connectors. ................................................................................................................ 148</p><p>1.8 Cable characteristics. .................................................................................................. 151</p><p>1.8.1 VGA video signal. .................................................................................................... 151</p><p>1.8.2 DVI-D video signal. ................................................................................................. 152</p><p>1.9 OSD (On Screen Display) menu.................................................................................. 153</p><p>1.9.1 Using the rear keyboard with the OSD menu. ......................................................... 153</p><p>1.9.2 OSD menu. .............................................................................................................. 154</p><p>1.9.3 Locks and unlocks the OSD menu........................................................................... 159</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ5ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>CHAPTER 7 MONITOR-21 MULTITOUCH.</p><p>7.1 Specifications............................................................................................................... 162</p><p>7.2 General diagram. ........................................................................................................ 163</p><p>7.3 Dimensions. ................................................................................................................ 164</p><p>7.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module. ...................................................................... 165</p><p>7.4.1 Enclosure design...................................................................................................... 165</p><p>7.4.2 Securing the module. ............................................................................................... 166</p><p>7.5 Voltage supply for the module. .................................................................................... 168</p><p>7.6 Configuring the video signal from the monitor. ............................................................ 169</p><p>7.7 Connectors. ................................................................................................................. 170</p><p>7.8 Cable characteristics.................................................................................................... 173</p><p>7.8.1 VGA video signal...................................................................................................... 173</p><p>7.9 OSD (On Screen Display) menu.................................................................................. 174</p><p>7.9.1 Using the rear keyboard with the OSD menu........................................................... 174</p><p>7.9.2 OSD menu. .............................................................................................................. 175</p><p>7.9.3 Locks and unlocks the OSD menu........................................................................... 180</p><p>CHAPTER 8 HORIZONTAL KEYB.</p><p>8.1 Specifications. ............................................................................................................. 182</p><p>8.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification. .................................................... 183</p><p>8.2 General diagram. ........................................................................................................ 184</p><p>8.3 Dimensions. ................................................................................................................ 184</p><p>8.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module. ...................................................................... 185</p><p>8.4.1 Ambient characteristics of the enclosure. ................................................................ 185</p><p>8.4.2 Enclosure design. .................................................................................................... 185</p><p>8.4.3 Securing the module. ............................................................................................... 186</p><p>8.5 Power supply for the module. ...................................................................................... 187</p><p>8.6 Hardware functionalities............................................................................................... 188</p><p>8.6.1 Ground connection. ................................................................................................. 188</p><p>8.6.2 Rear connectors. ..................................................................................................... 188</p><p>8.7 Bus CAN (CANopen protocol). .................................................................................... 191</p><p>8.7.1 Identification of the modules at the bus.................................................................... 192</p><p>8.7.2 Identification of the first and last elements of the bus. ............................................. 193</p><p>8.7.3 CAN bus type selection (CANopen)......................................................................... 193</p><p>8.7.4 Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus. .............................................................. 193</p><p>CHAPTER 9 VERTICAL KEYB.</p><p>9.1 Specifications. ............................................................................................................. 196</p><p>9.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification. .................................................... 197</p><p>9.2 General diagram. ........................................................................................................ 198</p><p>9.3 Dimensions. ................................................................................................................ 199</p><p>9.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module. ...................................................................... 200</p><p>9.4.1 Ambient characteristics</p><p>a regulated 24 V DC power supply (between -15% and +20%) and 2 A</p><p>(including voltage ripple and noise). The power supply must meet the</p><p>UL1950 standard.</p><p>Connectivity. • Connection to the central unit through CAN bus.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ183ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>8.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>8.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification.</p><p>• This equipment is for indoor use in non-hazardous locations, operated by qualified</p><p>personnel skilled in its use.</p><p>• The equipement shall be supplied with the specified rated voltages according to the</p><p>hardware manual.</p><p>• The nature of the installation where it is connected must not exceed OVC II.</p><p>• The equipment fullfils the requirements of the tested standars only if it is operated</p><p>according to the hardware manual.</p><p>• The end application has to fulfill the requirements for resistance to mechanical stresses.</p><p>• To meet IP 54, the system must be installed in an appropiate enclosure according to the</p><p>hardware manual.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ184ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>8.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>G</p><p>en</p><p>er</p><p>al</p><p>d</p><p>ia</p><p>gr</p><p>am</p><p>.</p><p>8.2 General diagram.</p><p>8.3 Dimensions.</p><p>CNC HORIZONTAL KEYB</p><p>CAN</p><p>Connection. Description.</p><p>CAN Communication with CNC.</p><p>Maximum length: 500 m (1640 ft).</p><p>mm inch</p><p>a 420 16.54</p><p>b 175 6.89</p><p>c 24 0.94</p><p>mm inch</p><p>Da 388 15.28</p><p>Db 143 5.63</p><p>ac</p><p>b</p><p>Da</p><p>Db</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ185ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>8.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>8.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module.</p><p>8.4.1 Ambient characteristics of the enclosure.</p><p>The enclosure must be designed to ensure an ambient temperature of 45 ºC (113 ºF) and</p><p>while the unit is running, the inside temperature of the CNC must not exceed 60 ºC (140 ºF).</p><p>8.4.2 Enclosure design.</p><p>The enclosure must meet the following requirements:</p><p>• Protection degree: IP 54 minimun (according to EN 60529).</p><p>• Protection degree: IK 08 minimun (according to IEC 62262).</p><p>• Enclosures complying with UL 50 and/or UL 50E and CSA C22.2 Nos. 94.1 or 94.3 for</p><p>the intended application, need not be subjected to the applicable requirements in this</p><p>standard. Non-metallic materials of enclosures complying with the above standards,</p><p>relied upon for containment of fire within the equipment, shall have a minimun</p><p>flammability rating of V-1.</p><p>• The enclosure must have enough surface area to evacuate by convection the heat</p><p>generated inside.</p><p>• The enclosure must respect the minimum distances recommended between the</p><p>enclosure walls and the central unit to let the air flow and improve heat dissipation.</p><p>• In the connector area, reserve a space that allows the cables to be connected, respecting</p><p>their radius of curvature.</p><p>• Keep the enclosure clean.</p><p>Dimensions of the cut off part and the enclosure.</p><p>Before building an enclosure with glass fiber u another poor heat dissipating material, contact Fagor</p><p>Automation.i</p><p>mm inch</p><p>W 392 15.43</p><p>H 147 5.79</p><p>mm inch</p><p>D 74 2.91</p><p>e 1.5 - 4 0.06 - 0.16</p><p>e</p><p>D</p><p>H</p><p>W</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ186ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>8.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>8.4.3 Securing the module.</p><p>The module must be installed in a proper enclosure that may be located on the machine or</p><p>on an external support. To insert the unit into the enclosure, it must have a big enough hole</p><p>to allow to insert it easily, without obstacles and without forcing the unit. See "8.4.1 Ambient</p><p>characteristics of the enclosure." on page 185.</p><p>The module is mounted from inside the enclosure. Once the unit has been inserted into the</p><p>enclosure, secure it from the inside with the tension jacks. To properly secure it, use all the</p><p>tension jacks on the back of the unit. Apply a tightening torque of 0.7 Nm.</p><p>1 2</p><p>0.7 Nm</p><p>3</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ187ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>8.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>P</p><p>ow</p><p>e</p><p>r</p><p>su</p><p>p</p><p>pl</p><p>y</p><p>fo</p><p>r</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>8.5 Power supply for the module.</p><p>• Use a regulated 24 V DC power supply.</p><p>• The unit must be powered with class DVC A power supply with a SELV/PELV protection</p><p>output voltage.</p><p>• For all connections and terminals of electronic modules, use only power supplies that</p><p>provide SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) or PELV (Protective Extra Low Voltage) output</p><p>voltages.</p><p>Connector pinout.</p><p>24 V DC universal power supply, via Phoenix</p><p>connector. See "24 V DC voltage supply." on page 189.</p><p>24 V DC</p><p>Plug-in part. 3-pole Phoenix-type combicon connector (7.62 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin Signal. Function.</p><p>1 Chassis.</p><p>2 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>3 +24 V Power supply.</p><p>1</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ188ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>8.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>ar</p><p>dw</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>na</p><p>lit</p><p>ie</p><p>s.</p><p>8.6 Hardware functionalities.</p><p>8.6.1 Ground connection.</p><p>8.6.2 Rear connectors.</p><p>It is up to the system integrator to meet all the requirements of local and national electrical codes as</p><p>well as all the regulations applicable regarding the grounding of the whole unit.</p><p>(A) 24 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>(B) CAN bus.</p><p>(C) Bus switch and transmission speed.</p><p>(D) Address (node) of the element.</p><p>(E) Line terminating resistor.</p><p>(F) Not being used.</p><p>Ground connection.</p><p>AB</p><p>C D</p><p>E</p><p>F</p><p>B</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ189ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>8.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>ar</p><p>dw</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>na</p><p>lit</p><p>ie</p><p>s.</p><p>24 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>CAN bus.</p><p>CAN bus. Address (node) of the element within the bus (0-15).</p><p>The "Address" switch also sets the priority of the node within the bus; the lower the number</p><p>the higher the priority. We recommend the keyboard and jog panel to be the last nodes of</p><p>the bus.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 3.</p><p>Pitch. 7.62 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Screw connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum tightening torque. 0.5 / 0.6 Nm.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.2 / 2.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 24 / 12.</p><p>Rated current In. 12 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>See "8.5 Power supply for the module." on page 187.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 5.</p><p>Pitch. 3.5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Screw connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum tightening torque. 0.22 / 0.25 Nm.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.14 / 1.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 28 / 16.</p><p>Rated current In. 8 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>See "8.7 Bus CAN (CANopen protocol)." on page 191.</p><p>Each one of the elements integrated into the CAN bus is identified</p><p>by the 16-position rotary switch (0-15) "Address" (also referred to</p><p>as "Node_Select"). The CNC must always occupy position "0" and</p><p>the rest of the elements of the bus will occupy consecutive</p><p>positions starting with "1".</p><p>Plug-in part. 3-pole Phoenix-type combicon connector (7.62 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin Signal. Function.</p><p>1 Chassis.</p><p>2 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>3 +24 V Power supply.</p><p>1</p><p>Plug-in part. 5-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 GND Ground / 0 V.</p><p>2 CL (LOW) bus signal.</p><p>3 SH CAN shield.</p><p>4 CH (HIGH) bus signal.</p><p>5 SH Not being used.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ190ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>8.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>ar</p><p>dw</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>na</p><p>lit</p><p>ie</p><p>s.</p><p>CAN bus. Address (node) of the element within the bus (16-31).</p><p>Switch ꞏ4ꞏ of the DIP switch selects the positions or elements integrated in the CAN bus may</p><p>be expanded up to 32.</p><p>CAN bus. CAN bus type selection (CANopen).</p><p>Switch ꞏ1ꞏ of the DIP switch selects the type of CAN bus.</p><p>CAN bus. Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus.</p><p>When using the CANopen protocol, the transmission speed at the bus is defined in each node</p><p>and they all must run at the same speed. The speed is selected with switches ꞏ2ꞏ and ꞏ3ꞏ</p><p>of the DIP switch and it depends on the total length of the bus. Using the following illustrative</p><p>values; assigning other values may cause communication errors due</p><p>to signal distortion.</p><p>CAN bus. Line terminating resistor (ꞏLTꞏ selector).</p><p>The ꞏLTꞏ switch identifies which are the elements that occupy the</p><p>ends of the CAN bus; that is, the first and last physical element in</p><p>the connection. The terminating elements must have the resistor</p><p>activated (position 1) but not the rest of the elements (position 0).</p><p>DS ꞏ4ꞏ Address (node) of the element.</p><p>off Positions 0-15 within the bus.</p><p>on Positions 16-31 within the bus.</p><p>DS ꞏ1ꞏ Type of CAN bus.</p><p>off Not being used.</p><p>on CANopen bus.</p><p>DS ꞏ2ꞏ DSꞏ3ꞏ Speed Length of the CAN bus.</p><p>on on 1000 kHz Up to 20 meters.</p><p>off on 800 kHz From 20 to 40 meters.</p><p>on off 500 kHz From 40 to 100 meters.</p><p>off off 250 kHz From 100 to 500 meters.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ191ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>8.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>B</p><p>us</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>op</p><p>e</p><p>n</p><p>p</p><p>ro</p><p>to</p><p>co</p><p>l).</p><p>8.7 Bus CAN (CANopen protocol).</p><p>CANopen is a network communication protocol based on the CAN bus, for connecting the</p><p>CNC with remote modules and keyboards. The CAN connection supports up to 32 devices</p><p>(nodes), including the central unit; more one than keyboard and several groups of remote</p><p>modules are possible.</p><p>CAN connector.</p><p>The cable shield must be connected to the connector at both ends. The connector has two</p><p>shield pins. Both pins are equivalent and the CAN shield may be connected to either one.</p><p>CAN cable characteristics.</p><p>Use a specific CAN cable. The ends of all the wires and the shield must be protected by the</p><p>corresponding terminal (pin). Also use the terminals (pins) to secure the cable to the</p><p>connector.</p><p>Module interconnection.</p><p>Respect the cable's minimum bending radius when connecting it. They must be connected</p><p>in series; on elements having two CAN connectors, either one may be used. Once the</p><p>elements have been connected, define their logic order in the bus and the transmission</p><p>speed.</p><p>General characteristics.</p><p>Type. Shielded. Twisted pair (1 x 2 x 0.22 mm²).</p><p>Flexibility. Extremely flexible. Minimum bending radius, static = 50 mm and</p><p>dynamic = 95 mm.</p><p>Cover. PUR</p><p>Impedance. Cat.5 (100 - 120)</p><p>The drawing shows the CAN connection between the CPU (central unit), the operator panel and 2</p><p>groups of RIOR or RIO5 series remote modules.</p><p>Plug-in part. 5-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 GND Ground / 0 V.</p><p>2 CL (LOW) bus signal.</p><p>3 SH CAN shield.</p><p>4 CH (HIGH) bus signal.</p><p>5 SH Not being used.</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>JOG PANEL</p><p>X2</p><p>ADDRESS = 3</p><p>Line Term = 0</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>MODULE 1</p><p>0</p><p>ADDRESS = 1</p><p>Line Term = 0</p><p>CNC</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>MODULE 2</p><p>0</p><p>ADDRESS = 2</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>Line Term = 1</p><p>10</p><p>Line Term = 1</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1ADDRESS = 0</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ADD MSB = 0 ADD MSB = 0</p><p>X3</p><p>X2</p><p>X3</p><p>X2</p><p>X3</p><p>0</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ192ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>8.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>B</p><p>us</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>op</p><p>e</p><p>n</p><p>p</p><p>ro</p><p>to</p><p>co</p><p>l).</p><p>8.7.1 Identification of the modules at the bus.</p><p>Each one of the elements integrated into the CAN bus is identified by its address or node</p><p>number. The CNC must always occupy position "0" and the rest of the elements of the bus</p><p>will occupy consecutive positions starting with "1". The node address or number also sets</p><p>the priority of the group within the bus; the lower the number the higher the priority. We</p><p>recommend to set the priority of the groups as follows (from highest to lowest).</p><p>• The groups that have the feedback inputs.</p><p>• The groups that have analog inputs and outputs.</p><p>• The groups that have digital inputs and outputs.</p><p>• The keyboard and jog panel.</p><p>In order for any change in the identification of the module to take effect, the CNC must be</p><p>restarted and turn off/on the corresponding module; however, we recommend to change the</p><p>address while the modules and the CNC are off.</p><p>Configuring the address (node number).</p><p>Address (node) of the element within the bus (0-15).</p><p>Address (node) of the element within the bus (16-31).</p><p>Switch ꞏ4ꞏ of the DIP switch selects the positions or elements integrated in the CAN bus may</p><p>be expanded up to 32.</p><p>Each one of the elements integrated into the CAN bus is identified</p><p>by the 16-position rotary switch (0-15) "Address" (also referred to</p><p>as "Node_Select").</p><p>DS ꞏ4ꞏ Address (node) of the element.</p><p>off Positions 0-15 within the bus.</p><p>on Positions 16-31 within the bus.</p><p>ADDRESS 0 1 2 3 ꞏꞏꞏ 13 14 15</p><p>DS4 = 0 0 1 2 3 ꞏꞏꞏ 13 14 15</p><p>DS4 = 1 16 17 18 19 ꞏꞏꞏ 29 30 31</p><p>4</p><p>0F</p><p>EDCBA</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7 6 5 321</p><p>ID4 = 0</p><p>ADDRESS = 2 ADDRESS = 18</p><p>ON</p><p>ID3</p><p>ID2</p><p>ID1</p><p>4</p><p>0F</p><p>EDCBA</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7 6 5 321ADDRESS = 2</p><p>ID4 = 1</p><p>ON</p><p>ID3</p><p>ID2</p><p>ID1</p><p>ADDRESS = 2</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ193ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>8.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>B</p><p>us</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>op</p><p>e</p><p>n</p><p>p</p><p>ro</p><p>to</p><p>co</p><p>l).</p><p>8.7.2 Identification of the first and last elements of the bus.</p><p>In the CAN bus, it is necessary to use a line terminating resistor to identify which are the</p><p>elements that occupy the ends of the bus; i.e. the first and last physical element in the</p><p>connection. For the central unit, the terminating resistor is factory installed because the CNC</p><p>is always at one end of the bus.</p><p>8.7.3 CAN bus type selection (CANopen).</p><p>Switch ꞏ1ꞏ of the DIP switch selects the type of CAN bus.</p><p>8.7.4 Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus.</p><p>When using the CANopen protocol, the transmission speed at the bus is defined in each node</p><p>and they all must run at the same speed. The speed is selected with switches ꞏ2ꞏ and ꞏ3ꞏ</p><p>of the DIP switch and it depends on the total length of the bus. Using the following illustrative</p><p>values; assigning other values may cause communication errors due to signal distortion.</p><p>The speed of 250 kHz is only available to communicate with the keyboards, RIOW and RIOW</p><p>series remote modules; this speed is not available at the RIO5 series remote modules.</p><p>In order for any change of speed to be assumed, the corresponding module must be reset;</p><p>however, we recommend to change the speed while the modules and the CNC are off.</p><p>In the other elements, the ꞏLTꞏ switch identifies which are the</p><p>elements that occupy the ends of the CAN bus; that is, the first and</p><p>last physical element in the connection. The terminating elements</p><p>must have the resistor activated (position 1) but not the rest of the</p><p>elements (position 0).</p><p>DS ꞏ1ꞏ Type of CAN bus.</p><p>off Not being used.</p><p>on CANopen bus.</p><p>DS ꞏ2ꞏ DSꞏ3ꞏ Speed Length of the CAN bus.</p><p>on on 1000 kHz Up to 20 meters.</p><p>off on 800 kHz From 20 to 40 meters.</p><p>on off 500 kHz From 40 to 100 meters.</p><p>off off 250 kHz From 100 to 500 meters.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ194ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>8.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>B</p><p>us</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>op</p><p>e</p><p>n</p><p>p</p><p>ro</p><p>to</p><p>co</p><p>l).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ195ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>9.</p><p>V</p><p>E</p><p>R</p><p>T</p><p>IC</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>9 VERTICAL KEYB.</p><p>The machine manufacturer must comply with the EN 60204-1 (IEC-204-1) regulation regarding</p><p>electrical shocks in case of defective input/output pins with external power supply when not plugging</p><p>the connector before turning the power supply on.</p><p>Module. Description.</p><p>VERTICAL KEYB CAN vertical, alphanumeric keyboard.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ196ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>9.</p><p>V</p><p>E</p><p>R</p><p>T</p><p>IC</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>9.1 Specifications.</p><p>Type. Description.</p><p>General. • CAN vertical, alphanumeric keyboard.</p><p>• "Spanish (Spain)”; keyboard layout.</p><p>• Dimensions (width x height x depth)</p><p>- 153 × 350 × 24 mm.</p><p>- 6.02" × 13.78" × 0.94".</p><p>Opera t ing</p><p>conditions.</p><p>• Equipment for indoor use in non-hazardous locations, operated by qualified</p><p>personnel skilled in its use.</p><p>• The equipment must be installed in an</p><p>enclosure that meets the requirements</p><p>described in this manual.</p><p>• Equipment designed for use in fixed locations.</p><p>• Equipment not suitable for wet areas.</p><p>• Never use in explosive environments (dangerous areas).</p><p>Regulations. • It complies with the European directives for electromagnetic compatibility</p><p>2014/30/EU and low voltage 2014/35/EU. See the declaration of conformity,</p><p>available on our website.</p><p>• UL 61010-1 (Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for</p><p>Measurement, Contro l , and Laboratory Use - Par t 1: General</p><p>Requirements). See the certificate, available on our website.</p><p>• IEC/UL 61010-2-201 (Safety requirements for elecrical equipement for</p><p>measurement, control and laboratory use. Particular requirements for</p><p>control equipment).</p><p>• Canadian Standards Associations: CSA C22.2 No. 142 (Process Control</p><p>Equipement).</p><p>Packaging. • The package meets the regulation EN 60068-2-32 procedure 1 with a</p><p>random fall from a height not greater than 1 m.</p><p>Ambient. • Storage and transport temperature according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between -40 ºC (-40 ºF) and +70 ºC (158 ºF).</p><p>• Work temperature according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between 5 ºC (41 ºF) and 55 ºC (131 ºF).</p><p>• Temperature outside cabinet according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between 5 ºC (41 ºF) and 45 ºC (113 ºF).</p><p>• Temperature inside the enclosure:</p><p>- Less than 55 ºC (131 ºF).</p><p>• Relative humidity according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- 20 ~ 85% RH without condensation.</p><p>• Maximum work altitude:</p><p>- The unit must work properly at 2000 m according to IEC 61131-2.</p><p>• Vibration test according to IEC 60068-2-6 with a frequency step of</p><p>1 octave/minute (±10%) and a duration of 10 sweeps.</p><p>- 5 Hz  f  8.4 Hz; movement of constant 3.5 mm amplitude (peak value).</p><p>- 8.4 Hz  f  150 Hz; 1g acceleration and constant amplitude (peak value).</p><p>• Degree of protection according to EN 60529:</p><p>- IP65 (front).</p><p>• Pollution degree 2 according to IEC/UL 61010-1.</p><p>Electrical. • Connection to mains supply: Permanent.</p><p>• Operating conditions: Continuous.</p><p>• Protection against electric shock: Class III (PE connection is only for</p><p>functional earthing).</p><p>• OVC I protection level according to IEC/UL 61010-1.</p><p>Power supply. • Use a regulated 24 V DC power supply (between -15% and +20%) and 2 A</p><p>(including voltage ripple and noise). The power supply must meet the</p><p>UL1950 standard.</p><p>Connectivity. • Connection to the central unit through CAN bus.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ197ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>9.</p><p>V</p><p>E</p><p>R</p><p>T</p><p>IC</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>9.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification.</p><p>• This equipment is for indoor use in non-hazardous locations, operated by qualified</p><p>personnel skilled in its use.</p><p>• The equipement shall be supplied with the specified rated voltages according to the</p><p>hardware manual.</p><p>• The nature of the installation where it is connected must not exceed OVC II.</p><p>• The equipment fullfils the requirements of the tested standars only if it is operated</p><p>according to the hardware manual.</p><p>• The end application has to fulfill the requirements for resistance to mechanical stresses.</p><p>• To meet IP 54, the system must be installed in an appropiate enclosure according to the</p><p>hardware manual.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ198ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>9.</p><p>V</p><p>E</p><p>R</p><p>T</p><p>IC</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>G</p><p>en</p><p>er</p><p>al</p><p>d</p><p>ia</p><p>gr</p><p>am</p><p>.</p><p>9.2 General diagram.</p><p>CNC VERTICAL KEYB</p><p>CAN</p><p>Connection. Description.</p><p>CAN Communication with CNC.</p><p>Maximum length: 500 m (1640 ft).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ199ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>9.</p><p>V</p><p>E</p><p>R</p><p>T</p><p>IC</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>D</p><p>im</p><p>en</p><p>si</p><p>on</p><p>s.</p><p>9.3 Dimensions.</p><p>mm inch</p><p>a 153 6.02</p><p>b 350 13.78</p><p>c 24 0.94</p><p>mm inch</p><p>Da 121 4.76</p><p>Db 318 12.52</p><p>ac</p><p>b</p><p>Da</p><p>Db</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ200ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>9.</p><p>V</p><p>E</p><p>R</p><p>T</p><p>IC</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>9.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module.</p><p>9.4.1 Ambient characteristics of the enclosure.</p><p>The enclosure must be designed to ensure an ambient temperature of 45 ºC (113 ºF) and</p><p>while the unit is running, the inside temperature of the CNC must not exceed 60 ºC (140 ºF).</p><p>9.4.2 Enclosure design.</p><p>The enclosure must meet the following requirements:</p><p>• Protection degree: IP 54 minimun (according to EN 60529).</p><p>• Protection degree: IK 08 minimun (according to IEC 62262).</p><p>• Enclosures complying with UL 50 and/or UL 50E and CSA C22.2 Nos. 94.1 or 94.3 for</p><p>the intended application, need not be subjected to the applicable requirements in this</p><p>standard. Non-metallic materials of enclosures complying with the above standards,</p><p>relied upon for containment of fire within the equipment, shall have a minimun</p><p>flammability rating of V-1.</p><p>• The enclosure must have enough surface area to evacuate by convection the heat</p><p>generated inside.</p><p>• The enclosure must respect the minimum distances recommended between the</p><p>enclosure walls and the central unit to let the air flow and improve heat dissipation.</p><p>• In the connector area, reserve a space that allows the cables to be connected, respecting</p><p>their radius of curvature.</p><p>• Keep the enclosure clean.</p><p>Before building an enclosure with glass fiber u another poor heat dissipating material, contact Fagor</p><p>Automation.i</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ201ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>9.</p><p>V</p><p>E</p><p>R</p><p>T</p><p>IC</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>Dimensions of the cut off part and the enclosure.</p><p>mm inch</p><p>W 125 4.92</p><p>H 322 12.68</p><p>mm inch</p><p>D 74 2.91</p><p>e 1.5 - 4 0.06 - 0.16</p><p>e</p><p>D</p><p>H</p><p>W</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ202ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>9.</p><p>V</p><p>E</p><p>R</p><p>T</p><p>IC</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>9.4.3 Securing the module.</p><p>The module must be installed in a proper enclosure that may be located on the machine or</p><p>on an external support. To insert the unit into the enclosure, it must have a big enough hole</p><p>to allow to insert it easily, without obstacles and without forcing the unit. See "9.4.1 Ambient</p><p>characteristics of the enclosure." on page 200.</p><p>The module is mounted from inside the enclosure. Once the unit has been inserted into the</p><p>enclosure, secure it from the inside with the tension jacks. To properly secure it, use all the</p><p>tension jacks on the back of the unit. Apply a tightening torque of 0.7 Nm.</p><p>1 2</p><p>0.7 Nm</p><p>3</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ203ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>9.</p><p>V</p><p>E</p><p>R</p><p>T</p><p>IC</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>P</p><p>ow</p><p>e</p><p>r</p><p>su</p><p>p</p><p>pl</p><p>y</p><p>fo</p><p>r</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>9.5 Power supply for the module.</p><p>• Use a regulated 24 V DC power supply.</p><p>• The unit must be powered with class DVC A power supply with a SELV/PELV protection</p><p>output voltage.</p><p>• For all connections and terminals of electronic modules, use only power supplies that</p><p>provide SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) or PELV (Protective Extra Low Voltage) output</p><p>voltages.</p><p>Connector pinout.</p><p>24 V DC universal power supply, via Phoenix</p><p>connector. See "24 V DC voltage supply." on page 205.</p><p>24 V DC</p><p>Plug-in part. 3-pole Phoenix-type combicon connector (7.62 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin Signal. Function.</p><p>1 Chassis.</p><p>2 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>3 +24 V Power supply.</p><p>1</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ204ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>9.</p><p>V</p><p>E</p><p>R</p><p>T</p><p>IC</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>ar</p><p>dw</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>na</p><p>lit</p><p>ie</p><p>s.</p><p>9.6 Hardware functionalities.</p><p>9.6.1 Ground connection.</p><p>9.6.2 Rear connectors.</p><p>It is up to the system integrator to meet all the requirements of local and national electrical codes as</p><p>well as all the regulations applicable regarding the grounding of the whole unit.</p><p>(A) 24 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>(B) CAN bus.</p><p>(C) Bus switch and transmission speed.</p><p>(D) Address (node) of the element.</p><p>(E) Line terminating resistor.</p><p>(F) Not being used.</p><p>Ground connection.</p><p>AB</p><p>C D</p><p>E</p><p>F</p><p>B</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ205ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>9.</p><p>V</p><p>E</p><p>R</p><p>T</p><p>IC</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>ar</p><p>dw</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>na</p><p>lit</p><p>ie</p><p>s.</p><p>24 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>CAN</p><p>bus.</p><p>CAN bus. Address (node) of the element within the bus (0-15).</p><p>The "Address" switch also sets the priority of the node within the bus; the lower the number</p><p>the higher the priority. We recommend the keyboard and jog panel to be the last nodes of</p><p>the bus.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 3.</p><p>Pitch. 7.62 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Screw connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum tightening torque. 0.5 / 0.6 Nm.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.2 / 2.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 24 / 12.</p><p>Rated current In. 12 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>See "9.5 Power supply for the module." on page 203.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 5.</p><p>Pitch. 3.5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Screw connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum tightening torque. 0.22 / 0.25 Nm.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.14 / 1.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 28 / 16.</p><p>Rated current In. 8 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>See "9.7 Bus CAN (CANopen protocol)." on page 207.</p><p>Each one of the elements integrated into the CAN bus is identified</p><p>by the 16-position rotary switch (0-15) "Address" (also referred to</p><p>as "Node_Select"). The CNC must always occupy position "0" and</p><p>the rest of the elements of the bus will occupy consecutive</p><p>positions starting with "1".</p><p>Plug-in part. 3-pole Phoenix-type combicon connector (7.62 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin Signal. Function.</p><p>1 Chassis.</p><p>2 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>3 +24 V Power supply.</p><p>1</p><p>Plug-in part. 5-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 GND Ground / 0 V.</p><p>2 CL (LOW) bus signal.</p><p>3 SH CAN shield.</p><p>4 CH (HIGH) bus signal.</p><p>5 SH Not being used.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ206ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>9.</p><p>V</p><p>E</p><p>R</p><p>T</p><p>IC</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>ar</p><p>dw</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>na</p><p>lit</p><p>ie</p><p>s.</p><p>CAN bus. Address (node) of the element within the bus (16-31).</p><p>Switch ꞏ4ꞏ of the DIP switch selects the positions or elements integrated in the CAN bus may</p><p>be expanded up to 32.</p><p>CAN bus. CAN bus type selection (CANopen).</p><p>Switch ꞏ1ꞏ of the DIP switch selects the type of CAN bus.</p><p>CAN bus. Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus.</p><p>When using the CANopen protocol, the transmission speed at the bus is defined in each node</p><p>and they all must run at the same speed. The speed is selected with switches ꞏ2ꞏ and ꞏ3ꞏ</p><p>of the DIP switch and it depends on the total length of the bus. Using the following illustrative</p><p>values; assigning other values may cause communication errors due to signal distortion.</p><p>CAN bus. Line terminating resistor (ꞏLTꞏ selector).</p><p>The ꞏLTꞏ switch identifies which are the elements that occupy the</p><p>ends of the CAN bus; that is, the first and last physical element in</p><p>the connection. The terminating elements must have the resistor</p><p>activated (position 1) but not the rest of the elements (position 0).</p><p>DS ꞏ4ꞏ Address (node) of the element.</p><p>off Positions 0-15 within the bus.</p><p>on Positions 16-31 within the bus.</p><p>DS ꞏ1ꞏ Type of CAN bus.</p><p>off Not being used.</p><p>on CANopen bus.</p><p>DS ꞏ2ꞏ DSꞏ3ꞏ Speed Length of the CAN bus.</p><p>on on 1000 kHz Up to 20 meters.</p><p>off on 800 kHz From 20 to 40 meters.</p><p>on off 500 kHz From 40 to 100 meters.</p><p>off off 250 kHz From 100 to 500 meters.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ207ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>9.</p><p>V</p><p>E</p><p>R</p><p>T</p><p>IC</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>B</p><p>us</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>op</p><p>e</p><p>n</p><p>p</p><p>ro</p><p>to</p><p>co</p><p>l).</p><p>9.7 Bus CAN (CANopen protocol).</p><p>CANopen is a network communication protocol based on the CAN bus, for connecting the</p><p>CNC with remote modules and keyboards. The CAN connection supports up to 32 devices</p><p>(nodes), including the central unit; more one than keyboard and several groups of remote</p><p>modules are possible.</p><p>CAN connector.</p><p>The cable shield must be connected to the connector at both ends. The connector has two</p><p>shield pins. Both pins are equivalent and the CAN shield may be connected to either one.</p><p>CAN cable characteristics.</p><p>Use a specific CAN cable. The ends of all the wires and the shield must be protected by the</p><p>corresponding terminal (pin). Also use the terminals (pins) to secure the cable to the</p><p>connector.</p><p>Module interconnection.</p><p>Respect the cable's minimum bending radius when connecting it. They must be connected</p><p>in series; on elements having two CAN connectors, either one may be used. Once the</p><p>elements have been connected, define their logic order in the bus and the transmission</p><p>speed.</p><p>General characteristics.</p><p>Type. Shielded. Twisted pair (1 x 2 x 0.22 mm²).</p><p>Flexibility. Extremely flexible. Minimum bending radius, static = 50 mm and</p><p>dynamic = 95 mm.</p><p>Cover. PUR</p><p>Impedance. Cat.5 (100 - 120)</p><p>The drawing shows the CAN connection between the CPU (central unit), the operator panel and 2</p><p>groups of RIOR or RIO5 series remote modules.</p><p>Plug-in part. 5-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 GND Ground / 0 V.</p><p>2 CL (LOW) bus signal.</p><p>3 SH CAN shield.</p><p>4 CH (HIGH) bus signal.</p><p>5 SH Not being used.</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>JOG PANEL</p><p>X2</p><p>ADDRESS = 3</p><p>Line Term = 0</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>MODULE 1</p><p>0</p><p>ADDRESS = 1</p><p>Line Term = 0</p><p>CNC</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>MODULE 2</p><p>0</p><p>ADDRESS = 2</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>Line Term = 1</p><p>10</p><p>Line Term = 1</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1ADDRESS = 0</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ADD MSB = 0 ADD MSB = 0</p><p>X3</p><p>X2</p><p>X3</p><p>X2</p><p>X3</p><p>0</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ208ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>9.</p><p>V</p><p>E</p><p>R</p><p>T</p><p>IC</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>B</p><p>us</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>op</p><p>e</p><p>n</p><p>p</p><p>ro</p><p>to</p><p>co</p><p>l).</p><p>9.7.1 Identification of the modules at the bus.</p><p>Each one of the elements integrated into the CAN bus is identified by its address or node</p><p>number. The CNC must always occupy position "0" and the rest of the elements of the bus</p><p>will occupy consecutive positions starting with "1". The node address or number also sets</p><p>the priority of the group within the bus; the lower the number the higher the priority. We</p><p>recommend to set the priority of the groups as follows (from highest to lowest).</p><p>• The groups that have the feedback inputs.</p><p>• The groups that have analog inputs and outputs.</p><p>• The groups that have digital inputs and outputs.</p><p>• The keyboard and jog panel.</p><p>In order for any change in the identification of the module to take effect, the CNC must be</p><p>restarted and turn off/on the corresponding module; however, we recommend to change the</p><p>address while the modules and the CNC are off.</p><p>Configuring the address (node number).</p><p>Address (node) of the element within the bus (0-15).</p><p>Address (node) of the element within the bus (16-31).</p><p>Switch ꞏ4ꞏ of the DIP switch selects the positions or elements integrated in the CAN bus may</p><p>be expanded up to 32.</p><p>Each one of the elements integrated into the CAN bus is identified</p><p>by the 16-position rotary switch (0-15) "Address" (also referred to</p><p>as "Node_Select").</p><p>DS ꞏ4ꞏ Address (node) of the element.</p><p>off Positions 0-15 within the bus.</p><p>on Positions 16-31 within the bus.</p><p>ADDRESS 0 1 2 3 ꞏꞏꞏ 13 14 15</p><p>DS4 = 0 0 1 2 3 ꞏꞏꞏ 13 14 15</p><p>DS4 = 1 16 17 18 19 ꞏꞏꞏ 29 30 31</p><p>4</p><p>0F</p><p>EDCBA</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7 6 5 321</p><p>ID4 = 0</p><p>ADDRESS = 2 ADDRESS = 18</p><p>ON</p><p>ID3</p><p>ID2</p><p>ID1</p><p>4</p><p>0F</p><p>EDCBA</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7 6 5 321ADDRESS = 2</p><p>ID4 = 1</p><p>ON</p><p>ID3</p><p>ID2</p><p>ID1</p><p>ADDRESS = 2</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ209ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>9.</p><p>V</p><p>E</p><p>R</p><p>T</p><p>IC</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>B</p><p>us</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>op</p><p>e</p><p>n</p><p>p</p><p>ro</p><p>to</p><p>co</p><p>l).</p><p>9.7.2 Identification of the first and last elements of the bus.</p><p>In the CAN bus, it is necessary to use a line terminating resistor to identify which are the</p><p>elements that occupy the ends of the bus; i.e. the first and last physical element in the</p><p>connection. For the central unit, the terminating resistor is factory installed because the CNC</p><p>is always at one end of the bus.</p><p>9.7.3 CAN bus type selection (CANopen).</p><p>Switch ꞏ1ꞏ of the DIP switch selects the type of CAN bus.</p><p>9.7.4 Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus.</p><p>When using the CANopen protocol, the transmission speed at the bus is defined in each node</p><p>and they all must run at the same speed. The speed is selected with switches ꞏ2ꞏ and ꞏ3ꞏ</p><p>of the DIP switch and it depends on the total length of the bus. Using the following illustrative</p><p>values; assigning other values may cause communication errors due to signal distortion.</p><p>The speed of 250 kHz is only available to communicate with the keyboards, RIOW and RIOW</p><p>series remote modules; this speed is not available at the RIO5 series remote modules.</p><p>In order for any change of speed to be assumed, the corresponding module must be reset;</p><p>however, we recommend to change the speed while the modules and the CNC are off.</p><p>In the other elements, the ꞏLTꞏ switch identifies which are the</p><p>elements that occupy the ends of the CAN bus; that is, the first and</p><p>last physical element in the connection. The terminating elements</p><p>must have the resistor activated (position 1) but not the rest of the</p><p>elements (position 0).</p><p>DS ꞏ1ꞏ Type of CAN bus.</p><p>off Not being used.</p><p>on CANopen bus.</p><p>DS ꞏ2ꞏ DSꞏ3ꞏ Speed Length of the CAN bus.</p><p>on on 1000 kHz Up to 20 meters.</p><p>off on 800 kHz From 20 to 40 meters.</p><p>on off 500 kHz From 40 to 100 meters.</p><p>off off 250 kHz From 100 to 500 meters.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ210ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>9.</p><p>V</p><p>E</p><p>R</p><p>T</p><p>IC</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>.</p><p>B</p><p>us</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>op</p><p>e</p><p>n</p><p>p</p><p>ro</p><p>to</p><p>co</p><p>l).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ211ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>10.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>+</p><p>T</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>D</p><p>.</p><p>10 HORIZONTAL KEYB 2.0 + TOUCHPAD.</p><p>Model. Description.</p><p>HORIZONTAL KEYB 2.0 +</p><p>TOUCHPAD</p><p>• USB horizontal, alphanumeric QWERTY keyboard.</p><p>• Multi-touch touchpad (touch panel).</p><p>• Numeric keypad optimized to operate with the CNC (keys for</p><p>axes, feedrate, speed, etc).</p><p>• Special functions with the Fagor key.</p><p>In the operating system, customize the keyboard arrangement as "English (United States)". See</p><p>"10.7 Selecting the language and the keyboard distribution." on page 219.i</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ212ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>10.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>+</p><p>T</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>D</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>10.1 Specifications.</p><p>Type. Description.</p><p>General. • USB horizontal, alphanumeric QWERTY keyboard.</p><p>• Multi-touch touchpad (touch panel).</p><p>• Numeric keypad optimized to operate with the CNC (keys for axes, feedrate,</p><p>speed, etc).</p><p>• Special functions with the Fagor key.</p><p>• Keyboard distribution; "English (United States)".</p><p>• Dimensions (width x height x depth)</p><p>- 420 × 175 × 34 mm.</p><p>- 16.54" × 6.89" × 1.33".</p><p>• Weight: 3,065 kg (6.75 lb)</p><p>Opera t ing</p><p>conditions.</p><p>• Equipment for indoor use in non-hazardous locations, operated by qualified</p><p>personnel skilled in its use.</p><p>• The equipment must be installed in an enclosure that meets the requirements</p><p>described in this manual.</p><p>• Equipment designed for use in fixed locations.</p><p>• Equipment not suitable for wet areas.</p><p>• Never use in explosive environments (dangerous areas).</p><p>Regulations. • It complies with the European directives for electromagnetic compatibility</p><p>2014/30/EU and low voltage 2014/35/EU. See the declaration of conformity,</p><p>available on our website.</p><p>• UL 61010-1 (Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for</p><p>Measurement, Contro l , and Laboratory Use - Par t 1: General</p><p>Requirements). See the certificate, available on our website.</p><p>• IEC/UL 61010-2-201 (Safety requirements for elecrical equipement for</p><p>measurement, control and laboratory use. Particular requirements for</p><p>control equipment).</p><p>• Canadian Standards Associations: CSA C22.2 No. 142 (Process Control</p><p>Equipement).</p><p>Packaging. • The package meets the regulation EN 60068-2-32 procedure 1 with a</p><p>random fall from a height not greater than 1 m.</p><p>Ambient. • Storage and transport temperature according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between -40 ºC (-40 ºF) and +70 ºC (158 ºF).</p><p>• Work temperature according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between 5 ºC (41 ºF) and 55 ºC (131 ºF).</p><p>• Temperature outside cabinet according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between 5 ºC (41 ºF) and 45 ºC (113 ºF).</p><p>• Temperature inside the enclosure:</p><p>- Less than 55 ºC (131 ºF).</p><p>• Relative humidity according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- 20 ~ 85% RH without condensation.</p><p>• Maximum work altitude:</p><p>- The unit must work properly at 2000 m according to IEC 61131-2.</p><p>• Vibration test according to IEC 60068-2-6 with a frequency step of</p><p>1 octave/minute (±10%) and a duration of 10 sweeps.</p><p>- 5 Hz  f  8.4 Hz; movement of constant 3.5 mm amplitude (peak value).</p><p>- 8.4 Hz  f  150 Hz; 1g acceleration and constant amplitude (peak value).</p><p>• Degree of protection according to EN 60529:</p><p>- IP65 (front).</p><p>• Pollution degree 2 according to IEC/UL 61010-1.</p><p>Power supply. • Power through the USB cable.</p><p>• Maximum consumption: 0.5 W.</p><p>Connectivity. • Connection to the central unit through USB-B 2.0 (rear).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ213ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>10.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>+</p><p>T</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>D</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>10.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification.</p><p>• This equipment is for indoor use in non-hazardous locations, operated by qualified</p><p>personnel skilled in its use.</p><p>• The equipement shall be supplied with the specified rated voltages according to the</p><p>hardware manual.</p><p>• The nature of the installation where it is connected must not exceed OVC II.</p><p>• The equipment fullfils the requirements of the tested standars only if it is operated</p><p>according to the hardware manual.</p><p>• The end application has to fulfill the requirements for resistance to mechanical stresses.</p><p>• To meet IP 54, the system must be installed in an appropiate enclosure according to the</p><p>hardware manual.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ214ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>10.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>+</p><p>T</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>D</p><p>.</p><p>G</p><p>en</p><p>er</p><p>al</p><p>d</p><p>ia</p><p>gr</p><p>am</p><p>.</p><p>10.2 General diagram.</p><p>• Do not replace the cable supplied by Fagor.</p><p>• Do not connect any type of extension cord to the USB power cable.</p><p>• Connect the keyboard directly to the central unit; do not connect the keyboard to any type of hub.</p><p>CNC HORIZONTAL KEYB 2.0 + TOUCHPAD.</p><p>USB</p><p>CNC PPC-21W</p><p>USB</p><p>HORIZONTAL KEYB 2.0 + TOUCHPAD</p><p>CAN</p><p>ETHERNET</p><p>OP-PANEL+SPDL RATE-A</p><p>Connection. Description.</p><p>USB Connection of a USB keyboard to the panel-PC. Use the keyboard cable.</p><p>Maximum cable length: 800 mm (2.62 ft).</p><p>Ethernet. Connecting the CNC to the panel-PC.</p><p>Maximum cable length: 100 m (328 ft).</p><p>CAN Connection of the operator panel.</p><p>Maximum length of bus; 500 m (1640 ft).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ215ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>10.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>+</p><p>T</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>D</p><p>.</p><p>D</p><p>im</p><p>en</p><p>si</p><p>on</p><p>s.</p><p>10.3 Dimensions.</p><p>mm inch</p><p>a 420 16.54</p><p>b 175 6.89</p><p>c 34 1.33</p><p>d 800 31.50</p><p>mm inch</p><p>Da 388 15.28</p><p>Db 143 5.63</p><p>a</p><p>Da</p><p>bDb</p><p>c</p><p>d</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ216ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>10.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>+</p><p>T</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>D</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>10.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module.</p><p>10.4.1 Enclosure design.</p><p>The enclosure must meet the following requirements:</p><p>• Protection degree: IP 54 minimun (according to EN 60529).</p><p>• Protection degree: IK 08 minimun (according to IEC 62262).</p><p>• Enclosures complying with UL 50 and/or UL 50E and CSA C22.2 Nos. 94.1 or 94.3 for</p><p>the intended application, need not be subjected to the applicable requirements in this</p><p>standard. Non-metallic materials of enclosures complying with the above standards,</p><p>relied upon for containment of fire within the equipment, shall have a minimun</p><p>flammability rating of V-1.</p><p>• The enclosure must have enough surface area to evacuate by convection the heat</p><p>generated inside.</p><p>• The enclosure must respect the minimum distances recommended between the</p><p>enclosure walls and the central unit to let the air flow and improve heat dissipation.</p><p>• In the connector area, reserve</p><p>a space that allows the cables to be connected, respecting</p><p>their radius of curvature.</p><p>• Keep the enclosure clean.</p><p>Dimensions of the cut off part and the enclosure.</p><p>Before building an enclosure with glass fiber u another poor heat dissipating material, contact Fagor</p><p>Automation.i</p><p>mm inch</p><p>W 392 15.43</p><p>H 147 5.79</p><p>(*) Minimum recommended distance.</p><p>mm inch</p><p>D (*) 74 2.91</p><p>e 1.5 - 4 0.06 - 0.16</p><p>H</p><p>W</p><p>e</p><p>D</p><p>R</p><p>General tolerance for W and H = ±0.5 mm (0.02 inches).</p><p>Maximum radius of the corners = 5 mm (0.2 inches).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ217ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>10.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>+</p><p>T</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>D</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>10.4.2 Securing the module.</p><p>The module must be installed in a proper enclosure that may be located on the machine or</p><p>on an external support. To insert the unit into the enclosure, it must have a big enough hole</p><p>to allow to insert it easily, without obstacles and without forcing the unit. See</p><p>"10.4.1 Enclosure design." on page 216.</p><p>The module is mounted from inside the enclosure. Once the unit has been inserted into the</p><p>enclosure, secure it from the inside with the tension jacks. To properly secure it, use all the</p><p>tension jacks on the back of the unit. Apply a tightening torque of 0.7 Nm.</p><p>1 2</p><p>0.7 Nm</p><p>3</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ218ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>10.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>+</p><p>T</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>D</p><p>.</p><p>V</p><p>o</p><p>lta</p><p>ge</p><p>s</p><p>up</p><p>pl</p><p>y</p><p>fo</p><p>r</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>10.5 Voltage supply for the module.</p><p>Power the module through the keyboard’s USB cable.</p><p>Cable characteristics.</p><p>Consumption.</p><p>Maximum consumption: 0.5 W.</p><p>Rear view.</p><p>USB power cable.</p><p>• Do not replace the cable supplied by Fagor.</p><p>• Do not connect any type of extension cord to the USB power cable.</p><p>• Connect the keyboard directly to the central unit; do not connect the keyboard to any type of hub.</p><p>Characteristic. Description.</p><p>Type. USB cable, type A-B.</p><p>Shielded cable. 4-Wire cable in twisted pairs.</p><p>Characteristic impedance. 90  ± 15 %.</p><p>Length. 0.8 meters (0.03 inches).</p><p>Bending radius. Fixed installation: 5 x d (d=7 mm).</p><p>Flexible installation: 10 x d (d=7 mm).</p><p>Resistance to oils. Meets the DIN EN 60811-2-1 standard</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ219ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>10.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>+</p><p>T</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>D</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>o</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s.</p><p>10.6 Connectors.</p><p>The connectors are in the rear.</p><p>10.7 Selecting the language and the keyboard distribution.</p><p>In the operating system, customize the input language and the keyboard distribution as</p><p>"English (United States)". The keyboard distribution controls the characters that appear on</p><p>screen when the keys are pressed. If the keyboard distribution is not assigned to this</p><p>language, it is possible that the characters on screen will not match the characters of the</p><p>keys.</p><p>In order to change the keyboard distribution, the desired input language and keyboard</p><p>distribution must be added to Windows.</p><p>Adding an input language and a keyboard distribution.</p><p>1 Click on the Start menu > Control panel > Regional and language configuration.</p><p>Depending on how Windows is configured, it may be necessary to first select "Clock,</p><p>language and region".</p><p>2 Click on the "Keyboards and languages" tab and then click on "Change keyboards".</p><p>Side view.</p><p>Ground connection.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ220ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>10.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>+</p><p>T</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>D</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>el</p><p>ec</p><p>tin</p><p>g</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>la</p><p>n</p><p>gu</p><p>a</p><p>ge</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>t</p><p>he</p><p>k</p><p>ey</p><p>bo</p><p>ar</p><p>d</p><p>di</p><p>st</p><p>rib</p><p>u</p><p>tio</p><p>n.</p><p>3 In the "Installed services” section, click on the button "Add". Add the desired input</p><p>language and the keyboard distribution (in this case, English (United States)). Click on</p><p>"OK" to finish.</p><p>Changing the input language.</p><p>Change the input language (only for the active window).</p><p>1 In the language bar, click on the button "Input language" and select the language "English</p><p>(United States)".</p><p>2 Next, click on the button "Keyboard distribution" and select the distribution "United</p><p>States".</p><p>On the login screen, click on the language button (top left corner of the screen)</p><p>and select the language "English (United States)".</p><p>21</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ221ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>10.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>+</p><p>T</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>D</p><p>.</p><p>U</p><p>si</p><p>n</p><p>g</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>F</p><p>ag</p><p>o</p><p>r</p><p>lo</p><p>go</p><p>k</p><p>ey</p><p>.</p><p>10.8 Using the Fagor logo key.</p><p>10.9 Numeric keypad.</p><p>Numeric keypad optimized to operate with the CNC (keys for axes, feedrate, speed, etc).</p><p>The second function of the keys is available with a long press of the key; the [SHIFT] key</p><p>is not necessary.</p><p>The behavior of the three axis keys can be modified with the [FAGOR]+[C] keys.</p><p>Keys. Meaning.</p><p>+ [1] .. [0] Keys [F1] to [F10].</p><p>+ [–] Key [F11].</p><p>+ [=] Key [F12].</p><p>+ [S] Cancel or activate the keystroke sound.</p><p>+ [T] Cancel or activate the touchpad (touch panel).</p><p>+ [C] Change the function of the axis keys on the numeric keypad; write the name of</p><p>axis1 to axis6 / always write X, Y, Z, A, B, C.</p><p>+ [D] Minimize everything / Show the last active application.</p><p>+ [P] Print screen; can be combined with [SHIFT] and with [ALT].</p><p>+ [E] Open the Windows Explorer.</p><p>Option 1.</p><p>The keys write the name of the first</p><p>six axes of the channel.</p><p>Option 2.</p><p>The keys always write the characters</p><p>X Y Z A B C.</p><p>+ C</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ222ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>10.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>+</p><p>T</p><p>O</p><p>U</p><p>C</p><p>H</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>D</p><p>.</p><p>T</p><p>ou</p><p>ch</p><p>p</p><p>ad</p><p>(</p><p>to</p><p>uc</p><p>h</p><p>sc</p><p>re</p><p>en</p><p>).</p><p>10.10 Touchpad (touch screen).</p><p>The actions of touching with one or two fingers work in reverse if the mouse is configured</p><p>for left-handed people.</p><p>Left button.</p><p>Right button,</p><p>Primary button. Double click. Secondary button.</p><p>Tap lightly with one finger to</p><p>simulate a mouse click.</p><p>Tap lightly twice with one finger</p><p>to simulate the double click of a</p><p>mouse.</p><p>Tap lightly with two fingers to</p><p>simulate the right click of a</p><p>mouse.</p><p>Move the cursor. Move screen (pan). Move screen (scroll).</p><p>Move a finger to move the</p><p>cursor.</p><p>Move two fingers to the left and</p><p>right to move horizontally</p><p>(pan).</p><p>Move two fingers up and down</p><p>to move vertically (scroll).</p><p>Zoom. Turn the page. Minimize the window.</p><p>Pinch or separate two fingers to</p><p>zoom in or out.</p><p>Drag three fingers horizontally</p><p>to move forward or back a</p><p>page.</p><p>Drag three fingers downward</p><p>to minimize the active window.</p><p>Start menu.</p><p>Drag three fingers upward to</p><p>access the start menu.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ223ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>11.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>11 HORIZONTAL KEYB 2.0-A.</p><p>Model. Description.</p><p>HORIZONTAL KEYB 2.0-A • USB horizontal, alphanumeric QWERTY keyboard.</p><p>• Multi-touch touchpad (touch panel).</p><p>• Numeric keypad optimized to operate with the CNC (keys for</p><p>axes, feedrate, speed, etc).</p><p>• Special functions with the Fagor key.</p><p>In the operating system, customize the keyboard arrangement as "English (United States)". See</p><p>"11.7 Selecting the language and the keyboard distribution." on page 231.i</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ224ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>11.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>11.1 Specifications.</p><p>Type. Description.</p><p>General. • USB horizontal, alphanumeric QWERTY keyboard.</p><p>• Multi-touch touchpad (touch panel).</p><p>• Numeric keypad optimized to operate with the CNC (keys for axes, feedrate,</p><p>speed, etc).</p><p>• Special functions with the Fagor key.</p><p>• Keyboard distribution; "English (United States)".</p><p>• Dimensions (width x height x depth)</p><p>- 420 × 175 × 25 mm.</p><p>- 16.54" × 6.89" × 0.98".</p><p>• Weight: 1.765 kg (3.90 lb)</p><p>Opera t ing</p><p>conditions.</p><p>• Equipment for indoor use in non-hazardous locations, operated by qualified</p><p>personnel skilled in its use.</p><p>• The equipment must be installed in an enclosure that meets the requirements</p><p>described in this manual.</p><p>• Equipment</p><p>designed for use in fixed locations.</p><p>• Equipment not suitable for wet areas.</p><p>• Never use in explosive environments (dangerous areas).</p><p>Regulations. • It complies with the European directives for electromagnetic compatibility</p><p>2014/30/EU and low voltage 2014/35/EU. See the declaration of conformity,</p><p>available on our website.</p><p>• UL 61010-1 (Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for</p><p>Measurement, Contro l , and Laboratory Use - Par t 1: General</p><p>Requirements). See the certificate, available on our website.</p><p>• IEC/UL 61010-2-201 (Safety requirements for elecrical equipement for</p><p>measurement, control and laboratory use. Particular requirements for</p><p>control equipment).</p><p>• Canadian Standards Associations: CSA C22.2 No. 142 (Process Control</p><p>Equipement).</p><p>Packaging. • The package meets the regulation EN 60068-2-32 procedure 1 with a</p><p>random fall from a height not greater than 1 m.</p><p>Ambient. • Storage and transport temperature according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between -40 ºC (-40 ºF) and +70 ºC (158 ºF).</p><p>• Work temperature according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between 5 ºC (41 ºF) and 55 ºC (131 ºF).</p><p>• Temperature outside cabinet according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between 5 ºC (41 ºF) and 45 ºC (113 ºF).</p><p>• Temperature inside the enclosure:</p><p>- Less than 55 ºC (131 ºF).</p><p>• Relative humidity according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- 20 ~ 85% RH without condensation.</p><p>• Maximum work altitude:</p><p>- The unit must work properly at 2000 m according to IEC 61131-2.</p><p>• Vibration test according to IEC 60068-2-6 with a frequency step of</p><p>1 octave/minute (±10%) and a duration of 10 sweeps.</p><p>- 5 Hz  f  8.4 Hz; movement of constant 3.5 mm amplitude (peak value).</p><p>- 8.4 Hz  f  150 Hz; 1g acceleration and constant amplitude (peak value).</p><p>• Degree of protection according to EN 60529:</p><p>- IP65 (front).</p><p>• Pollution degree 2 according to IEC/UL 61010-1.</p><p>Power supply. • Power through the USB cable.</p><p>• Maximum consumption: 0.5 W.</p><p>Connectivity. • Connection to the central unit through USB-B 2.0 (rear).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ225ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>11.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>11.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification.</p><p>• This equipment is for indoor use in non-hazardous locations, operated by qualified</p><p>personnel skilled in its use.</p><p>• The equipement shall be supplied with the specified rated voltages according to the</p><p>hardware manual.</p><p>• The nature of the installation where it is connected must not exceed OVC II.</p><p>• The equipment fullfils the requirements of the tested standars only if it is operated</p><p>according to the hardware manual.</p><p>• The end application has to fulfill the requirements for resistance to mechanical stresses.</p><p>• To meet IP 54, the system must be installed in an appropiate enclosure according to the</p><p>hardware manual.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ226ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>11.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>G</p><p>en</p><p>er</p><p>al</p><p>d</p><p>ia</p><p>gr</p><p>am</p><p>.</p><p>11.2 General diagram.</p><p>• Do not replace the cable supplied by Fagor.</p><p>• Do not connect any type of extension cord to the USB power cable.</p><p>• Connect the keyboard directly to the central unit; do not connect the keyboard to any type of hub.</p><p>CNC HORIZONTAL KEYB 2.0-A</p><p>USB</p><p>CNC PPC-21W</p><p>USB</p><p>HORIZONTAL KEYB 2.0-A</p><p>CAN</p><p>ETHERNET</p><p>OP-PANEL+SPDL RATE-A</p><p>Connection. Description.</p><p>USB Connection of a USB keyboard to the panel-PC. Use the keyboard cable.</p><p>Maximum cable length: 800 mm (2.62 ft).</p><p>Ethernet. Connecting the CNC to the panel-PC.</p><p>Maximum cable length: 100 m (328 ft).</p><p>CAN Connection of the operator panel.</p><p>Maximum length of bus; 500 m (1640 ft).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ227ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>11.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>D</p><p>im</p><p>en</p><p>si</p><p>on</p><p>s.</p><p>11.3 Dimensions.</p><p>mm inch</p><p>a 420 16.54</p><p>b 175 6.89</p><p>c 20 0.79</p><p>mm inch</p><p>Da 388 15.28</p><p>Db 143 5.63</p><p>a</p><p>Da</p><p>bDb</p><p>c</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ228ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>11.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>11.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module.</p><p>11.4.1 Enclosure design.</p><p>The enclosure must meet the following requirements:</p><p>• Protection degree: IP 54 minimun (according to EN 60529).</p><p>• Protection degree: IK 08 minimun (according to IEC 62262).</p><p>• Enclosures complying with UL 50 and/or UL 50E and CSA C22.2 Nos. 94.1 or 94.3 for</p><p>the intended application, need not be subjected to the applicable requirements in this</p><p>standard. Non-metallic materials of enclosures complying with the above standards,</p><p>relied upon for containment of fire within the equipment, shall have a minimun</p><p>flammability rating of V-1.</p><p>• The enclosure must have enough surface area to evacuate by convection the heat</p><p>generated inside.</p><p>• The enclosure must respect the minimum distances recommended between the walls</p><p>and the keyboard to let the air flow and improve heat dissipation.</p><p>• In the connector area, reserve a space that allows the cables to be connected, respecting</p><p>their radius of curvature.</p><p>• Keep the enclosure clean.</p><p>Dimensions of the cut off part and the enclosure.</p><p>Before building an enclosure with glass fiber u another poor heat dissipating material, contact Fagor</p><p>Automation.i</p><p>mm inch</p><p>W 392 15.43</p><p>H 147 5.79</p><p>F 135 5.31</p><p>G 80 3.15</p><p>k 6.5 0.26</p><p>d Ø 4,8 Ø 0.19</p><p>(*) Minimum recommended distance.</p><p>mm inch</p><p>D (*) 65 2.56</p><p>e 1.5 - 4 0.06 - 0.16</p><p>H</p><p>W</p><p>e</p><p>D</p><p>R</p><p>General tolerance for W and H = ±0.5 mm (0.02 inches).</p><p>Tolerance for d = ±0.2 mm (0.0079 inches).</p><p>Maximum radius of the corners = 5 mm (0.2 inches).</p><p>F F F</p><p>G</p><p>G</p><p>k</p><p>k</p><p>d</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ229ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>11.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>11.4.2 Securing the module.</p><p>The module must be installed in a proper enclosure that may be located on the machine or</p><p>on an external support. To insert the unit into the enclosure, it must have a big enough hole</p><p>to allow to insert it easily, without obstacles and without forcing the unit. See</p><p>"11.4.1 Enclosure design." on page 228.</p><p>The module is mounted from inside the enclosure. Once the unit has been inserted into the</p><p>enclosure, secure it from the inside using the screws provided for this purpose. Apply a</p><p>tightening torque of 1.5 Nm.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ230ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>11.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>P</p><p>ow</p><p>e</p><p>r</p><p>su</p><p>p</p><p>pl</p><p>y</p><p>fo</p><p>r</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>11.5 Power supply for the module.</p><p>Power the module through the keyboard’s USB cable.</p><p>Cable characteristics.</p><p>Consumption.</p><p>Maximum consumption: 0.5 W.</p><p>Rear view.</p><p>USB power cable.</p><p>• Do not replace the cable supplied by Fagor.</p><p>• Do not connect any type of extension cord to the USB power cable.</p><p>• Connect the keyboard directly to the central unit; do not connect the keyboard to any type of hub.</p><p>Characteristic. Description.</p><p>Type. USB cable, type A-B.</p><p>Shielded cable. 4-Wire cable in twisted pairs.</p><p>Characteristic impedance. 90  ± 15 %.</p><p>Length. 0.8 meters (0.03 inches).</p><p>Bending radius. Fixed installation: 5 x d (d=7 mm).</p><p>Flexible installation: 10 x d (d=7 mm).</p><p>Resistance to oils. Meets the DIN EN 60811-2-1 standard</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ231ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>11.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>o</p><p>nn</p><p>e</p><p>ct</p><p>or</p><p>s.</p><p>11.6 Connectors.</p><p>The connectors are in the rear.</p><p>11.7 Selecting the language and the keyboard distribution.</p><p>In the operating system, customize the input language and the keyboard distribution as</p><p>"English (United States)". The keyboard distribution controls the characters that appear on</p><p>screen when the keys are pressed. If the keyboard distribution is not assigned to this</p><p>language, it is possible that the characters on screen will not match the characters of the</p><p>keys.</p><p>In order to change the keyboard distribution, the desired input language and keyboard</p><p>distribution must be added to Windows.</p><p>Adding</p><p>an input language and a keyboard distribution.</p><p>1 Click on the Start menu > Control panel > Regional and language configuration.</p><p>Depending on how Windows is configured, it may be necessary to first select "Clock,</p><p>language and region".</p><p>2 Click on the "Keyboards and languages" tab and then click on "Change keyboards".</p><p>Side view.</p><p>Ground connection.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ232ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>11.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>el</p><p>ec</p><p>tin</p><p>g</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>la</p><p>n</p><p>gu</p><p>a</p><p>ge</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>t</p><p>he</p><p>k</p><p>ey</p><p>bo</p><p>ar</p><p>d</p><p>di</p><p>st</p><p>rib</p><p>u</p><p>tio</p><p>n.</p><p>3 In the "Installed services” section, click on the button "Add". Add the desired input</p><p>language and the keyboard distribution (in this case, English (United States)). Click on</p><p>"OK" to finish.</p><p>Changing the input language.</p><p>Change the input language (only for the active window).</p><p>1 In the language bar, click on the button "Input language" and select the language "English</p><p>(United States)".</p><p>2 Next, click on the button "Keyboard distribution" and select the distribution "United</p><p>States".</p><p>On the login screen, click on the language button (top left corner of the screen)</p><p>and select the language "English (United States)".</p><p>21</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ233ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>11.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>U</p><p>si</p><p>n</p><p>g</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>F</p><p>ag</p><p>o</p><p>r</p><p>lo</p><p>go</p><p>k</p><p>ey</p><p>.</p><p>11.8 Using the Fagor logo key.</p><p>11.9 Numeric keypad.</p><p>Numeric keypad optimized to operate with the CNC (keys for axes, feedrate, speed, etc).</p><p>The second function of the keys is available with a long press of the key; the [SHIFT] key</p><p>is not necessary.</p><p>The behavior of the three axis keys can be modified with the [FAGOR]+[C] keys.</p><p>Keys. Meaning.</p><p>+ [1] .. [0] Keys [F1] to [F10].</p><p>+ [–] Key [F11].</p><p>+ [=] Key [F12].</p><p>+ [S] Cancel or activate the keystroke sound.</p><p>+ [T] Cancel or activate the touchpad (touch panel).</p><p>+ [C] Change the function of the axis keys on the numeric keypad; write the name of</p><p>axis1 to axis6 / always write X, Y, Z, A, B, C.</p><p>+ [D] Minimize everything / Show the last active application.</p><p>+ [P] Print screen; can be combined with [SHIFT] and with [ALT].</p><p>+ [E] Open the Windows Explorer.</p><p>Option 1.</p><p>The keys write the name of the first</p><p>six axes of the channel.</p><p>Option 2.</p><p>The keys always write the characters</p><p>X Y Z A B C.</p><p>+ C</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ234ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>11.</p><p>H</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>IZ</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>K</p><p>E</p><p>Y</p><p>B</p><p>2</p><p>.0</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>T</p><p>ou</p><p>ch</p><p>p</p><p>ad</p><p>(</p><p>to</p><p>uc</p><p>h</p><p>sc</p><p>re</p><p>en</p><p>).</p><p>11.10 Touchpad (touch screen).</p><p>The actions of touching with one or two fingers work in reverse if the mouse is configured</p><p>for left-handed people.</p><p>Left button.</p><p>Right button,</p><p>Primary button. Double click. Secondary button.</p><p>Tap lightly with one finger to</p><p>simulate a mouse click.</p><p>Tap lightly twice with one finger</p><p>to simulate the double click of a</p><p>mouse.</p><p>Tap lightly with two fingers to</p><p>simulate the right click of a</p><p>mouse.</p><p>Move the cursor. Move screen (pan). Move screen (scroll).</p><p>Move a finger to move the</p><p>cursor.</p><p>Move two fingers to the left and</p><p>right to move horizontally</p><p>(pan).</p><p>Move two fingers up and down</p><p>to move vertically (scroll).</p><p>Zoom. Turn the page. Minimize the window.</p><p>Pinch or separate two fingers</p><p>to zoom in or out.</p><p>Drag three fingers horizontally</p><p>to move forward or back a</p><p>page.</p><p>Drag three fingers downward</p><p>to minimize the active window.</p><p>Start menu.</p><p>Drag three fingers upward to</p><p>access the start menu.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ235ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>12.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>-P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-3</p><p>29</p><p>.</p><p>12 OP-PANEL-329.</p><p>The machine manufacturer must comply with the EN 60204-1 (IEC-204-1) regulation regarding</p><p>electrical shocks in case of defective input/output pins with external power supply when not plugging</p><p>the connector before turning the power supply on.</p><p>Module. Description.</p><p>OP-PANEL-329 CAN operator panel 329 mm (12.95"), configurable jog key, speed</p><p>override key, CNC power-down key and 12 configurable user keys.</p><p>Possibility to connect up to three electronic handwheels.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ236ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>12.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>-P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-3</p><p>29</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>12.1 Specifications.</p><p>Type. Description.</p><p>General. • Jog switch (0 - 200 %).</p><p>• 12 configurable user keys.</p><p>• 15 configurable jog keys.</p><p>• Speed override key.</p><p>• CNC power-down key.</p><p>• Dimensions (width x height x depth)</p><p>- 329 × 175 × 20 mm.</p><p>- 12.95" × 6.89" × 0.78".</p><p>Opera t ing</p><p>conditions.</p><p>• Equipment for indoor use in non-hazardous locations, operated by qualified</p><p>personnel skilled in its use.</p><p>• The equipment must be installed in an enclosure that meets the requirements</p><p>described in this manual.</p><p>• Equipment designed for use in fixed locations.</p><p>• Equipment not suitable for wet areas.</p><p>• Never use in explosive environments (dangerous areas).</p><p>Regulations. • It complies with the European directives for electromagnetic compatibility</p><p>2014/30/EU and low voltage 2014/35/EU. See the declaration of conformity,</p><p>available on our website.</p><p>• UL 61010-1 (Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for</p><p>Measurement, Contro l , and Laboratory Use - Par t 1: General</p><p>Requirements). See the certificate, available on our website.</p><p>• IEC/UL 61010-2-201 (Safety requirements for elecrical equipement for</p><p>measurement, control and laboratory use. Particular requirements for</p><p>control equipment).</p><p>• Canadian Standards Associations: CSA C22.2 No. 142 (Process Control</p><p>Equipement).</p><p>Packaging. • The package meets the regulation EN 60068-2-32 procedure 1 with a</p><p>random fall from a height not greater than 1 m.</p><p>Ambient. • Storage and transport temperature according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between -40 ºC (-40 ºF) and +70 ºC (158 ºF).</p><p>• Work temperature according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between 5 ºC (41 ºF) and 55 ºC (131 ºF).</p><p>• Temperature outside cabinet according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between 5 ºC (41 ºF) and 45 ºC (113 ºF).</p><p>• Temperature inside the enclosure:</p><p>- Less than 55 ºC (131 ºF).</p><p>• Relative humidity according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- 20 ~ 85% RH without condensation.</p><p>• Maximum work altitude:</p><p>- The unit must work properly at 2000 m according to IEC 61131-2.</p><p>• Vibration test according to IEC 60068-2-6 with a frequency step of</p><p>1 octave/minute (±10%) and a duration of 10 sweeps.</p><p>- 5 Hz  f  8.4 Hz; movement of constant 3.5 mm amplitude (peak value).</p><p>- 8.4 Hz  f  150 Hz; 1g acceleration and constant amplitude (peak value).</p><p>• Degree of protection according to EN 60529:</p><p>- IP65 (front).</p><p>• Pollution degree 2 according to IEC/UL 61010-1.</p><p>Electrical. • Connection to mains supply: Permanent.</p><p>• Operating conditions: Continuous.</p><p>• Protection against electric shock: Class III (PE connection is only for</p><p>functional earthing).</p><p>• OVC I protection level according to IEC/UL 61010-1.</p><p>Power supply. • Use a regulated 24 V DC power supply (between -15% and +20%) and 2 A</p><p>(including voltage ripple and noise). The power supply must meet the</p><p>UL1950 standard.</p><p>Connectivity. • Connection to the central unit through CAN bus.</p><p>• Three handwheels with A and B signals (5 V DC TTL).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ237ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>12.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>-P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-3</p><p>29</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>12.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification.</p><p>• This equipment is for indoor use in non-hazardous locations, operated by qualified</p><p>personnel skilled in its use.</p><p>• The equipement shall be supplied with the specified rated voltages according to the</p><p>hardware manual.</p><p>• The nature of the installation where it is connected must not exceed OVC II.</p><p>• The equipment fullfils the requirements of the tested standars only if it is operated</p><p>according to the hardware manual.</p><p>• The end application has to fulfill the requirements for resistance to mechanical stresses.</p><p>• To meet IP 54, the system must be installed in an appropiate enclosure according to the</p><p>hardware manual.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ238ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>12.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>-P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-3</p><p>29</p><p>.</p><p>G</p><p>en</p><p>er</p><p>al</p><p>d</p><p>ia</p><p>gr</p><p>am</p><p>.</p><p>12.2 General</p><p>diagram.</p><p>CNC OP-PANEL-329</p><p>CAN</p><p>CNC OP-PANEL-329</p><p>CAN</p><p>Connection. Description.</p><p>CAN Communication with CNC.</p><p>Maximum length: 500 m (1640 ft) for the CANopen bus.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ239ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>12.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>-P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-3</p><p>29</p><p>.</p><p>D</p><p>im</p><p>en</p><p>si</p><p>on</p><p>s.</p><p>12.3 Dimensions.</p><p>mm inch</p><p>a 329 12.95</p><p>b 175 6.89</p><p>c 20 0.78</p><p>d 38 1.49</p><p>mm inch</p><p>Da 296 11.65</p><p>Db 142 5.59</p><p>ac</p><p>d</p><p>b</p><p>Da</p><p>Db</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ240ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>12.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>-P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-3</p><p>29</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>12.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module.</p><p>12.4.1 Ambient characteristics of the enclosure.</p><p>The enclosure must be designed to ensure an ambient temperature of 45 ºC (113 ºF) and</p><p>while the unit is running, the inside temperature of the CNC must not exceed 60 ºC (140 ºF).</p><p>12.4.2 Enclosure design.</p><p>The enclosure must meet the following requirements:</p><p>• Protection degree: IP 54 minimun (according to EN 60529).</p><p>• Protection degree: IK 08 minimun (according to IEC 62262).</p><p>• Enclosures complying with UL 50 and/or UL 50E and CSA C22.2 Nos. 94.1 or 94.3 for</p><p>the intended application, need not be subjected to the applicable requirements in this</p><p>standard. Non-metallic materials of enclosures complying with the above standards,</p><p>relied upon for containment of fire within the equipment, shall have a minimun</p><p>flammability rating of V-1.</p><p>• The enclosure must have enough surface area to evacuate by convection the heat</p><p>generated inside.</p><p>• The enclosure must respect the minimum distances recommended between the</p><p>enclosure walls and the central unit to let the air flow and improve heat dissipation.</p><p>• In the connector area, reserve a space that allows the cables to be connected, respecting</p><p>their radius of curvature.</p><p>• Keep the enclosure clean.</p><p>Dimensions of the cut off part and the enclosure.</p><p>Before building an enclosure with glass fiber u another poor heat dissipating material, contact Fagor</p><p>Automation.i</p><p>mm inch</p><p>W 298 11.73</p><p>H 144 5.66</p><p>mm inch</p><p>D 78 3.07</p><p>e 1.5 - 4 0.06 - 0.16</p><p>e</p><p>D</p><p>H</p><p>W</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ241ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>12.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>-P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-3</p><p>29</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>12.4.3 Securing the module.</p><p>The module must be installed in a proper enclosure that may be located on the machine or</p><p>on an external support. To insert the unit into the enclosure, it must have a big enough hole</p><p>to allow to insert it easily, without obstacles and without forcing the unit. See "12.4.1 Ambient</p><p>characteristics of the enclosure." on page 240.</p><p>The module is mounted from inside the enclosure. Once the unit has been inserted into the</p><p>enclosure, secure it from the inside with the tension jacks. To properly secure it, use all the</p><p>tension jacks on the back of the unit. Apply a tightening torque of 0.7 Nm.</p><p>1 2</p><p>0.7 Nm</p><p>3</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ242ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>12.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>-P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-3</p><p>29</p><p>.</p><p>P</p><p>ow</p><p>e</p><p>r</p><p>su</p><p>p</p><p>pl</p><p>y</p><p>fo</p><p>r</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>12.5 Power supply for the module.</p><p>• Use a regulated 24 V DC power supply.</p><p>• The unit must be powered with class DVC A power supply with a SELV/PELV protection</p><p>output voltage.</p><p>• For all connections and terminals of electronic modules, use only power supplies that</p><p>provide SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) or PELV (Protective Extra Low Voltage) output</p><p>voltages.</p><p>Connector pinout.</p><p>24 V DC universal power supply, via Phoenix</p><p>connector. See "24 V DC voltage supply." on page 244.</p><p>24 V DC</p><p>Plug-in part. 3-pole Phoenix-type combicon connector (7.62 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin Signal. Function.</p><p>1 Chassis.</p><p>2 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>3 +24 V Power supply.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ243ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>12.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>-P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-3</p><p>29</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>ar</p><p>dw</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>na</p><p>lit</p><p>ie</p><p>s.</p><p>12.6 Hardware functionalities.</p><p>12.6.1 Ground connection.</p><p>12.6.2 Rear connectors.</p><p>It is up to the system integrator to meet all the requirements of local and national electrical codes as</p><p>well as all the regulations applicable regarding the grounding of the whole unit.</p><p>(A) 24 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>(B) Handwheels.</p><p>(C) B28A / B28B CAN bus.</p><p>(D) S42 Bus switch and transmission speed.</p><p>(E) S41 Address (node) of the element.</p><p>(F) S43 Line terminating resistor.</p><p>(G) D46 ERR led, transmission status indicator.</p><p>(H) D45 RUN led, module status indicator.</p><p>Ground connection.</p><p>A</p><p>H</p><p>G</p><p>B</p><p>C</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>F</p><p>C</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ244ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>12.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>-P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-3</p><p>29</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>ar</p><p>dw</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>na</p><p>lit</p><p>ie</p><p>s.</p><p>24 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>Handwheel connection.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 3.</p><p>Pitch. 7.62 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Screw connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum tightening torque. 0.5 / 0.6 Nm.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.2 / 2.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 24 / 12.</p><p>Rated current In. 12 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>See "12.5 Power supply for the module." on page 242.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 10.</p><p>Pitch. 3.5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Spring connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.2 / 1.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 24 / 16.</p><p>Rated current In. 8 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>Plug-in part. 3-pole Phoenix-type combicon connector (7.62 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin Signal. Function.</p><p>1 Chassis.</p><p>2 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>3 +24 V Power supply.</p><p>Plug-in part. 10-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector</p><p>(3.5 mm pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 +5 V 5 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>2 - - - - - -</p><p>3 - - - - - -</p><p>4 MPG3-B B signal of the third handwheel.</p><p>5 MPG3-A A signal of the third handwheel.</p><p>6 MPG2-B B signal of the second handwheel.</p><p>7 MPG2-A A signal of the second handwheel.</p><p>8 MPG1-B B signal of the first handwheel.</p><p>9 MPG1-A A signal of the first handwheel.</p><p>10 GND Power supply.</p><p>Cable shields must be connected to the ground plate. See "12.7 Handwheel connection." on page 247.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ245ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>12.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>-P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-3</p><p>29</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>ar</p><p>dw</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>na</p><p>lit</p><p>ie</p><p>s.</p><p>ꞏB28A / B28Bꞏ CAN bus.</p><p>ꞏS42ꞏ CAN bus. CAN bus type selection (CANopen).</p><p>ꞏS42ꞏ CAN bus. Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus.</p><p>S42ꞏ CAN bus. Address (node) of the element within the bus (16-31).</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 5.</p><p>Pitch. 3.5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Screw connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum tightening torque. 0.22 / 0.25 Nm.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.14 / 1.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 28 / 16.</p><p>Rated current In. 8 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>See "12.8 Bus CAN (CANopen protocol)." on page 248.</p><p>Plug-in part. 5-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 GND Ground / 0 V.</p><p>2 CL (LOW) bus signal.</p><p>3 SH CAN shield.</p><p>4 CH (HIGH) bus signal.</p><p>5 SH Not being used.</p><p>Switch ꞏ1ꞏ of the DIP switch selects the type of CAN bus.</p><p>DS ꞏ1ꞏ Type of CAN bus.</p><p>off Not being used.</p><p>on CANopen bus.</p><p>When using the CANopen protocol, the transmission speed at</p><p>the bus is defined in each node and they all must run at the</p><p>same speed. The speed is selected with switches ꞏ2ꞏ and ꞏ3ꞏ</p><p>of the DIP switch and it depends on the total length of the bus.</p><p>Using the following illustrative values; assigning other values</p><p>may cause communication errors due to signal distortion.</p><p>DS ꞏ2ꞏ DSꞏ3ꞏ Speed. Length of the CAN bus.</p><p>on on 1000 kHz Up to 20 meters.</p><p>off on 800 kHz From 20 to 40 meters.</p><p>on off 500 kHz From 40 to 100 meters.</p><p>off off 250 kHz From 100 to 500 meters.</p><p>Switch ꞏ4ꞏ of the DIP switch selects the positions or elements</p><p>integrated in the CAN bus may be expanded up to 32.</p><p>DS ꞏ4ꞏ Address (node) of the element.</p><p>off Positions 0-15 within the bus.</p><p>on Positions 16-31 within the bus.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ246ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>12.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>-P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-3</p><p>29</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>ar</p><p>dw</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>na</p><p>lit</p><p>ie</p><p>s.</p><p>ꞏS41ꞏ CAN bus. Address (node) of the element within the bus (0-15).</p><p>The "Address" switch also sets the priority of the node</p><p>within the bus; the lower the number</p><p>the higher the priority. We recommend the keyboard and jog panel to be the last nodes of</p><p>the bus.</p><p>ꞏS43ꞏ CAN bus. Line terminating resistor.</p><p>ꞏD45ꞏ RUN led. Module status.</p><p>ꞏD46ꞏ ERR led. Transmission status.</p><p>Each one of the elements integrated into the CAN bus is identified</p><p>by the 16-position rotary switch (0-15) "Address" (also referred to</p><p>as "Node_Select"). The CNC must always occupy position "0" and</p><p>the rest of the elements of the bus will occupy consecutive</p><p>positions starting with "1".</p><p>The ꞏS43ꞏ switch identifies which are the elements that occupy</p><p>the ends of the CAN bus; that is, the first and last physical</p><p>element in the connection. The terminating elements must</p><p>have the resistor activated (position 1) but not the rest of the</p><p>elements (position 0).</p><p>Green LED. The meaning depends on the blinking frequency.</p><p>Blinking rate. Description.</p><p>Intermittent. Module in PRE-OPERATIONAL state.</p><p>Single blinking. Module in STOPPED state.</p><p>On. Module in OPERATIONAL state.</p><p>Red LED. The meaning depends on the blinking frequency.</p><p>Blinking rate. Description.</p><p>Off. The module is ready to run.</p><p>Intermittent. Module configuration stage.</p><p>Single blinking. Poor transmission. At least one of the error</p><p>counters of the CAN controller has reached</p><p>the alarm level.</p><p>Double blinking. There is no communication with the cpu.</p><p>On Error. The CAN controller is in "Bus Off"</p><p>state.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ247ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>12.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>-P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-3</p><p>29</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>an</p><p>dw</p><p>he</p><p>el</p><p>c</p><p>on</p><p>ne</p><p>ct</p><p>io</p><p>n.</p><p>12.7 Handwheel connection.</p><p>The keyboard admits the connection of up to 3 handwheels (MPG1, MPG2 and MPG3) with</p><p>A and B signals (5 V DC TTL). If he handwheel has an axis selector button, the button signal</p><p>may be connected to a digital input and may be managed from the PLC using the</p><p>NEXTMPGAXIS mark.</p><p>Connector pinout.</p><p>Cable characteristics.</p><p>The cable being used must have overall shield. The unshielded portion of the wires of an</p><p>unshielded cable cannot be longer than 75 mm.</p><p>Connection.</p><p>We recommend to run the handwheel cable as far away as possible from the power cables</p><p>of the machine.</p><p>Plug-in part. 10-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector</p><p>(3.5 mm pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 +5 V 5 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>2 - - - - - -</p><p>3 - - - - - -</p><p>4 MPG3-B B signal of the third handwheel.</p><p>5 MPG3-A A signal of the third handwheel.</p><p>6 MPG2-B B signal of the second handwheel.</p><p>7 MPG2-A A signal of the second handwheel.</p><p>8 MPG1-B B signal of the first handwheel.</p><p>9 MPG1-A A signal of the first handwheel.</p><p>10 GND Power supply.</p><p>Always connect the shield of the cable to the ground plate using a metallic clamp.</p><p>Ground plate.</p><p>Cable shield.</p><p>Handwheel cable.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ248ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>12.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>-P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-3</p><p>29</p><p>.</p><p>B</p><p>us</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>op</p><p>e</p><p>n</p><p>p</p><p>ro</p><p>to</p><p>co</p><p>l).</p><p>12.8 Bus CAN (CANopen protocol).</p><p>CANopen is a network communication protocol based on the CAN bus, for connecting the</p><p>CNC with remote modules and keyboards. The CAN connection supports up to 32 devices</p><p>(nodes), including the central unit; more one than keyboard and several groups of remote</p><p>modules are possible.</p><p>CAN connector.</p><p>The cable shield must be connected to the connector at both ends. The connector has two</p><p>shield pins. Both pins are equivalent and the CAN shield may be connected to either one.</p><p>CAN cable characteristics.</p><p>Use a specific CAN cable. The ends of all the wires and the shield must be protected by the</p><p>corresponding terminal (pin). Also use the terminals (pins) to secure the cable to the</p><p>connector.</p><p>Module interconnection.</p><p>Respect the cable's minimum bending radius when connecting it. They must be connected</p><p>in series; on elements having two CAN connectors, either one may be used. Once the</p><p>elements have been connected, define their logic order in the bus and the transmission</p><p>speed.</p><p>General characteristics.</p><p>Type. Shielded. Twisted pair (1 x 2 x 0.22 mm²).</p><p>Flexibility. Extremely flexible. Minimum bending radius, static = 50 mm and</p><p>dynamic = 95 mm.</p><p>Cover. PUR</p><p>Impedance. Cat.5 (100 - 120)</p><p>The drawing shows the CAN connection between the CPU (central unit), the operator panel and 2</p><p>groups of RIOR or RIO5 series remote modules.</p><p>Plug-in part. 5-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 GND Ground / 0 V.</p><p>2 CL (LOW) bus signal.</p><p>3 SH CAN shield.</p><p>4 CH (HIGH) bus signal.</p><p>5 SH Not being used.</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>JOG PANEL</p><p>X2</p><p>ADDRESS = 3</p><p>Line Term = 0</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>MODULE 1</p><p>0</p><p>ADDRESS = 1</p><p>Line Term = 0</p><p>CNC</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>MODULE 2</p><p>0</p><p>ADDRESS = 2</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>Line Term = 1</p><p>10</p><p>Line Term = 1</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1ADDRESS = 0</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ADD MSB = 0 ADD MSB = 0</p><p>X3</p><p>X2</p><p>X3</p><p>X2</p><p>X3</p><p>0</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ249ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>12.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>-P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-3</p><p>29</p><p>.</p><p>B</p><p>us</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>op</p><p>e</p><p>n</p><p>p</p><p>ro</p><p>to</p><p>co</p><p>l).</p><p>12.8.1 Identification of the modules at the bus.</p><p>Each one of the elements integrated into the CAN bus is identified by its address or node</p><p>number. The CNC must always occupy position "0" and the rest of the elements of the bus</p><p>will occupy consecutive positions starting with "1". The node address or number also sets</p><p>the priority of the group within the bus; the lower the number the higher the priority. We</p><p>recommend to set the priority of the groups as follows (from highest to lowest).</p><p>• The groups that have the feedback inputs.</p><p>• The groups that have analog inputs and outputs.</p><p>• The groups that have digital inputs and outputs.</p><p>• The keyboard and jog panel.</p><p>In order for any change in the identification of the module to take effect, the CNC must be</p><p>restarted and turn off/on the corresponding module; however, we recommend to change the</p><p>address while the modules and the CNC are off.</p><p>Configuring the address (node number).</p><p>ꞏS41ꞏ Address (node) of the element within the bus (0-15).</p><p>ꞏS42ꞏ Address (node) of the element within the bus (16-31).</p><p>With the ꞏ4ꞏ switch of the DIP switch, the positions or elements integrated in the CAN bus</p><p>may be expanded up to 32.</p><p>Each one of the elements integrated into the CAN bus is</p><p>identified by the 16-position rotary switch (0-15) "Address"</p><p>(also referred to as "Node_Select").</p><p>DS ꞏ4ꞏ Address (node) of the element.</p><p>off Positions 0-15 within the bus.</p><p>on Positions 16-31 within the bus.</p><p>ADDRESS 0 1 2 3 ꞏꞏꞏ 13 14 15</p><p>DS4 = 0 0 1 2 3 ꞏꞏꞏ 13 14 15</p><p>DS4 = 1 16 17 18 19 ꞏꞏꞏ 29 30 31</p><p>4</p><p>0F</p><p>EDCBA</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7 6 5 321</p><p>ID4 = 0</p><p>ADDRESS = 2 ADDRESS = 18</p><p>ON</p><p>ID3</p><p>ID2</p><p>ID1</p><p>4</p><p>0F</p><p>EDCBA</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7 6 5 321ADDRESS = 2</p><p>ID4 = 1</p><p>ON</p><p>ID3</p><p>ID2</p><p>ID1</p><p>ADDRESS = 2</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ250ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>12.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>-P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-3</p><p>29</p><p>.</p><p>B</p><p>us</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>op</p><p>e</p><p>n</p><p>p</p><p>ro</p><p>to</p><p>co</p><p>l).</p><p>12.8.2 Identification of the first and last elements of the bus.</p><p>In the CAN bus, it is necessary to use a line terminating resistor to identify which are the</p><p>elements that occupy the ends of the bus; i.e. the first and last physical element in the</p><p>connection. For the central unit, the terminating resistor is factory installed because the CNC</p><p>is always at one end of the bus.</p><p>12.8.3 CAN bus type selection (CANopen).</p><p>Switch ꞏ1ꞏ of the DIP switch selects the type of CAN bus.</p><p>12.8.4 Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus.</p><p>When using the CANopen protocol, the transmission speed at the bus is defined in each node</p><p>and they all must run at the same speed. The speed is selected with switches ꞏ2ꞏ and ꞏ3ꞏ</p><p>of the DIP switch and it depends on the total length of the bus. Using the following illustrative</p><p>values; assigning other values may cause communication errors due to signal distortion.</p><p>The speed of 250 kHz is only available</p><p>of the enclosure. ................................................................ 200</p><p>9.4.2 Enclosure design. .................................................................................................... 200</p><p>9.4.3 Securing the module. ............................................................................................... 202</p><p>9.5 Power supply for the module. ...................................................................................... 203</p><p>9.6 Hardware functionalities............................................................................................... 204</p><p>9.6.1 Ground connection. ................................................................................................. 204</p><p>9.6.2 Rear connectors. ..................................................................................................... 204</p><p>9.7 Bus CAN (CANopen protocol). .................................................................................... 207</p><p>9.7.1 Identification of the modules at the bus.................................................................... 208</p><p>9.7.2 Identification of the first and last elements of the bus. ............................................. 209</p><p>9.7.3 CAN bus type selection (CANopen)......................................................................... 209</p><p>9.7.4 Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus. .............................................................. 209</p><p>CHAPTER 10 HORIZONTAL KEYB 2.0 + TOUCHPAD.</p><p>10.1 Specifications. ............................................................................................................. 212</p><p>10.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification. .................................................... 213</p><p>10.2 General diagram. ........................................................................................................ 214</p><p>10.3 Dimensions. ................................................................................................................ 215</p><p>10.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module. ...................................................................... 216</p><p>10.4.1 Enclosure design. .................................................................................................... 216</p><p>10.4.2 Securing the module. ............................................................................................... 217</p><p>10.5 Voltage supply for the module. .................................................................................... 218</p><p>10.6 Connectors................................................................................................................... 219</p><p>10.7 Selecting the language and the keyboard distribution. ................................................ 219</p><p>10.8 Using the Fagor logo key. ........................................................................................... 221</p><p>10.9 Numeric keypad. .......................................................................................................... 221</p><p>10.10 Touchpad (touch screen). ........................................................................................... 222</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ6ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>CHAPTER 11 HORIZONTAL KEYB 2.0-A.</p><p>11.1 Specifications. ............................................................................................................. 224</p><p>11.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification. .................................................... 225</p><p>11.2 General diagram. ........................................................................................................ 226</p><p>11.3 Dimensions. ................................................................................................................ 227</p><p>11.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module. ...................................................................... 228</p><p>11.4.1 Enclosure design. ................................................................................................... 228</p><p>11.4.2 Securing the module. ............................................................................................... 229</p><p>11.5 Power supply for the module. ...................................................................................... 230</p><p>11.6 Connectors. ................................................................................................................. 231</p><p>11.7 Selecting the language and the keyboard distribution. ................................................ 231</p><p>11.8 Using the Fagor logo key. ........................................................................................... 233</p><p>11.9 Numeric keypad........................................................................................................... 233</p><p>11.10 Touchpad (touch screen). ........................................................................................... 234</p><p>CHAPTER 12 OP-PANEL-329.</p><p>12.1 Specifications. ............................................................................................................. 236</p><p>12.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification. .................................................... 237</p><p>12.2 General diagram. ........................................................................................................ 238</p><p>12.3 Dimensions. ................................................................................................................ 239</p><p>12.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module. ...................................................................... 240</p><p>12.4.1 Ambient characteristics of the enclosure. ................................................................ 240</p><p>12.4.2 Enclosure design. ................................................................................................... 240</p><p>12.4.3 Securing the module. ............................................................................................... 241</p><p>12.5 Power supply for the module. ...................................................................................... 242</p><p>12.6 Hardware functionalities. ............................................................................................. 243</p><p>12.6.1 Ground connection. ................................................................................................. 243</p><p>12.6.2 Rear connectors. ..................................................................................................... 243</p><p>12.7 Handwheel connection. ............................................................................................... 247</p><p>12.8 Bus CAN (CANopen protocol). .................................................................................... 248</p><p>12.8.1 Identification of the modules at the bus. .................................................................. 249</p><p>12.8.2 Identification of the first and last elements of the bus. ............................................. 250</p><p>12.8.3 CAN bus type selection (CANopen)......................................................................... 250</p><p>12.8.4 Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus............................................................... 250</p><p>CHAPTER 13 OP PANEL / OP PANEL+SPDL RATE.</p><p>13.1 Specifications. ............................................................................................................. 252</p><p>13.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification. .................................................... 253</p><p>13.2 General diagram. ........................................................................................................ 254</p><p>13.3 Dimensions. ................................................................................................................ 255</p><p>13.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module. ...................................................................... 256</p><p>13.4.1 Ambient characteristics of the enclosure. ................................................................ 256</p><p>13.4.2 Enclosure design. ...................................................................................................</p><p>to communicate with the keyboards, RIOW and RIOW</p><p>series remote modules; this speed is not available at the RIO5 series remote modules.</p><p>In order for any change of speed to be assumed, the corresponding module must be reset;</p><p>however, we recommend to change the speed while the modules and the CNC are off.</p><p>In the other elements, the S43 switch identifies which are the</p><p>elements that occupy the ends of the CAN bus; that is, the first</p><p>and last physical element in the connection. The terminating</p><p>elements must have the resistor activated (position 1) but not</p><p>the rest of the elements (position 0).</p><p>DS ꞏ1ꞏ Type of CAN bus.</p><p>off Not being used.</p><p>on CANopen bus.</p><p>DS ꞏ2ꞏ DSꞏ3ꞏ Speed Length of the CAN bus.</p><p>on on 1000 kHz Up to 20 meters.</p><p>off on 800 kHz From 20 to 40 meters.</p><p>on off 500 kHz From 40 to 100 meters.</p><p>off off 250 kHz From 100 to 500 meters.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ251ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>13.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>.</p><p>13 OP PANEL / OP PANEL+SPDL RATE.</p><p>The machine manufacturer must comply with the EN 60204-1 (IEC-204-1) regulation regarding</p><p>electrical shocks in case of defective input/output pins with external power supply when not plugging</p><p>the connector before turning the power supply on.</p><p>Module. Description.</p><p>OP PANEL CAN operator panel 420 mm (16.54") with spindle override</p><p>keyboard. Possibility to connect up to three electronic handwheels.</p><p>OP PANEL+SPDL RATE CAN Operator panel 420 mm (16.54") with spindle override switch.</p><p>Possibility to connect up to three electronic handwheels.</p><p>OP-PANEL</p><p>OP-PANEL+SPDL RATE</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ252ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>13.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>13.1 Specifications.</p><p>Type. Description.</p><p>General. • Jog switch (0 - 200 %).</p><p>• 16 configurable user keys.</p><p>• 15 configurable jog keys.</p><p>• Speed override key (OP-PANEL).</p><p>• Speed override switch (OP-PANEL+SPDL RATE).</p><p>• CNC power-down key.</p><p>• Dimensions (width x height x depth)</p><p>- 420 × 175 × 103.2 mm.</p><p>- 16.54" × 6.89" × 4.06".</p><p>Opera t ing</p><p>conditions.</p><p>• Equipment for indoor use in non-hazardous locations, operated by qualified</p><p>personnel skilled in its use.</p><p>• The equipment must be installed in an enclosure that meets the requirements</p><p>described in this manual.</p><p>• Equipment designed for use in fixed locations.</p><p>• Equipment not suitable for wet areas.</p><p>• Never use in explosive environments (dangerous areas).</p><p>Regulations. • It complies with the European directives for electromagnetic compatibility</p><p>2014/30/EU and low voltage 2014/35/EU. See the declaration of conformity,</p><p>available on our website.</p><p>• UL 61010-1 (Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for</p><p>Measurement, Contro l , and Laboratory Use - Par t 1: General</p><p>Requirements). See the certificate, available on our website.</p><p>• IEC/UL 61010-2-201 (Safety requirements for elecrical equipement for</p><p>measurement, control and laboratory use. Particular requirements for</p><p>control equipment).</p><p>• Canadian Standards Associations: CSA C22.2 No. 142 (Process Control</p><p>Equipement).</p><p>Packaging. • The package meets the regulation EN 60068-2-32 procedure 1 with a</p><p>random fall from a height not greater than 1 m.</p><p>Ambient. • Storage and transport temperature according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between -40 ºC (-40 ºF) and +70 ºC (158 ºF).</p><p>• Work temperature according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between 5 ºC (41 ºF) and 55 ºC (131 ºF).</p><p>• Temperature outside cabinet according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between 5 ºC (41 ºF) and 45 ºC (113 ºF).</p><p>• Temperature inside the enclosure:</p><p>- Less than 55 ºC (131 ºF).</p><p>• Relative humidity according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- 20 ~ 85% RH without condensation.</p><p>• Maximum work altitude:</p><p>- The unit must work properly at 2000 m according to IEC 61131-2.</p><p>• Vibration test according to IEC 60068-2-6 with a frequency step of</p><p>1 octave/minute (±10%) and a duration of 10 sweeps.</p><p>- 5 Hz  f  8.4 Hz; movement of constant 3.5 mm amplitude (peak value).</p><p>- 8.4 Hz  f  150 Hz; 1g acceleration and constant amplitude (peak value).</p><p>• Degree of protection according to EN 60529:</p><p>- IP65 (front).</p><p>• Pollution degree 2 according to IEC/UL 61010-1.</p><p>Electrical. • Connection to mains supply: Permanent.</p><p>• Operating conditions: Continuous.</p><p>• Protection against electric shock: Class III (PE connection is only for</p><p>functional earthing).</p><p>• OVC I protection level according to IEC/UL 61010-1.</p><p>Power supply. • Use a regulated 24 V DC power supply (between -15% and +20%) and 2 A</p><p>(including voltage ripple and noise). The power supply must meet the</p><p>UL1950 standard.</p><p>Connectivity. • Connecting the central unit via CAN bus.</p><p>• Three handwheels with A and B signals (5 V DC TTL).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ253ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>13.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>13.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification.</p><p>• This equipment is for indoor use in non-hazardous locations, operated by qualified</p><p>personnel skilled in its use.</p><p>• The equipement shall be supplied with the specified rated voltages according to the</p><p>hardware manual.</p><p>• The nature of the installation where it is connected must not exceed OVC II.</p><p>• The equipment fullfils the requirements of the tested standars only if it is operated</p><p>according to the hardware manual.</p><p>• The end application has to fulfill the requirements for resistance to mechanical stresses.</p><p>• To meet IP 54, the system must be installed in an appropiate enclosure according to the</p><p>hardware manual.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ254ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>13.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>.</p><p>G</p><p>en</p><p>er</p><p>al</p><p>d</p><p>ia</p><p>gr</p><p>am</p><p>.</p><p>13.2 General diagram.</p><p>CNC OP PANEL</p><p>OP PANEL+SPDL RATE</p><p>CAN</p><p>CNC OP PANEL</p><p>OP PANEL+SPDL RATE</p><p>CAN</p><p>Connection. Description.</p><p>CAN Communication with CNC.</p><p>Maximum length: 500 m (1640 ft).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ255ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>13.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>.</p><p>D</p><p>im</p><p>en</p><p>si</p><p>on</p><p>s.</p><p>13.3 Dimensions.</p><p>mm inch</p><p>a 420 16.54</p><p>b 175 6.89</p><p>c 24 0.94</p><p>d 54.5 2.15</p><p>mm inch</p><p>Da 388 15.28</p><p>Db 143 5.63</p><p>ac</p><p>d</p><p>b</p><p>Da</p><p>Db</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ256ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>13.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>13.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module.</p><p>13.4.1 Ambient characteristics of the enclosure.</p><p>The enclosure must be designed to ensure an ambient temperature of 45 ºC (113 ºF) and</p><p>while the unit is running, the inside temperature of the CNC must not exceed 60 ºC (140 ºF).</p><p>13.4.2 Enclosure design.</p><p>The enclosure must meet the following requirements:</p><p>• Protection degree: IP 54 minimun (according to EN 60529).</p><p>• Protection degree: IK 08 minimun (according to IEC 62262).</p><p>• Enclosures complying with UL 50 and/or UL 50E and CSA C22.2 Nos. 94.1 or 94.3 for</p><p>the intended application, need not be subjected to the applicable requirements in this</p><p>standard. Non-metallic materials of enclosures complying with the above standards,</p><p>relied upon for containment of fire within the equipment, shall have a minimun</p><p>flammability rating of V-1.</p><p>• The enclosure must have enough surface area to evacuate by convection the heat</p><p>generated inside.</p><p>• The enclosure must respect the minimum distances recommended between the</p><p>enclosure walls and the operator panel to let the air flow and improve heat dissipation.</p><p>• In the connector area, reserve a space that allows the cables to be connected, respecting</p><p>their radius of curvature.</p><p>• Keep the enclosure clean.</p><p>Dimensions of the cut off part and the enclosure.</p><p>Before building an enclosure with glass fiber u another poor heat dissipating material, contact Fagor</p><p>Automation.i</p><p>mm inch</p><p>W 392 15.43</p><p>H 147 5.79</p><p>mm inch</p><p>D 74 2.91</p><p>e 1.5 - 4 0.06 - 0.16</p><p>e</p><p>D</p><p>H</p><p>W</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ257ꞏ</p><p>REF:</p><p>2405</p><p>13.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>13.4.3 Securing the module.</p><p>The module must be installed in a proper enclosure that may be located on the machine or</p><p>on an external support. To insert the unit into the enclosure, it must have a big enough hole</p><p>to allow to insert it easily, without obstacles and without forcing the unit. See "13.4.1 Ambient</p><p>characteristics of the enclosure." on page 256.</p><p>The module is mounted from inside the enclosure. Once the unit has been inserted into the</p><p>enclosure, secure it from the inside with the tension jacks. To properly secure it, use all the</p><p>tension jacks on the back of the unit. Apply a tightening torque of 0.7 Nm.</p><p>1 2</p><p>0.7 Nm</p><p>3</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ258ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>13.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>.</p><p>P</p><p>ow</p><p>e</p><p>r</p><p>su</p><p>p</p><p>pl</p><p>y</p><p>fo</p><p>r</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>13.5 Power supply for the module.</p><p>• Use a regulated 24 V DC power supply.</p><p>• The unit must be powered with class DVC A power supply with a SELV/PELV protection</p><p>output voltage.</p><p>• For all connections and terminals of electronic modules, use only power supplies that</p><p>provide SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) or PELV (Protective Extra Low Voltage) output</p><p>voltages.</p><p>Connector pinout.</p><p>24 V DC universal power supply, via Phoenix</p><p>connector. See "24 V DC voltage supply." on page 260.</p><p>24 V DC</p><p>Plug-in part. 3-pole Phoenix-type combicon connector (7.62 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin Signal. Function.</p><p>1 Chassis.</p><p>2 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>3 +24 V Power supply.</p><p>1</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ259ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>13.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>ar</p><p>dw</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>na</p><p>lit</p><p>ie</p><p>s.</p><p>13.6 Hardware functionalities.</p><p>13.6.1 Ground connection.</p><p>13.6.2 Rear connectors.</p><p>It is up to the system integrator to meet all the requirements of local and national electrical codes as</p><p>well as all the regulations applicable regarding the grounding of the whole unit.</p><p>(A) 24 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>(B) Handwheels.</p><p>(C) CAN bus.</p><p>(D) Bus switch and transmission speed.</p><p>(E) Address (node) of the element.</p><p>(F) Line terminating resistor.</p><p>(G) ERR led, transmission status indicator.</p><p>(H) RUN led, module status indicator.</p><p>Ground connection.</p><p>A</p><p>H G</p><p>B</p><p>C</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>F</p><p>C</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ260ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>13.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>ar</p><p>dw</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>na</p><p>lit</p><p>ie</p><p>s.</p><p>24 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>Handwheel connection.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 3.</p><p>Pitch. 7.62 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Screw connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum tightening torque. 0.5 / 0.6 Nm.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.2 / 2.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 24 / 12.</p><p>Rated current In. 12 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>See "13.5 Power supply for the module." on page 258.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 10.</p><p>Pitch. 3.5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Spring connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.2 / 1.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 24 / 16.</p><p>Rated current In. 8 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>Plug-in part. 3-pole Phoenix-type combicon connector (7.62 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin Signal. Function.</p><p>1 Chassis.</p><p>2 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>3 +24 V Power supply.</p><p>1</p><p>Plug-in part. 10-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector</p><p>(3.5 mm pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 +5 VC 5 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>2 I1 - - -</p><p>3 I2 - - -</p><p>4 I3 B signal of the third handwheel.</p><p>5 I4 A signal of the third handwheel.</p><p>6 I5 B signal of the second handwheel.</p><p>7 I6 A signal of the second handwheel.</p><p>8 I7 B signal of the first handwheel.</p><p>9 I8 A signal of the first handwheel.</p><p>10 GNDC Power supply.</p><p>Cable shields must be connected to the ground plate. See "13.7 Handwheel connection." on page 263.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ261ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>13.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>ar</p><p>dw</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>na</p><p>lit</p><p>ie</p><p>s.</p><p>CAN bus.</p><p>CAN bus. CAN bus type selection (CANopen).</p><p>CAN bus. Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus.</p><p>CAN bus. Address (node) of the element within the bus (16-31).</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 5.</p><p>Pitch. 3.5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Screw connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum tightening torque. 0.22 / 0.25 Nm.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.14 / 1.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 28 / 16.</p><p>Rated current In. 8 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>See "13.8 Bus CAN (CANopen protocol)." on page 264.</p><p>Plug-in part. 5-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 GND Ground / 0 V.</p><p>2 CL (LOW) bus signal.</p><p>3 SH CAN shield.</p><p>4 CH (HIGH) bus signal.</p><p>5 SH Not being used.</p><p>Switch ꞏ1ꞏ of the DIP switch selects the type of CAN bus.</p><p>DS ꞏ1ꞏ Type of CAN bus.</p><p>off Not being used.</p><p>on CANopen bus.</p><p>When using the CANopen protocol, the transmission speed at</p><p>the bus is defined in each node and they all must run at the</p><p>same speed. The speed is selected with switches ꞏ2ꞏ and ꞏ3ꞏ</p><p>of the DIP switch and it depends on the total length of the bus.</p><p>Using the following illustrative values; assigning other values</p><p>may cause communication errors due to signal distortion.</p><p>DS ꞏ2ꞏ DSꞏ3ꞏ Speed. Length of the CAN bus.</p><p>on on 1000 kHz Up to 20 meters.</p><p>off on 800 kHz From 20 to 40 meters.</p><p>on off 500 kHz From 40 to 100 meters.</p><p>off off 250 kHz From 100 to 500 meters.</p><p>Switch ꞏ4ꞏ of the DIP switch selects the positions or elements</p><p>integrated in the CAN bus may be expanded up to 32.</p><p>DS ꞏ4ꞏ Address (node) of the element.</p><p>off Positions 0-15 within the bus.</p><p>on Positions 16-31 within the bus.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ262ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>13.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>ar</p><p>dw</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>na</p><p>lit</p><p>ie</p><p>s.</p><p>CAN bus. Address (node) of the element within the bus (0-15).</p><p>The "Address" switch also sets the priority of the node within the bus; the lower the number</p><p>the higher the priority. We recommend the keyboard and jog panel to be the last nodes of</p><p>the bus.</p><p>CAN bus. Line terminating resistor (ꞏLTꞏ selector).</p><p>RUN led. Module status.</p><p>ERR led. Transmission status.</p><p>Each one of the elements integrated into the CAN bus is</p><p>identified by the 16-position rotary switch (0-15) "Address"</p><p>(also referred to as "Node_Select"). The CNC must always</p><p>occupy position "0" and the rest of the elements of the bus will</p><p>occupy consecutive positions starting with "1".</p><p>The ꞏLTꞏ switch identifies which are the elements that occupy</p><p>the ends of the CAN bus; that is, the first and last physical</p><p>element in the connection. The terminating elements must</p><p>have the resistor activated (position 1) but not the rest of the</p><p>elements (position 0).</p><p>Green Led. The meaning depends on the blinking frequency.</p><p>Blinking rate. Description.</p><p>Intermittent. Module in PRE-OPERATIONAL state.</p><p>Single blinking. Module in STOPPED state.</p><p>On. Module in OPERATIONAL state.</p><p>Red LED. The meaning depends on the blinking frequency.</p><p>Blinking rate. Description.</p><p>Off. The module is ready to run.</p><p>Intermittent. Module configuration stage.</p><p>Single blinking. Poor transmission. At least one of the error</p><p>counters of the CAN controller has reached</p><p>the alarm level.</p><p>Double blinking. There is no communication with the cpu.</p><p>On Error. The CAN controller is in "Bus Off"</p><p>state.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ263ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>13.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>an</p><p>dw</p><p>he</p><p>el</p><p>c</p><p>on</p><p>ne</p><p>ct</p><p>io</p><p>n.</p><p>13.7 Handwheel connection.</p><p>The keyboard admits the connection of up to 3 handwheels (MPG1, MPG2 and MPG3) with</p><p>A and B signals (5 V DC TTL). If he handwheel has an axis selector button, the button signal</p><p>may be connected to a digital input and may be managed from the PLC using the</p><p>NEXTMPGAXIS mark.</p><p>Connector pinout.</p><p>Cable characteristics.</p><p>The cable being used must have overall shield. The unshielded portion of the wires</p><p>of an</p><p>unshielded cable cannot be longer than 75 mm.</p><p>Connection.</p><p>We recommend to run the handwheel cable as far away as possible from the power cables</p><p>of the machine.</p><p>Plug-in part. 10-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector</p><p>(3.5 mm pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 +5 VC 5 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>2 I1 - - -</p><p>3 I2 - - -</p><p>4 I3 B signal of the third handwheel.</p><p>5 I4 A signal of the third handwheel.</p><p>6 I5 B signal of the second handwheel.</p><p>7 I6 A signal of the second handwheel.</p><p>8 I7 B signal of the first handwheel.</p><p>9 I8 A signal of the first handwheel.</p><p>10 GNDC Power supply.</p><p>Always connect the shield of the cable to the ground plate using a metallic clamp.</p><p>Ground plate.</p><p>Cable shield.</p><p>Handwheel cable.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ264ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>13.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>.</p><p>B</p><p>us</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>op</p><p>e</p><p>n</p><p>p</p><p>ro</p><p>to</p><p>co</p><p>l).</p><p>13.8 Bus CAN (CANopen protocol).</p><p>CANopen is a network communication protocol based on the CAN bus, for connecting the</p><p>CNC with remote modules and keyboards. The CAN connection supports up to 32 devices</p><p>(nodes), including the central unit; more one than keyboard and several groups of remote</p><p>modules are possible.</p><p>CAN connector.</p><p>The cable shield must be connected to the connector at both ends. The connector has two</p><p>shield pins. Both pins are equivalent and the CAN shield may be connected to either one.</p><p>CAN cable characteristics.</p><p>Use a specific CAN cable. The ends of all the wires and the shield must be protected by the</p><p>corresponding terminal (pin). Also use the terminals (pins) to secure the cable to the</p><p>connector.</p><p>Module interconnection.</p><p>Respect the cable's minimum bending radius when connecting it. They must be connected</p><p>in series; on elements having two CAN connectors, either one may be used. Once the</p><p>elements have been connected, define their logic order in the bus and the transmission</p><p>speed.</p><p>General characteristics.</p><p>Type. Shielded. Twisted pair (1 x 2 x 0.22 mm²).</p><p>Flexibility. Extremely flexible. Minimum bending radius, static = 50 mm and</p><p>dynamic = 95 mm.</p><p>Cover. PUR</p><p>Impedance. Cat.5 (100 - 120)</p><p>The drawing shows the CAN connection between the CPU (central unit), the operator panel and 2</p><p>groups of RIOR or RIO5 series remote modules.</p><p>Plug-in part. 5-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 GND Ground / 0 V.</p><p>2 CL (LOW) bus signal.</p><p>3 SH CAN shield.</p><p>4 CH (HIGH) bus signal.</p><p>5 SH Not being used.</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>JOG PANEL</p><p>X2</p><p>ADDRESS = 3</p><p>Line Term = 0</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>MODULE 1</p><p>0</p><p>ADDRESS = 1</p><p>Line Term = 0</p><p>CNC</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>MODULE 2</p><p>0</p><p>ADDRESS = 2</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>Line Term = 1</p><p>10</p><p>Line Term = 1</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1ADDRESS = 0</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ADD MSB = 0 ADD MSB = 0</p><p>X3</p><p>X2</p><p>X3</p><p>X2</p><p>X3</p><p>0</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ265ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>13.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>.</p><p>B</p><p>us</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>op</p><p>e</p><p>n</p><p>p</p><p>ro</p><p>to</p><p>co</p><p>l).</p><p>13.8.1 Identification of the modules at the bus.</p><p>Each one of the elements integrated into the CAN bus is identified by its address or node</p><p>number. The CNC must always occupy position "0" and the rest of the elements of the bus</p><p>will occupy consecutive positions starting with "1". The node address or number also sets</p><p>the priority of the group within the bus; the lower the number the higher the priority. We</p><p>recommend to set the priority of the groups as follows (from highest to lowest).</p><p>• The groups that have the feedback inputs.</p><p>• The groups that have analog inputs and outputs.</p><p>• The groups that have digital inputs and outputs.</p><p>• The keyboard and jog panel.</p><p>In order for any change in the identification of the module to take effect, the CNC must be</p><p>restarted and turn off/on the corresponding module; however, we recommend to change the</p><p>address while the modules and the CNC are off.</p><p>Configuring the address (node number).</p><p>Address (node) of the element within the bus (0-15).</p><p>Address (node) of the element within the bus (16-31).</p><p>With the ꞏ4ꞏ switch of the DIP switch, the positions or elements integrated in the CAN bus</p><p>may be expanded up to 32.</p><p>Each one of the elements integrated into the CAN bus is</p><p>identified by the 16-position rotary switch (0-15) "Address"</p><p>(also referred to as "Node_Select").</p><p>DS ꞏ4ꞏ Address (node) of the element.</p><p>off Positions 0-15 within the bus.</p><p>on Positions 16-31 within the bus.</p><p>ADDRESS 0 1 2 3 ꞏꞏꞏ 13 14 15</p><p>DS4 = 0 0 1 2 3 ꞏꞏꞏ 13 14 15</p><p>DS4 = 1 16 17 18 19 ꞏꞏꞏ 29 30 31</p><p>4</p><p>0F</p><p>EDCBA</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7 6 5 321</p><p>ID4 = 0</p><p>ADDRESS = 2 ADDRESS = 18</p><p>ON</p><p>ID3</p><p>ID2</p><p>ID1</p><p>4</p><p>0F</p><p>EDCBA</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7 6 5 321ADDRESS = 2</p><p>ID4 = 1</p><p>ON</p><p>ID3</p><p>ID2</p><p>ID1</p><p>ADDRESS = 2</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ266ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>13.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>.</p><p>B</p><p>us</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>op</p><p>e</p><p>n</p><p>p</p><p>ro</p><p>to</p><p>co</p><p>l).</p><p>13.8.2 Identification of the first and last elements of the bus.</p><p>In the CAN bus, it is necessary to use a line terminating resistor to identify which are the</p><p>elements that occupy the ends of the bus; i.e. the first and last physical element in the</p><p>connection. For the central unit, the terminating resistor is factory installed because the CNC</p><p>is always at one end of the bus</p><p>13.8.3 CAN bus type selection (CANopen).</p><p>Switch ꞏ1ꞏ of the DIP switch selects the type of CAN bus.</p><p>13.8.4 Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus.</p><p>When using the CANopen protocol, the transmission speed at the bus is defined in each node</p><p>and they all must run at the same speed. The speed is selected with switches ꞏ2ꞏ and ꞏ3ꞏ</p><p>of the DIP switch and it depends on the total length of the bus. Using the following illustrative</p><p>values; assigning other values may cause communication errors due to signal distortion.</p><p>The speed of 250 kHz is only available to communicate with the keyboards, RIOW and RIOW</p><p>series remote modules; this speed is not available at the RIO5 series remote modules.</p><p>In order for any change of speed to be assumed, the corresponding module must be reset;</p><p>however, we recommend to change the speed while the modules and the CNC are off.</p><p>In the other elements, the ꞏLTꞏ switch identifies which are the</p><p>elements that occupy the ends of the CAN bus; that is, the first</p><p>and last physical element in the connection. The terminating</p><p>elements must have the resistor activated (position 1) but not</p><p>the rest of the elements (position 0).</p><p>DS ꞏ1ꞏ Type of CAN bus.</p><p>off Not being used.</p><p>on CANopen bus.</p><p>DS ꞏ2ꞏ DSꞏ3ꞏ Speed Length of the CAN bus.</p><p>on on 1000 kHz Up to 20 meters.</p><p>off on 800 kHz From 20 to 40 meters.</p><p>on off 500 kHz From 40 to 100 meters.</p><p>off off 250 kHz From 100 to 500 meters.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ267ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>14.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-A</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>14 OP PANEL-A / OP PANEL+SPDL RATE-A.</p><p>The machine manufacturer must comply with the EN 60204-1 (IEC-204-1) regulation regarding</p><p>electrical shocks in case of defective input/output pins with external power supply when not plugging</p><p>the connector before turning the power supply on.</p><p>Module. Description.</p><p>OP PANEL-A CAN operator panel 420 mm (16.54") with spindle override</p><p>keyboard. Possibility to connect up to three electronic handwheels.</p><p>OP PANEL+SPDL RATE-A CAN Operator panel 420 mm (16.54") with spindle override switch.</p><p>Possibility to connect up to three electronic handwheels.</p><p>OP PANEL-A</p><p>OP PANEL+SPDL RATE-A</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ268ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>14.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-A</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>14.1 Specifications.</p><p>Type. Description.</p><p>General. • Jog switch (0 - 200 %).</p><p>• 16 configurable</p><p>user keys.</p><p>• 15 configurable jog keys.</p><p>• Speed override key (OP-PANEL).</p><p>• Speed override switch (OP-PANEL+SPDL RATE).</p><p>• Three Ø16.3 mm pre-drilled holes protected by a plug.</p><p>• CNC power-down key.</p><p>• Dimensions (width x height x depth)</p><p>- 420 × 175 × 64 mm.</p><p>- 16.54" × 6.89" × 2.52".</p><p>Opera t ing</p><p>conditions.</p><p>• Equipment for indoor use in non-hazardous locations, operated by qualified</p><p>personnel skilled in its use.</p><p>• The equipment must be installed in an enclosure that meets the requirements</p><p>described in this manual.</p><p>• Equipment designed for use in fixed locations.</p><p>• Equipment not suitable for wet areas.</p><p>• Never use in explosive environments (dangerous areas).</p><p>Regulations. • It complies with the European directives for electromagnetic compatibility</p><p>2014/30/EU and low voltage 2014/35/EU. See the declaration of conformity,</p><p>available on our website.</p><p>• UL 61010-1 (Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for</p><p>Measurement, Contro l , and Laboratory Use - Par t 1: General</p><p>Requirements). See the certificate, available on our website.</p><p>• IEC/UL 61010-2-201 (Safety requirements for elecrical equipement for</p><p>measurement, control and laboratory use. Particular requirements for</p><p>control equipment).</p><p>• Canadian Standards Associations: CSA C22.2 No. 142 (Process Control</p><p>Equipement).</p><p>Packaging. • The package meets the regulation EN 60068-2-32 procedure 1 with a</p><p>random fall from a height not greater than 1 m.</p><p>Ambient. • Storage and transport temperature according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between -40 ºC (-40 ºF) and +70 ºC (158 ºF).</p><p>• Work temperature according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between 5 ºC (41 ºF) and 55 ºC (131 ºF).</p><p>• Temperature outside cabinet according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- Between 5 ºC (41 ºF) and 45 ºC (113 ºF).</p><p>• Temperature inside the enclosure:</p><p>- Less than 55 ºC (131 ºF).</p><p>• Relative humidity according to IEC 61131-2:</p><p>- 20 ~ 85% RH without condensation.</p><p>• Maximum work altitude:</p><p>- The unit must work properly at 2000 m according to IEC 61131-2.</p><p>• Vibration test according to IEC 60068-2-6 with a frequency step of</p><p>1 octave/minute (±10%) and a duration of 10 sweeps.</p><p>- 5 Hz  f  8.4 Hz; movement of constant 3.5 mm amplitude (peak value).</p><p>- 8.4 Hz  f  150 Hz; 1g acceleration and constant amplitude (peak value).</p><p>• Degree of protection according to EN 60529:</p><p>- IP65 (front).</p><p>• Pollution degree 2 according to IEC/UL 61010-1.</p><p>Electrical. • Connection to mains supply: Permanent.</p><p>• Operating conditions: Continuous.</p><p>• Protection against electric shock: Class III (PE connection is only for</p><p>functional earthing).</p><p>• OVC I protection level according to IEC/UL 61010-1.</p><p>Power supply. • Use a regulated 24 V DC power supply (between -15% and +20%) and 2 A</p><p>(including voltage ripple and noise). The power supply must meet the</p><p>UL1950 standard.</p><p>Connectivity. • Connection to the central unit through CAN bus (CANopen).</p><p>• Three handwheels with A and B signals (5 V DC TTL).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ269ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>14.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-A</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>14.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity.</p><p>• This equipment is for indoor use in non-hazardous locations, operated by qualified</p><p>personnel skilled in its use.</p><p>• The equipement shall be supplied with the specified rated voltages according to the</p><p>hardware manual.</p><p>• The nature of the installation where it is connected must not exceed OVC II.</p><p>• The equipment fullfils the requirements of the tested standars only if it is operated</p><p>according to the hardware manual.</p><p>• The end application has to fulfill the requirements for resistance to mechanical stresses.</p><p>• To meet IP 54, the system must be installed in an appropiate enclosure according to the</p><p>hardware manual.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ270ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>14.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-A</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>G</p><p>en</p><p>er</p><p>al</p><p>d</p><p>ia</p><p>gr</p><p>am</p><p>.</p><p>14.2 General diagram.</p><p>CNC OP PANEL-A</p><p>OP PANEL+SPDL RATE-A</p><p>CAN</p><p>CNC OP PANEL-A</p><p>OP PANEL+SPDL RATE-A</p><p>CAN</p><p>Connection. Description.</p><p>CAN Communication with CNC.</p><p>Maximum length: 500 m (1640 ft).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ271ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>14.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-A</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>D</p><p>im</p><p>en</p><p>si</p><p>on</p><p>s.</p><p>14.3 Dimensions.</p><p>mm inch</p><p>a 420 16.54</p><p>b 175 6.89</p><p>c 34.15 1.35</p><p>mm inch</p><p>Da 386 15.20</p><p>Db 143 5.63</p><p>ac</p><p>b</p><p>Da</p><p>Db</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ272ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>14.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-A</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>14.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module.</p><p>14.4.1 Ambient characteristics of the enclosure.</p><p>The enclosure must be designed to ensure an ambient temperature of 45 ºC (113 ºF) and</p><p>while the unit is running, the inside temperature of the CNC must not exceed 60 ºC (140 ºF).</p><p>14.4.2 Enclosure design.</p><p>The enclosure must meet the following requirements:</p><p>• Protection degree: IP 54 minimun (according to EN 60529).</p><p>• Protection degree: IK 08 minimun (according to IEC 62262).</p><p>• Enclosures complying with UL 50 and/or UL 50E and CSA C22.2 Nos. 94.1 or 94.3 for</p><p>the intended application, need not be subjected to the applicable requirements in this</p><p>standard. Non-metallic materials of enclosures complying with the above standards,</p><p>relied upon for containment of fire within the equipment, shall have a minimun</p><p>flammability rating of V-1.</p><p>• The enclosure must have enough surface area to evacuate by convection the heat</p><p>generated inside.</p><p>• The enclosure must respect the minimum distances recommended between the walls</p><p>and the operator panel to let the air flow and improve heat dissipation.</p><p>• In the connector area, reserve a space that allows the cables to be connected, respecting</p><p>their radius of curvature.</p><p>• Keep the enclosure clean.</p><p>Dimensions of the cut off part and the enclosure.</p><p>Before building an enclosure with glass fiber u another poor heat dissipating material, contact Fagor</p><p>Automation.i</p><p>H</p><p>W</p><p>e</p><p>D</p><p>F F F</p><p>G</p><p>G</p><p>k</p><p>k</p><p>d</p><p>mm inch</p><p>W 392 15.43</p><p>H 147 5.79</p><p>F 135 5.31</p><p>G 80 3.15</p><p>k 6.5 0.26</p><p>d Ø 4,8 Ø 0.19</p><p>(*) Minimum recommended distance.</p><p>mm inch</p><p>D (*) 65 2.56</p><p>e 1.5 - 4 0.06 - 0.16</p><p>General tolerance for W and H = ±0.5 mm (0.02 inches).</p><p>Tolerance for d = ±0.2 mm (0.0079 inches).</p><p>Maximum radius of the corners = 5 mm (0.2 inches).</p><p>R</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ273ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>14.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-A</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>nc</p><p>lo</p><p>su</p><p>re</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>m</p><p>ou</p><p>nt</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>of</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>14.4.3 Securing the module.</p><p>The module must be installed in a proper enclosure that may be located on the machine or</p><p>on an external support. To insert the unit into the enclosure, it must have a big enough hole</p><p>to allow to insert it easily, without obstacles and without forcing the unit. See "14.4.1 Ambient</p><p>characteristics of the enclosure." on page 272.</p><p>The module is mounted from inside the enclosure. Once the unit has been inserted into the</p><p>enclosure, secure it from the inside using the screws provided for this purpose. Apply a</p><p>tightening torque of 1.5 Nm.</p><p>7mm M4 socket head bolts for fixing the module.i</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ274ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>14.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-A</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>P</p><p>ow</p><p>e</p><p>r</p><p>su</p><p>p</p><p>pl</p><p>y</p><p>fo</p><p>r</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>14.5 Power supply for the module.</p><p>• Use a regulated 24 V DC power supply.</p><p>• The unit must be powered with class DVC A power supply with a SELV/PELV protection</p><p>output voltage.</p><p>• For all connections and terminals of electronic modules, use only power supplies that</p><p>provide SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) or PELV (Protective Extra Low Voltage) output</p><p>voltages.</p><p>Connector pinout.</p><p>14.6 Hardware functionalities.</p><p>14.6.1 Ground connection.</p><p>24 V DC universal power supply, via Phoenix</p><p>connector. See "24 V DC voltage supply." on page 276.</p><p>24 V DC</p><p>Plug-in part. 3-pole Phoenix-type</p><p>combicon connector (7.62 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin Signal. Function.</p><p>1 Chassis.</p><p>2 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>3 +24 V Power supply.</p><p>1</p><p>It is up to the system integrator to meet all the requirements of local and national electrical codes as</p><p>well as all the regulations applicable regarding the grounding of the whole unit.</p><p>Ground connection.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ275ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>14.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-A</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>ar</p><p>dw</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>na</p><p>lit</p><p>ie</p><p>s.</p><p>14.6.2 Rear connectors.</p><p>(A) 24 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>(B) Handwheels.</p><p>(C) CAN bus.</p><p>(D) Bus switch and transmission speed (CANopen).</p><p>(E) Address (node) of the element.</p><p>(F) Line terminating resistor.</p><p>(G) ERR led, transmission status indicator.</p><p>(H) RUN led, module status indicator.</p><p>A</p><p>H G</p><p>B</p><p>C</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>F</p><p>C</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ276ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>14.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-A</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>ar</p><p>dw</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>na</p><p>lit</p><p>ie</p><p>s.</p><p>24 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>Handwheel connection.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 3.</p><p>Pitch. 7,62 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Screw connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum tightening torque. 0.5 / 0.6 Nm.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.2 / 2.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 24 / 12.</p><p>Rated current In. 12 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>See "14.5 Power supply for the module." on page 274.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 10.</p><p>Pitch. 3,5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Spring connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.2 / 1.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 24 / 16.</p><p>Rated current In. 8 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>Plug-in part. 3-pole Phoenix-type combicon connector (7.62 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin Signal. Function.</p><p>1 Chassis.</p><p>2 GND 0 V reference signal.</p><p>3 +24 V Power supply.</p><p>1</p><p>Plug-in part. 10-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector</p><p>(3.5 mm pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 +5 VC 5 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>2 I1 - - -</p><p>3 I2 - - -</p><p>4 I3 B signal of the third handwheel.</p><p>5 I4 A signal of the third handwheel.</p><p>6 I5 B signal of the second handwheel.</p><p>7 I6 A signal of the second handwheel.</p><p>8 I7 B signal of the first handwheel.</p><p>9 I8 A signal of the first handwheel.</p><p>10 GNDC Power supply.</p><p>Cable shields must be connected to the ground plate. See "14.7 Handwheel connection." on page 279.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ277ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>14.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-A</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>ar</p><p>dw</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>na</p><p>lit</p><p>ie</p><p>s.</p><p>CAN bus.</p><p>CAN bus. CAN bus type selection (CANopen).</p><p>CAN bus. Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus.</p><p>CAN bus. Address (node) of the element within the bus (16-31).</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Number of poles. 5.</p><p>Pitch. 3,5 mm.</p><p>Connection technique. Screw connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum tightening torque. 0.22 / 0.25 Nm.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 0.14 / 1.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 28 / 16.</p><p>Rated current In. 8 A.</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Length to be stripped. 7 mm.</p><p>See "14.8 Connecting the emergency stop button" on page 280.</p><p>Plug-in part. 5-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 GND Ground / 0 V.</p><p>2 CL (LOW) bus signal.</p><p>3 SH CAN shield.</p><p>4 CH (HIGH) bus signal.</p><p>5 SH CAN shield.</p><p>Switch 1 of the DIP switch selects the CAN bus type.</p><p>DS ꞏ1ꞏ Type of CAN bus.</p><p>off Not being used.</p><p>on CANopen bus.</p><p>When using the CANopen protocol, the transmission speed at</p><p>the bus is defined in each node and they all must run at the</p><p>same speed. The transmission speed is selected using</p><p>switches 2 and 3 of the DIP switch and it depends on the total</p><p>length of the BUS. Using the following illustrative values;</p><p>assigning other values may cause communication errors due</p><p>to signal distortion.</p><p>DS ꞏ2ꞏ DSꞏ3ꞏ Speed. Length of the CAN bus.</p><p>on on 1000 kHz Up to 20 meters.</p><p>off on 800 kHz From 20 to 40 meters.</p><p>on off 500 kHz From 40 to 100 meters.</p><p>off off 250 kHz From 100 to 500 meters.</p><p>The 4 switch of the DIP switch allows for up to 32 positions or</p><p>elements to be integrated in the CAN bus.</p><p>DS ꞏ4ꞏ Address (node) of the element.</p><p>off Positions 0-15 within the bus.</p><p>on Positions 16-31 within the bus.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ278ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>14.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-A</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>ar</p><p>dw</p><p>ar</p><p>e</p><p>fu</p><p>nc</p><p>tio</p><p>na</p><p>lit</p><p>ie</p><p>s.</p><p>CAN bus. Address (node) of the element within the bus (0-15).</p><p>The "Address" switch also sets the priority of the node within the bus; the lower the number</p><p>the higher the priority. We recommend the keyboard and jog panel to be the last nodes of</p><p>the bus.</p><p>CAN bus. Line terminating resistor (LT switch)</p><p>RUN Led. Module status.</p><p>Led ERR. Transmission status.</p><p>Each one of the elements integrated into the CAN bus is</p><p>identified by the 16-position rotary switch (0-15) "Address"</p><p>(also referred to as "Node_Select"). The CNC must always</p><p>occupy position "0" and the rest of the elements of the bus will</p><p>occupy consecutive positions starting with 1.</p><p>The ꞏLTꞏ switch identifies which are the elements that occupy</p><p>the ends of the CAN bus; i.e. the first and last physical element</p><p>in the connection. The terminating elements must have the</p><p>resistor activated (position 1) but not the rest of the elements</p><p>(position 0).</p><p>Green LED. The meaning depends on the blinking frequency.</p><p>Blinking rate. Description.</p><p>Intermittent. Module in PRE-OPERATIONAL state.</p><p>Single blinking. Module in STOPPED state.</p><p>On. Module in OPERATIONAL state.</p><p>Red LED. The meaning depends on the blinking frequency.</p><p>Blinking rate. Description.</p><p>Off. The module is ready to run.</p><p>Intermittent. Module configuration stage.</p><p>Single blinking. Poor transmission. At least one of the error</p><p>counters of the CAN controller has reached</p><p>the alarm level.</p><p>Double blinking. There is no communication with the cpu.</p><p>On Error. The CAN controller is in "Bus Off"</p><p>state.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ279ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>14.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-A</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>H</p><p>an</p><p>dw</p><p>he</p><p>el</p><p>c</p><p>on</p><p>ne</p><p>ct</p><p>io</p><p>n.</p><p>14.7 Handwheel connection.</p><p>The keyboard admits the connection of up to 3 handwheels (MPG1, MPG2 and MPG3) with</p><p>A and B signals (5 V DC TTL). If he handwheel has an axis selector button, the button signal</p><p>may be connected to a digital input and may be managed from the PLC using the</p><p>NEXTMPGAXIS mark.</p><p>Connector pinout.</p><p>Cable characteristics.</p><p>The cable being used must have overall shield. The unshielded portion of the wires of an</p><p>unshielded cable cannot be longer than 75 mm.</p><p>Connection.</p><p>We recommend to run the handwheel cable as far away as possible from the power cables</p><p>of the machine.</p><p>Plug-in part. 10-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon</p><p>connector (3.5 mm pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 +5 VC 5 V DC voltage supply.</p><p>2 I1 - - -</p><p>3 I2 - - -</p><p>4 I3 B signal of the third handwheel.</p><p>5 I4 A signal of the third handwheel.</p><p>6 I5 B signal of the second handwheel.</p><p>7 I6 A signal of the second handwheel.</p><p>8 I7 B signal of the first handwheel.</p><p>9 I8 A signal of the first handwheel.</p><p>10 GNDC Power supply.</p><p>Always connect the shield of the cable to the ground plate using a metallic clamp.</p><p>Ground plate.</p><p>Cable shield.</p><p>Handwheel cable.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ280ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>14.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-A</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>ne</p><p>ct</p><p>in</p><p>g</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>em</p><p>er</p><p>g</p><p>en</p><p>cy</p><p>s</p><p>to</p><p>p</p><p>b</p><p>ut</p><p>to</p><p>n</p><p>14.8 Connecting the emergency stop button</p><p>The operator panel supports the connection of an emergency stop button.</p><p>Emergency stop button connector.</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Contact type. 2 x NC (Normally closed)</p><p>Working voltage. 250 V AC / 240 V DC</p><p>Maximum current. 2,5 A (AC / DC)</p><p>Pins. 2.8 x 0.8 mm flat terminal, soldered (350 ºC / 5s)</p><p>Manufacturer / Reference RAFI / 1.15.105.001/0000</p><p>Operational life (operations) / B10 15,000 cycles.</p><p>Pin Function.</p><p>11 + 12 Normally closed.</p><p>X1 + X2 Not connected.</p><p>21 + 22 Normally closed.</p><p>1</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ281ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>14.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-A</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>B</p><p>us</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>op</p><p>e</p><p>n</p><p>p</p><p>ro</p><p>to</p><p>co</p><p>l).</p><p>14.9 CAN Bus (CANopen protocol).</p><p>CANopen is a network communication protocol based on the CAN bus for connecting the</p><p>CNC with remote modules and keyboards. The CAN connection supports up to 32 devices</p><p>(nodes), including the central unit; more one than keyboard and several groups of remote</p><p>modules are possible.</p><p>CAN connector.</p><p>The cable shield must be connected to the connector at both ends. The connector has two</p><p>shield pins. Both pins are equivalent; the CAN shield may be connected to either one.</p><p>Characteristics of the CAN cable.</p><p>Use a specific CAN cable. The ends of all the wires and the shield must be protected by the</p><p>corresponding terminal (pin). Also use the terminals (pins) to secure the cable to the</p><p>connector.</p><p>Interconnection of modules.</p><p>Respect the cable's minimum bending radius when connecting it. They must be connected</p><p>in series; on elements having two CAN connectors, either one may be used. Once the</p><p>elements have been connected, define their logic order in the bus and the transmission</p><p>speed.</p><p>General characteristics.</p><p>Type. Shielded. Twisted pair (1 x 2 x 0.22 mm²).</p><p>Flexibility. Extremely flexible. Minimum bending radius, static = 50 mm and</p><p>dynamic = 95 mm.</p><p>Cover. PUR</p><p>Impedance. Cat.5 (100 - 120 )</p><p>The drawing shows the CAN connection between the CPU (central unit), the operator panel and 2</p><p>groups of RIOR or RIO5 series remote modules.</p><p>Plug-in part. 5-pole Phoenix-contact minicombicon connector (3.5 mm</p><p>pitch).</p><p>Pin. Signal. Function.</p><p>1 GND Ground / 0 V.</p><p>2 CL (LOW) bus signal.</p><p>3 SH CAN shield.</p><p>4 CH (HIGH) bus signal.</p><p>5 SH Not being used.</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>JOG PANEL</p><p>X2</p><p>ADDRESS = 3</p><p>Line Term = 0</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>MODULE 1</p><p>0</p><p>ADDRESS = 1</p><p>Line Term = 0</p><p>CNC</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>MODULE 2</p><p>0</p><p>ADDRESS = 2</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>Line Term = 1</p><p>10</p><p>Line Term = 1</p><p>4</p><p>0</p><p>F</p><p>DCB</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7</p><p>5 3</p><p>1ADDRESS = 0</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ISO GND</p><p>CAN L</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>CAN H</p><p>SHIELD</p><p>ADD MSB = 0 ADD MSB = 0</p><p>X3</p><p>X2</p><p>X3</p><p>X2</p><p>X3</p><p>0</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ282ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>14.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-A</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>B</p><p>us</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>op</p><p>e</p><p>n</p><p>p</p><p>ro</p><p>to</p><p>co</p><p>l).</p><p>14.9.1 Module identification at the bus.</p><p>Each one of the elements integrated into the CAN bus is identified by its address or node</p><p>number. The CNC must always occupy position "0" and the rest of the elements of the bus</p><p>will occupy consecutive positions starting with 1. The node address or number also sets the</p><p>priority of the group within the bus; the lower the number the higher the priority. We</p><p>recommend to set the priority of the groups as follows (from highest to lowest).</p><p>• The groups that have the feedback inputs.</p><p>• The groups that have analog inputs and outputs.</p><p>• The groups that have digital inputs and outputs.</p><p>• The keyboard and jog panel</p><p>In order for any change in the identification of the module to take effect, the CNC must be</p><p>restarted and the corresponding drive must be turned off/reset, however, we recommend to</p><p>change the address while the modules and the CNC are turned off.</p><p>Configuring the address (node number).</p><p>Address (node) of the element within the bus (0-15).</p><p>Address (node) of the element within the bus (16-31).</p><p>The 4 switch of the DIP switch allows for up to 32 positions or elements to be integrated in</p><p>the CAN bus.</p><p>Each one of the elements integrated into the CAN bus is</p><p>identified by the 16-position rotary switch (0-15) "Address"</p><p>(also referred to as "Node_Select").</p><p>DS ꞏ4ꞏ Address (node) of the element.</p><p>off Positions 0-15 within the bus.</p><p>on Positions 16-31 within the bus.</p><p>ADDRESS 0 1 2 3 ꞏꞏꞏ 13 14 15</p><p>DS4 = 0 0 1 2 3 ꞏꞏꞏ 13 14 15</p><p>DS4 = 1 16 17 18 19 ꞏꞏꞏ 29 30 31</p><p>4</p><p>0F</p><p>EDCBA</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7 6 5 321</p><p>ID4 = 0</p><p>ADDRESS = 2 ADDRESS = 18</p><p>ON</p><p>ID3</p><p>ID2</p><p>ID1</p><p>4</p><p>0F</p><p>EDCBA</p><p>9</p><p>8</p><p>7 6 5 321ADDRESS = 2</p><p>ID4 = 1</p><p>ON</p><p>ID3</p><p>ID2</p><p>ID1</p><p>ADDRESS = 2</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ283ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>14.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-A</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>B</p><p>us</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>op</p><p>e</p><p>n</p><p>p</p><p>ro</p><p>to</p><p>co</p><p>l).</p><p>14.9.2 Identification of the first and last elements of the bus. Line terminating</p><p>resistor.</p><p>In the CAN bus, it is necessary to use a line terminating resistor to identify which are the</p><p>elements that occupy the ends of the bus; i.e. the first and last physical element in the</p><p>connection. For the central unit, the terminating resistor is factory installed because the CNC</p><p>is always at one end of the bus.</p><p>14.9.3 CAN bus type selection (CANopen).</p><p>Switch 1 of the DIP switch selects the CAN bus type.</p><p>14.9.4 Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus.</p><p>When using the CANopen protocol, the transmission speed at the bus is defined in each node</p><p>and they all must run at the same speed. The transmission speed is selected using switches</p><p>2 and 3 of the DIP switch and it depends on the total length of the BUS. Using the following</p><p>illustrative values; assigning other values may cause communication errors due to signal</p><p>distortion.</p><p>The speed of 250 kHz is only available to communicate with the keyboards and RIOW and</p><p>RIOR series remote modules; this speed is not available for the RIO5 series remote modules.</p><p>In order for any change of speed to be assumed, the corresponding module must be reset;</p><p>however, we recommend to change the speed while the modules and the CNC are off.</p><p>For all other elements, the LT switch identifies which elements</p><p>are being used at then ends of the CAN BUS; in other words,</p><p>the first and last physical element in the connection. The</p><p>terminating elements must have the resistor activated (position</p><p>1) but not the rest of the elements (position 0).</p><p>DS ꞏ1ꞏ Type of CAN bus.</p><p>off Not being used.</p><p>on CANopen bus.</p><p>DS ꞏ2ꞏ DSꞏ3ꞏ Speed Length of the CAN bus.</p><p>on on 1000 kHz Up to 20 meters.</p><p>off on 800 kHz From 20 to 40 meters.</p><p>on off 500 kHz From 40 to 100 meters.</p><p>off off 250 kHz From 100 to 500 meters.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ284ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>14.</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>-A</p><p>/</p><p>O</p><p>P</p><p>P</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>+</p><p>S</p><p>P</p><p>D</p><p>L</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>E</p><p>-A</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>B</p><p>us</p><p>(</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>op</p><p>e</p><p>n</p><p>p</p><p>ro</p><p>to</p><p>co</p><p>l).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ285ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>15.</p><p>C</p><p>N</p><p>C</p><p>-F</p><p>P</p><p>S</p><p>.</p><p>15 CNC-FPS.</p><p>If there is an unexpected power failure, the UPS prevents an unexpected shutdown of the</p><p>CNC. The UPS provides the central unit sufficient time to save data onto the FRAM and</p><p>execute the shutdown sequence.</p><p>• Read the manufacturer's instructions accompanying the product carefully before using the UPS.</p><p>• Use the UPS to power the central unit; DO NOT power any other device.</p><p>• Do not dispose of the UPS in fire.</p><p>• Do not short-circuit the terminals of the battery.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ286ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>15.</p><p>C</p><p>N</p><p>C</p><p>-F</p><p>P</p><p>S</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>15.1 Specifications.</p><p>15.2 Dimensions.</p><p>Type. Description.</p><p>General. • Uninterruptible Power Supply with integrated battery.</p><p>• Dimensions (width x height x depth)</p><p>- 120.1 × 169.2 × 135.7 mm.</p><p>- 4.72" × 6.66" × 5.34".</p><p>• Weight.</p><p>- 3,8 kg (8,3 lb).</p><p>• Do not throw used batteries into the trash. The batteries must be</p><p>disposed of in accordance with the applicable national regulations.</p><p>Input data • Rated input voltage: 24 V DC.</p><p>• Input voltage margin: 18 V DC ~ 30 V DC.</p><p>• Current absorption: 14 A.</p><p>• Charge time: 24 hours.</p><p>Output data. Network operation.</p><p>• Rated output voltage: 24 V DC.</p><p>• Output voltage range: 18 V DC ~ 30 V DC (UOUT = UBAT - 0,5).</p><p>(depending on input voltage).</p><p>• Rated output current: 10 A (permanent).</p><p>• Power Boost: 15 A (permanent).</p><p>Output data. Battery operation.</p><p>• Rated output voltage: 24 V DC.</p><p>• Output voltage range: 19.2 V DC ~</p><p>27.6 V DC.</p><p>(depending on battery voltage).</p><p>• Rated output current: 10 A (permanent).</p><p>• Power Boost: 15 A (permanent).</p><p>• Time buffer (IOUT=IN): 180 min (1 A) / 10 min (10 A).</p><p>Ambient. • Degree of pollution: 2.</p><p>• Degree of protection: IP20</p><p>• Protection class: Class III</p><p>• Ambient temperature (service):</p><p>- Between 0 ºC (32 ºF) and 40 ºC (104 ºF).</p><p>• Ambient temperature (storage/transport):</p><p>- Between -15 ºC (5 ºF) and 40 ºC (104 ºF).</p><p>• Humidity at 25 ºC (5 ºF) non condensing:</p><p>- ≤ 95 %.</p><p>a</p><p>b</p><p>mm inch</p><p>a 120.1 4.72</p><p>b 169.2 6.66</p><p>c 135.7 5.34</p><p>c</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ287ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>15.</p><p>C</p><p>N</p><p>C</p><p>-F</p><p>P</p><p>S</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>e</p><p>cu</p><p>rin</p><p>g</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>15.3 Securing the module.</p><p>When attaching the UPS, the following requirements must be met.</p><p>• Place the UPS in a vertical position.</p><p>• Place the UPS on a profile, according to EN 60715 (NS 35) standard. Attach the modules</p><p>using two fastening caps (one on each side of the module) to immobilize the module.</p><p>• Always leave clearance around the UPS for ventilation and later handling. Refer to the</p><p>data sheet that comes with the product for further information on the assembly of the</p><p>UPS.</p><p>15.4 Protection fuse.</p><p>In order to protect the connected units, the UPS is fitted with a DC fuse in the battery</p><p>compartment. To protect the UPS during transport and/or prevent the accidental discharge</p><p>of the battery, the fuse is not installed at the factory. The fuse must be installed before starting</p><p>up the UPS. To insert or remove the fuse, follow these instructions.</p><p>1 Press the fastening buttons in the battery compartment.</p><p>2 Carefully remove the cover from the battery compartment.</p><p>3 Fit the fuse.</p><p>4 Reinstall the cover of the battery compartment.</p><p>One defective or blown fuse can only be replaced by another of the same type.</p><p>Do not remove the fuse and/or connection of the battery in HazLoc conditions.</p><p>To transport the UPS, the fuse must be removed.i</p><p>2</p><p>1</p><p>1</p><p>4 3</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ288ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>15.</p><p>C</p><p>N</p><p>C</p><p>-F</p><p>P</p><p>S</p><p>.</p><p>U</p><p>P</p><p>S</p><p>c</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>di</p><p>ag</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>.</p><p>15.5 UPS connection diagram.</p><p>Jumper terminals.</p><p>• The R1-R2 terminals are jumpered at the factory: to connect the UPS to the CNC, the</p><p>jumper must be removed.</p><p>• The 13-23-33-24V terminals are jumpered at the factory: to connect the UPS to the CNC,</p><p>there is no need to remove the jumper.</p><p>Connection to the CNC and to the power supply.</p><p>The R1-R2 connector of the UPS is a free of potential relay. Both signals can go to any</p><p>DISABLE_BAT pin of the CNC (never both signals to the same pin).</p><p>Cable characteristics.</p><p>Maintain.</p><p>Remove.</p><p>I65</p><p>BAT_MODE</p><p>DISABLE_BAT</p><p>DISABLE_BAT</p><p>UPS. CNC.</p><p>A22</p><p>24 V</p><p>GND</p><p>+</p><p>–</p><p>Output.</p><p>24 V power supply.</p><p>+</p><p>–</p><p>+</p><p>–</p><p>Output. Input.</p><p>34</p><p>R1</p><p>R2</p><p>24</p><p>14</p><p>Cable data.</p><p>Minimum/maximum tightening torque. 0.5 / 0.6 Nm.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 1.5 / 2.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 16 / 12.</p><p>Length to be stripped.</p><p>(use ferrules on flexible wires/cables).</p><p>7 mm.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ289ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>15.</p><p>C</p><p>N</p><p>C</p><p>-F</p><p>P</p><p>S</p><p>.</p><p>U</p><p>P</p><p>S</p><p>c</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>di</p><p>ag</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>.</p><p>Meaning of the LEDs.</p><p>LED. Meaning.</p><p>Battery charge level.</p><p>Red LED.</p><p>• LED on. UPS alarm for one of these reasons.</p><p>- Battery almost empty.</p><p>- No battery detected.</p><p>- The battery needs to be replaced.</p><p>• LED off. The UPS is working properly, with no alarms and is charged.</p><p>Yellow LED</p><p>• LED on: UPS in battery mode, supplying power.</p><p>• LED off: UPS not in battery mode, supplying power.</p><p>Green LED.</p><p>• LED on: The UPS is receiving power.</p><p>• LED off: The UPS is not receiving power.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ290ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>15.</p><p>C</p><p>N</p><p>C</p><p>-F</p><p>P</p><p>S</p><p>.</p><p>U</p><p>P</p><p>S</p><p>c</p><p>on</p><p>n</p><p>ec</p><p>tio</p><p>n</p><p>di</p><p>ag</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ291ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>16.</p><p>C</p><p>N</p><p>C</p><p>F</p><p>P</p><p>S</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>P</p><p>.</p><p>16 CNC FPS-CAP.</p><p>The "CNC FPS-CAP" module is a double-layer capacitor-based UPS unit, which provides</p><p>protection against power failures and thus prevents the CNC from shutting down</p><p>unexpectedly. In the event of a power failure, this module powers the CNC for the time</p><p>necessary to save the data and execute the shutdown sequence.</p><p>• Before installing this module, carefully read the manufacturer's instructions supplied with the</p><p>product.</p><p>• Only use the "CNC FPS-CAP" to power the CNC; do not power any other device.</p><p>• The capacitors are charged at each start-up. During the charging time (22 minutes), the module</p><p>does not provide power failure protection.</p><p>• After disconnecting the capacity module from the power supply, the module can retain residual</p><p>voltage/charge.</p><p>• For transport, the capacity module must be completely discharged.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ292ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>16.</p><p>C</p><p>N</p><p>C</p><p>F</p><p>P</p><p>S</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>P</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>pe</p><p>ci</p><p>fic</p><p>a</p><p>tio</p><p>ns</p><p>.</p><p>16.1 Specifications.</p><p>Type. Description.</p><p>General. • Capacitive uninterruptible power supply system.</p><p>• The module is maintenance-free and must not be opened.</p><p>• Dimensions (width x height x depth)</p><p>- 118 × 130 × 125 mm.</p><p>- 4.64 × 5.11 × 4.92 in.</p><p>• Weight.</p><p>- 1,6 kg (3,5 lb).</p><p>Input data • Rated input voltage: 24 Vdc (SELV).</p><p>• Input voltage margin: 22.5 Vdc ~ 30 Vdc.</p><p>• Current consumption (nominal): 13.5 A.</p><p>• Charge time: 22 minutes.</p><p>• Recharge time: 12 minutes.</p><p>Output data. Network operation.</p><p>• Rated output voltage: 24 Vdc.</p><p>• Rated output current: 10 A.</p><p>• Boost.Stat: 12.5 A.</p><p>Output data. Buffer mode.</p><p>• Rated output voltage: 22 Vdc.</p><p>• Rated output current: 10 A.</p><p>• Boost.Stat: 12.5 A.</p><p>• Buffer time: 5 min (1 A) / 30 seconds (10 A).</p><p>Ambient. • Degree of pollution: 2.</p><p>• Degree of protection: IP20</p><p>• Protection class: Class III</p><p>• Ambient temperature (service):</p><p>- Between -25 ºC (77 ºF) and 60 ºC (140 ºF).</p><p>• Ambient temperature (storage/transport):</p><p>- Between -40 ºC (-40 ºF) and 50 ºC (140 ºF).</p><p>• Maximum permissible relative humidity:</p><p>- ≤ 95 %.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ293ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>16.</p><p>C</p><p>N</p><p>C</p><p>F</p><p>P</p><p>S</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>P</p><p>.</p><p>D</p><p>im</p><p>en</p><p>si</p><p>on</p><p>s.</p><p>16.2 Dimensions.</p><p>16.3 Securing the module.</p><p>When attaching the module, the following requirements must be met.</p><p>• Place the module in a vertical position, with the connectors facing upwards.</p><p>• The module must be installed inside an electrical cabinet with a protection rating of IP54</p><p>or higher (EN 60529 compliant). Place the module on a profile, according to EN 60715</p><p>(NS 35) standard.</p><p>• Always leave a space above and below the module for ventilation and subsequent</p><p>handling. Refer to the data sheet that comes with the product for further information on</p><p>the assembly.</p><p>Ensure that there is sufficient distance above and below the module to allow the heat generated to</p><p>dissipate by convection. The housing may become hot.</p><p>a</p><p>b</p><p>mm inch</p><p>a 118 4.64</p><p>b 130 5.11</p><p>c 125 4.92</p><p>c</p><p>50 mm</p><p>50 mm</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ294ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>16.</p><p>C</p><p>N</p><p>C</p><p>F</p><p>P</p><p>S</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>P</p><p>.</p><p>S</p><p>e</p><p>cu</p><p>rin</p><p>g</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>.</p><p>How to secure the module.</p><p>How to detach the module.</p><p>1</p><p>2</p><p>• Switch off the power supply before detaching the module.</p><p>• Disconnect all cables before detaching the module.</p><p>1</p><p>2</p><p>3</p><p>4</p><p>1</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ295ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>16.</p><p>C</p><p>N</p><p>C</p><p>F</p><p>P</p><p>S</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>P</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>ne</p><p>ct</p><p>io</p><p>n</p><p>to</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>C</p><p>N</p><p>C</p><p>.</p><p>16.4 Connection to the CNC.</p><p>Connection to the CNC and to the power supply.</p><p>Connector information.</p><p>Do not connect test plugs to the "Signal" connector. The maximum plug-in depth of the push-in</p><p>terminals is limited. In addition, when the test plug is plugged in, the unlocking button (push button)</p><p>is covered and unlocking is not possible or inadequate. If you do not push the release button all the</p><p>way down when pulling out the test plug, the connector will be damaged.</p><p>–+</p><p>Output.</p><p>CNC FPS-CAP</p><p>24 Vdc Power Supply</p><p>13</p><p>Signal.</p><p>UIN OK</p><p>CNC</p><p>G</p><p>N</p><p>D</p><p>24</p><p>V</p><p>A22</p><p>D</p><p>IS</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>L</p><p>E</p><p>_</p><p>B</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>B</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>_</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>I65</p><p>D</p><p>IS</p><p>A</p><p>B</p><p>L</p><p>E</p><p>_</p><p>B</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>–+</p><p>Input.</p><p>–+</p><p>Output.</p><p>DC 24 V DC 24 V 10 A</p><p>14</p><p>Alarm</p><p>Ready</p><p>Remote</p><p>SGnd</p><p>Connector data.</p><p>Connection technique. Screw connection.</p><p>Minimum/maximum tightening torque. 0.5 / 0.6 Nm.</p><p>Minimum/maximum section. 1.5 / 2.5 mm².</p><p>Minimum/maximum AWG section. 16 / 12.</p><p>Length to be stripped.</p><p>(use ferrules on flexible wires/cables).</p><p>6,5 mm.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ296ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>16.</p><p>C</p><p>N</p><p>C</p><p>F</p><p>P</p><p>S</p><p>-C</p><p>A</p><p>P</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>on</p><p>ne</p><p>ct</p><p>io</p><p>n</p><p>to</p><p>th</p><p>e</p><p>C</p><p>N</p><p>C</p><p>.</p><p>Meaning of the LED's.</p><p>Meaning of the LEDs during operation.</p><p>LED. Meaning.</p><p>Red LED.</p><p>LED on when the module is in alarm status. Possible alarms include:</p><p>• Over-temperature.</p><p>• Error in the storage capacitor.</p><p>• Disconnection in the event of overload in buffer mode.</p><p>Green LED.</p><p>LED on when the capacitors are charged or the module is in buffer</p><p>mode.</p><p>Green LED.</p><p>LED on when the input supply voltage is in the valid range.</p><p>LED. Meaning.</p><p>UIn OK Ready Alarm</p><p>off off off Module switched off.</p><p>on on on Start-up, testing the LEDs (~3 seconds).</p><p>on</p><p>on off Network operation, the buffer is ready. The state of charge of the</p><p>capacitor is above the "Ready" threshold.</p><p>flashing</p><p>50 %</p><p>off Network operation, charging the capacitor. The state of charge</p><p>of the capacitor is below the "Ready" threshold.</p><p>on Network operation, alarm. The state of charge of the capacitor</p><p>is below the "Ready" threshold.</p><p>on on Network operation, alarm. The state of charge of the capacitor</p><p>is above the "Ready" threshold.</p><p>off</p><p>on off Buffer mode.</p><p>on on Buffer mode. Alarm due to overtemperature > 70 ºC.</p><p>off on Buffer mode. Alarm.</p><p>off on Buffer mode. Alarm.</p><p>flashing</p><p>90 %</p><p>on off Network operation, "Remote" pin shorted to "SGnd". The buffer</p><p>is ready.</p><p>flashing</p><p>50 %</p><p>off Network operation, "Remote" pin shorted to "SGnd". Charging</p><p>in progress.</p><p>flashing</p><p>10 %</p><p>flashing</p><p>50 %</p><p>off Network operation, "Remote" pin shorted with "SGnd" or output</p><p>delay enabled. Charge in process or capacitor fully charged.</p><p>flashing</p><p>50 %</p><p>on Network operation, "Remote" pin shorted with "SGnd" or output</p><p>delay enabled. Charge in process or "Ready". Alarm.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ297ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>17.</p><p>IN</p><p>S</p><p>T</p><p>A</p><p>L</p><p>L</p><p>IN</p><p>G</p><p>A</p><p>S</p><p>E</p><p>N</p><p>S</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>F</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>G</p><p>A</p><p>P</p><p>C</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>T</p><p>R</p><p>O</p><p>L</p><p>(</p><p>L</p><p>A</p><p>S</p><p>E</p><p>R</p><p>M</p><p>O</p><p>D</p><p>E</p><p>L</p><p>).</p><p>17 INSTALLING A SENSOR FOR GAP CONTROL (LASER</p><p>MODEL).</p><p>The analog input for the sensor can be installed in remote CAN or EtherCAT modules. Use</p><p>the machine parameters GAPANAINTYPE and GAPANAINID to define the CNC where the</p><p>sensor input is located.</p><p>Electrical diagram.</p><p>Connecting a sensor to an analog input on CAN remote modules.</p><p>The analog inputs are available on modules RIO5 and RIOR.</p><p>Connecting the sensor to an analog input on remote EtherCAT modules.</p><p>The analog inputs are available on modules RIOW-E and RIOR-E.</p><p>I48</p><p>AI1+</p><p>AI1-</p><p>11</p><p>9 ANALOG INPUT -</p><p>ANALOG INPUT +</p><p>RIOR GAP SENSORCNC</p><p>CAN</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ298ꞏ</p><p>User notes:</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ299ꞏ</p><p>User notes:</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>Fagor Automation S. Coop.</p><p>Bº San Andrés, 19 - Apdo. 144</p><p>E-20500 Arrasate-Mondragón, Spain</p><p>Tel: +34 943 039 800</p><p>Fax: +34 943 791 712</p><p>E-mail: contact@fagorautomation.es</p><p>www.fagorautomation.com</p><p>List of manuals</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>INDEX</p><p>1 Previous information.</p><p>2 Configuration.</p><p>2.1 Central unit.</p><p>2.2 Central unit + Monitor.</p><p>2.3 Central unit + Monitor + Keyboard.</p><p>2.4 Central unit + Monitor + Keyboard and Operator panel.</p><p>2.5 Monitor.</p><p>2.6 Operator panels.</p><p>2.7 CAN keyboard.</p><p>2.8 USB keyboard.</p><p>2.9 CAN remote modules.</p><p>2.10 EtherCAT remote modules.</p><p>2.11 General diagram (8058 integrated model).</p><p>2.12 General diagram (8060, 8065 and 8070 integrated models).</p><p>2.13 General diagram (in-cabinet model).</p><p>3 Central unit (cpu) enclosure.</p><p>3.1 Calculation of the surface needed for heat dissipation.</p><p>4 Central unit (integrated model).</p><p>4.1 Specifications.</p><p>4.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification.</p><p>4.2 Dimensions.</p><p>4.2.1 QC-C58-10K QC-C##-10AK (all models).</p><p>4.2.2 QC-C##-10K (8060/8065/8070).</p><p>4.2.3 QC-C##-10H / QC-C##-10HT (8060/8065/8070).</p><p>4.2.4 QC-C##-10V / QC-C##-10VT (8060/8065/8070).</p><p>4.2.5 QC-C##-15 (8060/8065/8070).</p><p>4.2.6 QC-C##-15AT (8060/8065/8070).</p><p>4.3 Enclosure and securing of the modules.</p><p>4.3.1 Ambient characteristics of the enclosure.</p><p>4.3.2 Enclosure design.</p><p>4.3.3 Dimensions of the cut off part and the enclosure.</p><p>4.3.4 Securing the module.</p><p>4.4 Power supply for the module.</p><p>4.4.1 Protection against over-voltage and reverse voltage.</p><p>4.4.2 Voltage supply at 24 V DC.</p><p>4.4.3 Power supply via UPS.</p><p>4.4.4 Ground connection.</p><p>4.4.5 Power supply requirements.</p><p>4.4.6 Connection of the power supply to the line voltage.</p><p>4.4.7 NOT recommended circuits.</p><p>4.5 Non-volatile RAM (FRAM).</p><p>4.6 Hardware functionality (connectors).</p><p>4.6.1 Front of the monitor.</p><p>4.6.2 Rear.</p><p>4.7 Technical/electrical characteristics of the inputs and outputs.</p><p>4.7.1 Digital inputs.</p><p>4.7.2 Digital outputs.</p><p>4.7.3 Analog outputs.</p><p>4.7.4 Feedback inputs.</p><p>4.8 Connections.</p><p>4.8.1 Ground connection.</p><p>4.8.2 Connecting the relay for the emergency chain.</p><p>4.8.3 Connecting the USB2.0 port.</p><p>4.8.4 Feedback connection.</p><p>4.8.5 Handwheel connection (only QC-C##-10K and QC-C##-10AK).</p><p>4.8.6 Probe connection.</p><p>4.8.7 Connection to an Ethernet network.</p><p>4.8.8 EtherCAT bus.</p><p>4.8.9 CAN bus.</p><p>4.8.10 Sercos III bus.</p><p>5 central unit (in-cabinet model with possibility of VESA mounting).</p><p>5.1 Specifications.</p><p>5.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification.</p><p>5.2 Dimensions.</p><p>5.3 Enclosure and securing of the modules.</p><p>5.3.1 Ambient characteristics of the cabinet.</p><p>5.3.2 Cabinet design.</p><p>5.3.3 Ventilation.</p><p>5.3.4 Securing the module.</p><p>5.4 VESA mount.</p><p>5.5 Power supply for the module.</p><p>5.5.1 Protection against over-voltage and reverse voltage.</p><p>5.5.2 Voltage supply at 24 V DC.</p><p>5.5.3 Power supply via UPS.</p><p>5.5.4 Ground connection.</p><p>5.5.5 Specs of the power supply.</p><p>5.5.6 Connection of the power supply to the line voltage.</p><p>5.5.7 NOT recommended circuits.</p><p>5.6 Non-volatile RAM (FRAM).</p><p>5.7 Hardware functionality (connectors).</p><p>5.7.1 Front.</p><p>5.7.2 Top.</p><p>5.7.3 Bottom.</p><p>5.7.4 Connector identification.</p><p>5.8 Technical/electrical characteristics of the inputs and outputs.</p><p>5.8.1 Digital inputs.</p><p>5.8.2 Digital outputs.</p><p>5.8.3 Analog outputs.</p><p>5.8.4 Feedback inputs.</p><p>5.9 Connections.</p><p>5.9.1 Ground connection.</p><p>5.9.2 Connecting the USB2.0 port.</p><p>5.9.3 Connecting the DVI-D video output.</p><p>5.9.4 Connecting the relay for the emergency chain.</p><p>5.9.5 Feedback connection.</p><p>5.9.6 Probe connection.</p><p>5.9.7 Connection to an Ethernet network.</p><p>5.9.8 EtherCAT bus.</p><p>5.9.9 Bus Sercos-III.</p><p>5.9.10 CAN bus.</p><p>1 MONITOR-18 MULTITOUCH.</p><p>1.1 Specifications.</p><p>1.2 General diagram.</p><p>1.3 Dimensions.</p><p>1.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module.</p><p>1.4.1 Enclosure design.</p><p>1.4.2 Securing the module.</p><p>1.5 Voltage supply for the module.</p><p>1.6 Configuring the video signal from the monitor.</p><p>1.7 Connectors.</p><p>1.8 Cable characteristics.</p><p>1.8.1 VGA video signal.</p><p>1.8.2 DVI-D video signal.</p><p>1.9 OSD (On Screen Display) menu.</p><p>1.9.1 Using the rear keyboard with the OSD menu.</p><p>1.9.2 OSD menu.</p><p>1.9.3 Locks and unlocks the OSD menu.</p><p>7 MONITOR-21 MULTITOUCH.</p><p>7.1 Specifications.</p><p>7.2 General diagram.</p><p>7.3 Dimensions.</p><p>7.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module.</p><p>7.4.1 Enclosure design.</p><p>7.4.2 Securing the module.</p><p>7.5 Voltage supply for the module.</p><p>7.6 Configuring the video signal from the monitor.</p><p>7.7 Connectors.</p><p>7.8 Cable characteristics.</p><p>7.8.1 VGA video signal.</p><p>7.9 OSD (On Screen Display) menu.</p><p>7.9.1 Using the rear keyboard with the OSD menu.</p><p>7.9.2 OSD menu.</p><p>7.9.3 Locks and unlocks the OSD menu.</p><p>8 HORIZONTAL KEYB.</p><p>8.1 Specifications.</p><p>8.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification.</p><p>8.2 General diagram.</p><p>8.3 Dimensions.</p><p>8.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module.</p><p>8.4.1 Ambient characteristics of the enclosure.</p><p>8.4.2 Enclosure design.</p><p>8.4.3 Securing the module.</p><p>8.5 Power supply for the module.</p><p>8.6 Hardware functionalities.</p><p>8.6.1 Ground connection.</p><p>8.6.2 Rear</p><p>connectors.</p><p>8.7 Bus CAN (CANopen protocol).</p><p>8.7.1 Identification of the modules at the bus.</p><p>8.7.2 Identification of the first and last elements of the bus.</p><p>8.7.3 CAN bus type selection (CANopen).</p><p>8.7.4 Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus.</p><p>9 VERTICAL KEYB.</p><p>9.1 Specifications.</p><p>9.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification.</p><p>9.2 General diagram.</p><p>9.3 Dimensions.</p><p>9.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module.</p><p>9.4.1 Ambient characteristics of the enclosure.</p><p>9.4.2 Enclosure design.</p><p>9.4.3 Securing the module.</p><p>9.5 Power supply for the module.</p><p>9.6 Hardware functionalities.</p><p>9.6.1 Ground connection.</p><p>9.6.2 Rear connectors.</p><p>9.7 Bus CAN (CANopen protocol).</p><p>9.7.1 Identification of the modules at the bus.</p><p>9.7.2 Identification of the first and last elements of the bus.</p><p>9.7.3 CAN bus type selection (CANopen).</p><p>9.7.4 Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus.</p><p>10 HORIZONTAL KEYB 2.0 + TOUCHPAD.</p><p>10.1 Specifications.</p><p>10.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification.</p><p>10.2 General diagram.</p><p>10.3 Dimensions.</p><p>10.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module.</p><p>10.4.1 Enclosure design.</p><p>10.4.2 Securing the module.</p><p>10.5 Voltage supply for the module.</p><p>10.6 Connectors.</p><p>10.7 Selecting the language and the keyboard distribution.</p><p>10.8 Using the Fagor logo key.</p><p>10.9 Numeric keypad.</p><p>10.10 Touchpad (touch screen).</p><p>11 HORIZONTAL KEYB 2.0-A.</p><p>11.1 Specifications.</p><p>11.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification.</p><p>11.2 General diagram.</p><p>11.3 Dimensions.</p><p>11.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module.</p><p>11.4.1 Enclosure design.</p><p>11.4.2 Securing the module.</p><p>11.5 Power supply for the module.</p><p>11.6 Connectors.</p><p>11.7 Selecting the language and the keyboard distribution.</p><p>11.8 Using the Fagor logo key.</p><p>11.9 Numeric keypad.</p><p>11.10 Touchpad (touch screen).</p><p>12 OP-PANEL-329.</p><p>12.1 Specifications.</p><p>12.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification.</p><p>12.2 General diagram.</p><p>12.3 Dimensions.</p><p>12.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module.</p><p>12.4.1 Ambient characteristics of the enclosure.</p><p>12.4.2 Enclosure design.</p><p>12.4.3 Securing the module.</p><p>12.5 Power supply for the module.</p><p>12.6 Hardware functionalities.</p><p>12.6.1 Ground connection.</p><p>12.6.2 Rear connectors.</p><p>12.7 Handwheel connection.</p><p>12.8 Bus CAN (CANopen protocol).</p><p>12.8.1 Identification of the modules at the bus.</p><p>12.8.2 Identification of the first and last elements of the bus.</p><p>12.8.3 CAN bus type selection (CANopen).</p><p>12.8.4 Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus.</p><p>13 OP PANEL / OP PANEL+SPDL RATE.</p><p>13.1 Specifications.</p><p>13.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity for NRTL certification.</p><p>13.2 General diagram.</p><p>13.3 Dimensions.</p><p>13.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module.</p><p>13.4.1 Ambient characteristics of the enclosure.</p><p>13.4.2 Enclosure design.</p><p>13.4.3 Securing the module.</p><p>13.5 Power supply for the module.</p><p>13.6 Hardware functionalities.</p><p>13.6.1 Ground connection.</p><p>13.6.2 Rear connectors.</p><p>13.7 Handwheel connection.</p><p>13.8 Bus CAN (CANopen protocol).</p><p>13.8.1 Identification of the modules at the bus.</p><p>13.8.2 Identification of the first and last elements of the bus.</p><p>13.8.3 CAN bus type selection (CANopen).</p><p>13.8.4 Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus.</p><p>14 OP PANEL-A / OP PANEL+SPDL RATE-A.</p><p>14.1 Specifications.</p><p>14.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity.</p><p>14.2 General diagram.</p><p>14.3 Dimensions.</p><p>14.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module.</p><p>14.4.1 Ambient characteristics of the enclosure.</p><p>14.4.2 Enclosure design.</p><p>14.4.3 Securing the module.</p><p>14.5 Power supply for the module.</p><p>14.6 Hardware functionalities.</p><p>14.6.1 Ground connection.</p><p>14.6.2 Rear connectors.</p><p>14.7 Handwheel connection.</p><p>14.8 Connecting the emergency stop button</p><p>14.9 CAN Bus (CANopen protocol).</p><p>14.9.1 Module identification at the bus.</p><p>14.9.2 Identification of the first and last elements of the bus. Line terminating resistor.</p><p>14.9.3 CAN bus type selection (CANopen).</p><p>14.9.4 Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus.</p><p>15 CNC-FPS.</p><p>15.1 Specifications.</p><p>15.2 Dimensions.</p><p>15.3 Securing the module.</p><p>15.4 Protection fuse.</p><p>15.5 UPS connection diagram.</p><p>16 CNC FPS-CAP.</p><p>16.1 Specifications.</p><p>16.2 Dimensions.</p><p>16.3 Securing the module.</p><p>16.4 Connection to the CNC.</p><p>17 Installing a sensor for gap control (laser model).</p><p>256</p><p>13.4.3 Securing the module. ............................................................................................... 257</p><p>13.5 Power supply for the module. ...................................................................................... 258</p><p>13.6 Hardware functionalities. ............................................................................................. 259</p><p>13.6.1 Ground connection. ................................................................................................. 259</p><p>13.6.2 Rear connectors. ..................................................................................................... 259</p><p>13.7 Handwheel connection. ............................................................................................... 263</p><p>13.8 Bus CAN (CANopen protocol). .................................................................................... 264</p><p>13.8.1 Identification of the modules at the bus. .................................................................. 265</p><p>13.8.2 Identification of the first and last elements of the bus. ............................................. 266</p><p>13.8.3 CAN bus type selection (CANopen)......................................................................... 266</p><p>13.8.4 Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus............................................................... 266</p><p>CHAPTER 14 OP PANEL-A / OP PANEL+SPDL RATE-A.</p><p>14.1 Specifications. ............................................................................................................. 268</p><p>14.1.1 Conditions of acceptabity. ....................................................................................... 269</p><p>14.2 General diagram. ........................................................................................................ 270</p><p>14.3 Dimensions. ................................................................................................................ 271</p><p>14.4 Enclosure and mounting of the module. ...................................................................... 272</p><p>14.4.1 Ambient characteristics of the enclosure. ................................................................ 272</p><p>14.4.2 Enclosure design. ................................................................................................... 272</p><p>14.4.3 Securing the module. ............................................................................................... 273</p><p>14.5 Power supply for the module. ...................................................................................... 274</p><p>14.6 Hardware functionalities. ............................................................................................. 274</p><p>14.6.1 Ground connection. ................................................................................................. 274</p><p>14.6.2 Rear connectors. ..................................................................................................... 275</p><p>14.7 Handwheel connection. ............................................................................................... 279</p><p>14.8 Connecting the emergency stop button ....................................................................... 280</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ7ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>14.9 CAN Bus (CANopen protocol). .................................................................................... 281</p><p>14.9.1 Module identification at the bus................................................................................ 282</p><p>14.9.2 Identification of the first and last elements of the bus. Line terminating resistor...... 283</p><p>14.9.3 CAN bus type selection (CANopen)......................................................................... 283</p><p>14.9.4 Selecting the speed for the CANopen bus. .............................................................. 283</p><p>CHAPTER 15 CNC-FPS.</p><p>15.1 Specifications. ............................................................................................................. 286</p><p>15.2 Dimensions. ................................................................................................................ 286</p><p>15.3 Securing the module. ................................................................................................... 287</p><p>15.4 Protection fuse. ........................................................................................................... 287</p><p>15.5 UPS connection diagram. ............................................................................................ 288</p><p>CHAPTER 16 CNC FPS-CAP.</p><p>16.1 Specifications. ............................................................................................................. 292</p><p>16.2 Dimensions. ................................................................................................................ 293</p><p>16.3 Securing the module. .................................................................................................. 293</p><p>16.4 Connection to the CNC. .............................................................................................. 295</p><p>CHAPTER 17 INSTALLING A SENSOR FOR GAP CONTROL (LASER MODEL).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ8ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ9ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>ABOUT THIS MANUAL.</p><p>Title. Hardware configuration.</p><p>Models. CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>Type of documentation. OEM manual. This manual describes the main CNC hardware;</p><p>models, dimensions, connectors, etc.</p><p>Remarks.</p><p>Always use the manual reference associated with the software version</p><p>or a later manual reference. You can download the latest manual</p><p>reference from the download section on our website.</p><p>Limitations.</p><p>The availability of some of the features described in this manual are</p><p>dependent on the acquired software options. Moreover, the machine</p><p>manufacturer (OEM) customizes the CNC performance of each</p><p>machine using the machine parameters and the PLC. Because of this,</p><p>the manual may describe features that are not available for the CNC</p><p>or the machine. Consult the machine manufacturer for the available</p><p>features.</p><p>Electronic document. man_elite_58_60_65_70_hard.pdf. Manual available from the</p><p>download section of our website.</p><p>Language. English [EN]. Refer to our website, download area, the languages</p><p>available for each manual.</p><p>Date of publication. May, 2024</p><p>Manual reference Ref: 2405</p><p>Associated version. v2.22.04</p><p>Responsibility exemption. The information described in this manual may be subject to changes</p><p>due to technical modifications. Fagor Automation reserves the right to</p><p>change the contents of this manual without prior notice.</p><p>Trademarks. This manual may contain third-party trademarks or trade names,</p><p>however, they do not have them associated ® or ™ symbols. All the</p><p>trade marks appearing in the manual belong to the corresponding</p><p>owners. The use of these marks by third parties for their own purpose</p><p>could violate the rights of the owners.</p><p>Website / Email. http://www.fagorautomation.com</p><p>Email: contact@fagorautomation.es</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ10ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ11ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>SOFTWARE OPTIONS.</p><p>Some of the features described in this manual are dependent on the acquired software options. The active</p><p>software options for the CNC can be consulted in the diagnostics mode (accessible from the task window</p><p>by pressing [CTRL] [A]), under software options. Consult Fagor Automation regarding the software options</p><p>available for your model.</p><p>About the product.</p><p>Software option Description.</p><p>SOFT ADDIT AXES Option to add axes to the default configuration.</p><p>SOFT ADDIT SPINDLES Option to add spindles to the default configuration.</p><p>SOFT ADDIT TOOL MAGAZ Option to add magazines to the default configuration.</p><p>SOFT ADDIT CHANNELS Option to add channels to the default configuration.</p><p>SOFT 4 AXES INTERPOLATION LIMIT Limited to 4 interpolated axes.</p><p>SOFT DIGITAL SERCOS Option for a Sercos digital bus.</p><p>SOFT THIRD PARTY DRIVES Option to</p><p>use EtherCAT third party drives.</p><p>SOFT THIRD PARTY I/Os Option to use third party I/O modules.</p><p>SOFT OPEN SYSTEM Option for open systems. The CNC is a closed system that</p><p>offers all the features needed to machine parts.</p><p>Nevertheless, at times there are some customers who use</p><p>third-party applications to take measurements, perform</p><p>statistics or other tasks apart from machining a part.</p><p>This feature must be active when installing this type of</p><p>application, even if they are Office files. Once the</p><p>application has been installed, it is recommended to close</p><p>the CNC in order to prevent the operators from installing</p><p>other kinds of applications that could slow the system</p><p>down and affect the machining operations.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ12ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>SOFT i4.0 CONNECTIVITY PACK Options for Industry 4.0 connectivity. This option provides</p><p>various data exchange standards (for example, OPC UA),</p><p>which allows the CNC (and therefore the machine tool) to</p><p>be integrated into a data acquisition network or into a MES</p><p>or SCADA system.</p><p>SOFT EDIT/SIMUL Option to enable edisimu mode (edition and simulation)</p><p>on the CNC, which can edit, modify and simulate part</p><p>programs.</p><p>SOFT DUAL-PURPOSE (M-T) Option to enable the dual-purpose machine, which allows</p><p>milling and turning cycles. On Y-axis lathes, this option</p><p>allows for pockets, bosses and even irregular pockets with</p><p>islands to be made during milling cycles. On a C-axis mill,</p><p>this option allows turning cycles to be used.</p><p>SOFT TOOL RADIUS COMP Opt ion to enab le rad ius compensa t ion . Th is</p><p>compensation programs the contour to be machined</p><p>based on part dimensions without taking into account the</p><p>dimensions of the tool that will be used later on. This</p><p>avoids having to calculate and define the tool paths based</p><p>on the tool radius.</p><p>SOFT PROFILE EDITOR Option to enable the profile editor in edisimu mode and in</p><p>the cycle editor. This editor can graphically, and in a</p><p>guided way, define rectangular, circular profiles or any</p><p>profile made up of straight and circular sections an it can</p><p>also import dxf files. After defining the profile, the CNC</p><p>generates the required blocks and add them to the</p><p>program.</p><p>SOFT HD GRAPHICS</p><p>In a multi-channel system, this feature requires the MP-</p><p>PLUS (83700201) processor.</p><p>High definition solid 3D graphics for the execution and</p><p>simulation of part-programs and canned cycles of the</p><p>editor. During machining, the HD graphics display, in real</p><p>time, the tool removing the material from the part, allowing</p><p>the condition of the part to be seen at all times. These</p><p>graphics are required for the collision control (FCAS).</p><p>SOFT IIP CONVERSATIONAL The IIP (Interactive Icon-based Pages) mode, or</p><p>conversational mode, works with the CNC in a graphical</p><p>and guided way based on predefined cycles. There is no</p><p>need to work with part programs, have any previous</p><p>programming knowledge or be familiar with Fagor CNCs.</p><p>Working in conversational mode is easier than in ISO</p><p>mode, as it ensures proper data entry and minimizes the</p><p>number of operations to be defined.</p><p>SOFT RTCP</p><p>This feature requires the MP-PLUS (83700201)</p><p>processor.</p><p>Option to enable dynamic RTCP (Rotating Tool Center</p><p>Point) required to machine with 4, 5 and 6 axis kinematics;</p><p>for example, angular and orthogonal spindles, tilting</p><p>tables, etc. The RTCP orientation of the tool may be</p><p>changed without modifying the position occupied by the</p><p>tool tip on the part.</p><p>SOFT C AXIS Option to enable C-axis kinematics and associated</p><p>canned cycles. The machine parameters of each axis or</p><p>spindle indicate whether it can operate as a C axis or not.</p><p>For this reason, it is not necessary to add specific axes to</p><p>the configuration.</p><p>SOFT Y AXIS Option to enable lathe Y-axis kinematics and associated</p><p>canned cycles.</p><p>SOFT TANDEM AXES Option to enable tandem axle control. A tandem axis</p><p>consists of two motors mechanically coupled to each</p><p>other forming a single transmission system (axis or</p><p>spindle). A tandem axis helps provide the necessary</p><p>torque to move an axis when a single motor is not capable</p><p>of supplying enough torque to do it.</p><p>When activating this feature, it should be kept in mind that</p><p>for each tandem axis of the machine, another axis must</p><p>be added to the entire configuration. For example, on a</p><p>large 3-axis lathe (X Z and tailstock), if the tailstock is a</p><p>tandem axis, the final purchase order for the machine</p><p>must indicate 4 axes.</p><p>Software option Description.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ13ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>SOFT SYNCHRONISM Option to enable the synchronization of paired axes and</p><p>spindles, in speed or position, and through a given ratio.</p><p>SOFT KINEMATIC CALIBRATION Option to enable tool calibration. For the first time, this</p><p>kinematics calibration allows for the kinematics offsets to</p><p>be calculated using various approximate data and, also,</p><p>from time to time to correct any possible deviations</p><p>caused by day-to-day machining operations.</p><p>SOFT 60 HSSA I MACHINING SYSTEM Option to enable the HSSA-I (High Speed Surface</p><p>Accuracy) algorithm for high speed machining (HSC).</p><p>This new HSSA algorithm allows for high speed</p><p>machining optimization, where higher cutting speeds,</p><p>smoother contours, a better surface finishing and greater</p><p>precision are achieved.</p><p>SOFT HSSA II MACHINING SYSTEM Option to enable the HSSA-II (High Speed Surface</p><p>Accuracy) algorithm for high speed machining (HSC).</p><p>This new HSSA algorithm allows for high speed</p><p>machining optimization, where higher cutting speeds,</p><p>smoother contours, a better surface finishing and greater</p><p>precision are achieved. The HSSA-II algorithm has the</p><p>following advantages compared to the HSSA-I algorithm.</p><p>• Advanced algorithm for point preprocessing in real</p><p>time.</p><p>• Extended curvature algorithm with dynamic</p><p>limitations. Improved acceleration and jerk control.</p><p>• Greater number of pre-processed points.</p><p>• Filters to smooth out the dynamic machine behavior.</p><p>SOFT TANGENTIAL CONTROL Option to enable tangential control. "Tangential Control"</p><p>maintains a rotary axis always in the same orientation with</p><p>respect to the programmed tool path. The machining path</p><p>is defined on the axes of the active plane and the CNC</p><p>maintains the orientation of the rotary axis along the entire</p><p>tool path.</p><p>SOFT PROBE Option to enable functions G100, G103 and G104 (for</p><p>probe movements) and probe canned cycles (which help</p><p>to measure part surfaces and to calibrate tools). For the</p><p>laser model, it only activates the non-cycle function G100.</p><p>The CNC may have two probes; usually a tabletop probe</p><p>to calibrate tools and a measuring probe to measure the</p><p>part.</p><p>SOFT FVC STANDARD</p><p>SOFT FVC UP TO 10m3</p><p>SOFT FVC MORE TO 10m3</p><p>Options to enable volumetric compensation. The</p><p>precision of the parts is l imited by the machine</p><p>manufac tur ing to lerances, wear, the e ffec t o f</p><p>temperature, etc., especially on 5-axis machines.</p><p>Volumetric compensation corrects these geometric errors</p><p>to a larger extent, thus improving the precision of the</p><p>positioning. The volume to be compensated is defined by</p><p>a point cloud and for each point the</p><p>error to be corrected is measured. When mapping the total</p><p>work volume of the machine, the CNC knows the exact</p><p>position of the tool at all times.</p><p>There are 3 options, which depend on the size of the</p><p>machine.</p><p>• FVC STANDARD: Compensation for 15625 points</p><p>(maximum 1000 points per axis). Quick calibration</p><p>(time), but less precise than the other two, but</p><p>sufficient for the desired tolerances.</p><p>• FVC UP TO 10m3: Volume compensation up to 10 m³.</p><p>More accurate than FVC STANDARD, but requires a</p><p>more accurate calibration using a Tracer or Tracker</p><p>laser).</p><p>• FVC MORE TO 10m3: Volume compensation greater</p><p>than 10 m³. More accurate than FVC STANDARD, but</p><p>requires a more accurate calibration using a Tracer or</p><p>Tracker laser.</p><p>Software option Description.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ14ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>SOFT CONV USER CYCLES Option to enable user conversational cycles. The user and</p><p>the OEM can add their own canned cycles (user cycles)</p><p>using the FGUIM application</p><p>that comes installed on the</p><p>CNC. The application offers a guided way to define a new</p><p>component and its softkey menu without having to be</p><p>familiar with script languages. User cycles work in a</p><p>similar way as Fagor canned cycles.</p><p>SOFT PROGTL3 Option to enable the ProGTL3 programming language</p><p>(ISO language extension), allowing profiles to be</p><p>programmed using a geometric language and without the</p><p>need to use an external CAD system. This language can</p><p>program lines and circles where the end point is defined</p><p>as the intersection of 2 other sections, pockets, ruled</p><p>surfaces, etc.</p><p>SOFT PPTRANS Option to enable the program translator, which can</p><p>convert programs written in other languages to Fagor ISO</p><p>code.</p><p>SOFT DMC Option to enable the DMC (Dynamic Machining Control).</p><p>DMC adapts the feedrate during machining to maintain</p><p>the cutting power as close as possible to ideal machining</p><p>conditions.</p><p>SOFT FMC Option to enable the FMC (Fagor Machining Calculator).</p><p>The FMC application consists of a database of materials</p><p>to be machined and machining operations, with an</p><p>interface to choose suitable cutting conditions for these</p><p>operations.</p><p>SOFT FFC Option to enable the FFC (Fagor Feed Control). During</p><p>the execution of a canned cycle of the editor, the FFC</p><p>function makes it possible to replace the feedrate and</p><p>speed programmed in the cycle with the active values of</p><p>the execution, which are acted upon by the feed override</p><p>and speed override.</p><p>SOFT 60/65/70 OPERATING TERMS Option to enable a temporary user license for the CNC,</p><p>which is valid until the date set by the OEM. While the</p><p>license is valid, the CNC will be fully operational</p><p>(according to the purchased software options).</p><p>SOFT FCAS Option to enable the FCAS (Fagor Collision Avoidance</p><p>System). The FCAS option, within the system limitations,</p><p>monitors the automatic, MDI/MDA, manual and tool</p><p>inspection movements in real time, so as to avoid</p><p>collisions between the tool and the machine. The FCAS</p><p>option requires that the HD graphics to be active and that</p><p>there is a defined a model configuration of the machine</p><p>adjusted to reality (.xca file), which includes all its moving</p><p>parts.</p><p>SOFT GENERATE ISO CODE ISO generation converts canned cycles, calls to</p><p>subroutines, loops, etc. into their equivalent ISO code (G,</p><p>F, S, etc functions), so the user can modify it and adapt it</p><p>to his needs (eliminate unwanted movements, etc.). The</p><p>CNC generates the new ISO code while simulating the</p><p>program, either from the DISIMU mode or from the</p><p>conversational mode.</p><p>SOFT PWM CONTROL Option to enable PWM (Pulse - Width Modulation) control</p><p>on laser machines. This feature is essential for cutting</p><p>very thick sheets, where the CNC must create a series of</p><p>PWM pulses to control laser power when drilling the initial</p><p>point.</p><p>This function is only available for Sercos bus control</p><p>systems and must also use one of the two fast digital</p><p>outputs available from the central unit.</p><p>SOFT GAP CONTROL Option to enable gap control, which makes it possible to</p><p>set a fixed distance between the laser nozzle and the</p><p>sheet surface with the use of a sensor. The CNC</p><p>compensates the difference between the distance</p><p>measured by the sensor and the programmed distance</p><p>with additional movements on the axis programmed for</p><p>the gap.</p><p>Software option Description.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ15ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>SOFT MANUAL NESTING Option to enable nesting in the automatic option. Nesting</p><p>consists of creating a pattern on the sheet material using</p><p>previously defined figures (in dxf, dwg or parametric files),</p><p>so as to use most of the sheet as possible. Once the</p><p>pattern has been defined, the CNC creates a program.</p><p>During manual nesting, the operator distributes the parts</p><p>on top of the sheet material.</p><p>SOFT AUTO NESTING Option to enable nesting in the automatic option. Nesting</p><p>consists of creating a pattern on the sheet material using</p><p>previously defined figures (in dxf, dwg or parametric files),</p><p>so as to use most of the sheet as possible. Once the</p><p>pattern has been defined, the CNC creates a program.</p><p>During automatic nesting, the application distributes the</p><p>figures on the sheet material and optimizes the spaces.</p><p>SOFT DRILL CYCL OL Option to enable ISO drilling cycles (G80, G81, G82,</p><p>G83).</p><p>Software option Description.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ16ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ17ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>EC-DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY</p><p>NRTL CERTIFICATE FOR USA AND CANADA</p><p>WARRANTY TERMS</p><p>The sales and warranty conditions are available from the downloads section of the Fagor Automation</p><p>corporate website.</p><p>https://www.fagorautomation.com/en/downloads/</p><p>Type of file: General sales - warranty conditions.</p><p>EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY,</p><p>WARRANTY CONDITIONS AND QUALITY</p><p>CERTIFICATES.</p><p>The declaration of conformity is available from the downloads section of the</p><p>Fagor Automation corporate website.</p><p>https://www.fagorautomation.com/en/downloads/</p><p>Type of file: Declaration of conformity.</p><p>The quality certificates are available from ꞏthe companyꞏ label on the Fagor</p><p>Automation corporate website.</p><p>https://www.fagorautomation.com/en/sections/quality/</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ18ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ19ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>Read the following safety measures in order to prevent harming people or damage to this product and those</p><p>products connected to it. Fagor Automation shall not be held responsible of any physical or material damage</p><p>originated from not complying with these basic safety rules.</p><p>PRECAUTIONS BEFORE CLEANING THE UNIT</p><p>PRECAUTIONS DURING REPAIRS</p><p>In case of a malfunction or failure, disconnect it and call the technical service.</p><p>PRECAUTIONS AGAINST PERSONAL HARM</p><p>SAFETY CONDITIONS.</p><p>Before start-up, verify that the machine that integrates this CNC meets the 2006/42/EC Directive.</p><p>Do not get into the inside of the unit. Only personnel authorized by Fagor Automation may access the</p><p>interior of this unit.</p><p>Do not handle the connectors with the unit</p><p>connected to AC power.</p><p>Before handling these connectors (I/O, feedback, etc.), make sure</p><p>that the unit is not powered.</p><p>Do not get into the inside of the unit. Only personnel authorized by Fagor Automation may access the</p><p>interior of this unit.</p><p>Do not handle the connectors with the unit</p><p>connected to AC power.</p><p>Before handling these connectors (I/O, feedback, etc.), make sure</p><p>that the unit is not powered.</p><p>Interconnection of modules. Use the connection cables provided with the unit.</p><p>Use proper cables. To prevent risks, only use cables and Sercos fiber recommended for</p><p>this unit.</p><p>To prevent a risk of electrical shock at the central unit, use the proper</p><p>connector (supplied by Fagor); use a three-prong power cable (one</p><p>of them being ground).</p><p>Avoid electric shocks. To prevent electrical shock and fire risk, do not apply electrical voltage</p><p>out of the indicated range.</p><p>Ground connection. In order to avoid electrical discharges, connect the ground terminals</p><p>of all the modules to the main ground terminal. Also, before</p><p>connecting the inputs and outputs of this product, make sure that the</p><p>ground connection has been done.</p><p>In order to avoid electrical shock, before turning the unit on verify that</p><p>the ground connection is properly made.</p><p>Do not work in humid environments. In order to avoid electrical discharges, always work with a relative</p><p>humidity (non-condensing).</p><p>Do not work in explosive environments. In order to avoid risks, harm or damages, do not work in explosive</p><p>environments.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ20ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>PRECAUTIONS AGAINST DAMAGE TO THE PRODUCT</p><p>SAFETY SYMBOLS</p><p>Symbols that may appear in the manual.</p><p>Work environment. This unit is ready to be used in industrial environments complying with</p><p>the directives and regulations effective in the European Community.</p><p>Fagor Automation shall not be held responsible for any damage</p><p>suffered or caused by the CNC when installed in other environments</p><p>(residential, homes, etc.).</p><p>Install this unit in the proper place. It is recommended, whenever possible, to install the CNC away from</p><p>coolants, chemical product, blows, etc. that could damage it.</p><p>This unit meets the European directives on electromagnetic</p><p>compatibility. Nevertheless, it is recommended to keep it away from</p><p>sources of electromagnetic disturbance such as:</p><p>Powerful loads connected to the same mains as the unit.</p><p>Nearby portable transmitters (radio-telephones, Ham radio</p><p>transmitters).</p><p>Nearby radio / TC transmitters.</p><p>Nearby arc welding machines.</p><p>Nearby high voltage lines.</p><p>Enclosures. It is up to the manufacturer to guarantee that the enclosure where the</p><p>unit has been installed meets all the relevant directives of the</p><p>European Union.</p><p>Avoid disturbances coming from the</p><p>machine.</p><p>The machine must have all the interference generating elements</p><p>(relay coils, contactors, motors, etc.) uncoupled.</p><p>Use the proper power supply. Use an external regulated 24 Vdc power supply for the keyboard,</p><p>operator panel and the remote modules.</p><p>Connecting the power supply to ground. The zero Volt point of the external power supply must be connected</p><p>to the main ground point of the machine.</p><p>Analog inputs and outputs connection. Use shielded cables connecting all their meshes to the corresponding</p><p>pin.</p><p>Ambient conditions. Maintain the CNC within the recommended temperature range, both</p><p>when running and not running. See the corresponding chapter in the</p><p>hardware manual.</p><p>Central unit enclosure. To maintain the right ambient conditions in the enclosure of the central</p><p>unit, it must meet the requirements indicated by Fagor. See the</p><p>corresponding chapter in the hardware manual.</p><p>Power switch. This switch must be easy to access and at a distance between 0.7 and</p><p>1.7 m (2.3 and 5.6 ft) off the floor.</p><p>Danger or prohibition symbol.</p><p>This symbol indicates actions or operations that may hurt people or damage products.</p><p>Warning or caution symbol.</p><p>This symbol indicates situations that certain operations could cause and the suggested actions to prevent</p><p>them.</p><p>Obligation symbol.</p><p>This symbol indicates actions and operations that must be carried out.</p><p>Information symbol.</p><p>This symbol indicates notes, warnings and advises.</p><p>Symbol for additional documentation.</p><p>This symbol indicates that there is another document with more detailed and specific information.</p><p>i</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ21ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>Symbols that the product may carry.</p><p>Ground symbol.</p><p>This symbol indicates that that point must be under voltage.</p><p>ESD components.</p><p>This symbol identifies the cards as ESD components (sensitive to electrostatic discharges).</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ22ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ23ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>Pack it in its original package along with its original packaging material. If you do not have the original</p><p>packaging material, pack it as follows:</p><p>1 Get a cardboard box whose 3 inside dimensions are at least 15 cm (6 inches) larger than those of the</p><p>unit itself. The cardboard being used to make the box must have a resistance of 170 Kg (375 lb.).</p><p>2 Attach a label to the device indicating the owner of the device along with contact information (address,</p><p>telephone number, email, name of the person to contact, type of device, serial number, etc.). In case</p><p>of malfunction also indicate symptom and a brief description of the problem.</p><p>3 Protect the unit wrapping it up with a roll of polyethylene or with similar material. When sending a central</p><p>unit with monitor, protect especially the screen.</p><p>4 Pad the unit inside the cardboard box with polyurethane foam on all sides.</p><p>5 Seal the cardboard box with packaging tape or with industrial staples.</p><p>RETURNING CONDITIONS.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ24ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ25ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>CLEANING</p><p>The accumulated dirt inside the unit may act as a screen preventing the proper dissipation of the heat</p><p>generated by the internal circuitry which could result in a harmful overheating of the unit and, consequently,</p><p>possible malfunctions. Accumulated dirt can sometimes act as an electrical conductor and short-circuit the</p><p>internal circuitry, especially under high humidity conditions.</p><p>To clean the operator panel and the monitor, a smooth cloth should be used which has been dipped into</p><p>de-ionized water and /or non abrasive dish-washer soap (liquid, never powder) or 75º alcohol. Never use</p><p>air compressed at high pressure to clean the unit because it could cause the accumulation of electrostatic</p><p>charges that could result in electrostatic shocks.</p><p>The plastics used on the front panel are resistant to grease and mineral oils, bases and bleach, dissolved</p><p>detergents and alcohol. Avoid the action of solvents such as chlorine hydrocarbons, venzole, esters and</p><p>ether which can damage the plastics used to make the unit’s front panel.</p><p>PRECAUTIONS BEFORE CLEANING THE UNIT</p><p>Fagor Automation shall not be held responsible for any material or physical damage derived from the</p><p>violation of these basic safety requirements.</p><p>• Do not handle the connectors with the unit supplied with power. Before handling these connectors (I/O,</p><p>feedback, etc.), make sure that the unit is not powered.</p><p>• Do not get into the inside of the unit. Only personnel authorized by Fagor Automation may access the</p><p>interior of this unit.</p><p>CNC MAINTENANCE.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ26ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ27ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>Below is a list of the features added in this software version and the manuals that describe them.</p><p>NEW FEATURES.</p><p>Manual reference: Ref: 2405</p><p>Date of publication: May, 2024</p><p>Associated software: v2.22.04</p><p>List of features. Manual</p><p>CNC new models.</p><p>• QC-C58-10AK</p><p>• QC-C60-10AK</p><p>• QC-C65-10AK</p><p>• QC-C70-10AK</p><p>[HARD]</p><p>[HARD]...............Hardware configuration.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ28ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ29ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>1.</p><p>P</p><p>R</p><p>E</p><p>V</p><p>IO</p><p>U</p><p>S</p><p>IN</p><p>F</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>M</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>IO</p><p>N</p><p>.</p><p>1 PREVIOUS INFORMATION.</p><p>About this manual.</p><p>This manual describes the characteristics, technical data and connections of the hardware</p><p>associated with the CNC. The installation manual describes the CNC configuration, machine</p><p>adaptation and start-up.</p><p>Installation and startup.</p><p>The hardware described in this manual is ready to be used in industrial environments</p><p>complying with the directives and regulations effective in the European Community. Before</p><p>start-up, verify that the machine that integrates this CNC meets the 89/392/CEE directive.</p><p>Qualification of personnel.</p><p>The unit can only be repaired by personnel authorized by Fagor Automation.</p><p>Only specialized technicians that know and understand the contents of this manual and all</p><p>the documentation related to the units may handle any of these units.</p><p>They must be trained on safety so they can identify and prevent any danger. Based on their</p><p>technical training, knowledge and experience, they must be able to foresee and recognize</p><p>any possible danger that may be caused by using these units, changing their settings and</p><p>in general by the mechanical, electrical and electronic devices that make up the whole</p><p>system.</p><p>They must also know the current regulations and standards for preventing accidents that</p><p>must be borne in mind when handling these units.</p><p>Fagor Automation shall not be held responsible of any physical or material damage</p><p>originated from not complying with these basic safety rules.</p><p>Safety conditions.</p><p>In order to avoid personal injuries and damage to this product or to those connected to it,</p><p>read carefully the section on safety conditions in the introduction to this manual. Fagor</p><p>Automation shall not be held responsible of any physical damage or defective unit resulting</p><p>from not complying with these basic safety regulations.</p><p>Do not handle the connectors with</p><p>the unit connected to AC power. Before doing it, make sure that</p><p>the unit is unplugged from the power outlet.</p><p>Do not get into the inside of the unit. This unit MUST NOT be opened by unauthorized personnel. Only</p><p>personnel authorized by Fagor Automation may manipulate the inside of this unit.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ30ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>1.</p><p>P</p><p>R</p><p>E</p><p>V</p><p>IO</p><p>U</p><p>S</p><p>IN</p><p>F</p><p>O</p><p>R</p><p>M</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>IO</p><p>N</p><p>.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ31ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>2.</p><p>C</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>F</p><p>IG</p><p>U</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>IO</p><p>N</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>e</p><p>nt</p><p>ra</p><p>l u</p><p>ni</p><p>t.</p><p>2 CONFIGURATION.</p><p>2.1 Central unit.</p><p>2.2 Central unit + Monitor.</p><p>The central unit is located on the rear of the monitor.</p><p>Identification. Description.</p><p>• In-cabinet Central Unit.</p><p>• Possibility of VESA mounting.</p><p>• Connecting to a DVI-D monitor.</p><p>• Connecting to keyboards and operator</p><p>panels via the CAN.</p><p>• Connecting to keyboards via the USB.</p><p>Identification. Description.</p><p>MONITOR-LCD-15</p><p>• The central unit is located on the rear of the</p><p>monitor.</p><p>• 15" (1024 × 768 pixels) monitor, aspect ratio</p><p>4:3, 24-bit color.</p><p>• USB 2.0 port, at the front, protected by a</p><p>cover.</p><p>MONITOR-LCD-15AT MULTITOUCH</p><p>• The central unit is located on the rear of the</p><p>monitor.</p><p>• 15" (1024 × 768 pixels) monitor, aspect ratio</p><p>4:3, 24-bit color.</p><p>• USB 2.0 port, at the front, protected by a</p><p>cover.</p><p>• Capacitive multi-touch screen, optimized for</p><p>the machine tool sector, including work using</p><p>gloves typically found in the sector.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ32ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>2.</p><p>C</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>F</p><p>IG</p><p>U</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>IO</p><p>N</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>e</p><p>nt</p><p>ra</p><p>l u</p><p>ni</p><p>t +</p><p>M</p><p>on</p><p>ito</p><p>r</p><p>+</p><p>K</p><p>ey</p><p>bo</p><p>ar</p><p>d.</p><p>2.3 Central unit + Monitor + Keyboard.</p><p>The central unit is located on the rear of the monitor.</p><p>2.4 Central unit + Monitor + Keyboard and Operator panel.</p><p>The central unit is located on the rear of the monitor.</p><p>Identification. Description.</p><p>MONITOR-LCD-10 HORIZONTAL</p><p>MONITOR-LCD-10 TOUCH HORIZONTAL</p><p>• Central unit.</p><p>• 10.4" LCD monitor (800x600) 18-bit color.</p><p>• Built-in keyboard.</p><p>• USB 2.0 port, at the front, protected by a</p><p>cover.</p><p>• Touch-screen optional.</p><p>MONITOR-LCD-10 VERTICAL</p><p>MONITOR-LCD-10 TOUCH VERTICAL</p><p>• Central unit.</p><p>• 10.4" LCD monitor (800x600) 18-bit color.</p><p>• Built-in keyboard.</p><p>• USB 2.0 port, at the front, protected by a</p><p>cover.</p><p>• Touch-screen optional.</p><p>Identification. Description.</p><p>MONITOR-LCD-10K</p><p>MONITOR-LCD-10AK</p><p>• Central unit.</p><p>• 10.4" LCD monitor (800x600) 18-bit color.</p><p>• Built-in keyboard.</p><p>• Built-in operator panel.</p><p>• USB 2.0 port, at the front, protected by a</p><p>cover.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ33ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>2.</p><p>C</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>F</p><p>IG</p><p>U</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>IO</p><p>N</p><p>.</p><p>M</p><p>on</p><p>ito</p><p>r.</p><p>2.5 Monitor.</p><p>Identification. Description.</p><p>MONITOR-21W MULTITOUCH</p><p>MONITOR-21W MULTITOUCH NEUTRO</p><p>• Type: TFT LED LCD FullHD.</p><p>• Screen: 10-point multi-touch capacitive.</p><p>• Size: 21.5" (aspect ratio 16:9).</p><p>• Screen color: 24 bits (16.7 million colors).</p><p>• Resolution: 1920 × 1080.</p><p>MONITOR-18W MULTITOUCH</p><p>• Type: TFT LED LCD WXGA.</p><p>• Screen: 10-point multi-touch capacitive.</p><p>• Size: 18" (aspect ratio 16:9).</p><p>• Screen color: 24 bits (16.7 million colors).</p><p>• Resolution: 1366 × 768.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ34ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>2.</p><p>C</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>F</p><p>IG</p><p>U</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>IO</p><p>N</p><p>.</p><p>O</p><p>pe</p><p>ra</p><p>to</p><p>r</p><p>pa</p><p>n</p><p>el</p><p>s.</p><p>2.6 Operator panels.</p><p>Identification. Description.</p><p>OP-PANEL-329</p><p>• Length 329 mm (12.95").</p><p>• 12 configurable user keys.</p><p>• Jog switch (0 - 200 %).</p><p>• 15 configurable jog keys.</p><p>• CNC power-down key.</p><p>• CAN communication (CANopen protocol).</p><p>• Spindle override key.</p><p>• Possibility to connect up to three</p><p>handwheels.</p><p>OP-PANEL</p><p>OP-PANEL-A</p><p>• Length 420 mm (16.54")</p><p>• 16 configurable user keys.</p><p>• Jog switch (0 - 200 %).</p><p>• 15 configurable jog keys.</p><p>• CNC power-down key.</p><p>• CAN communication (CANopen protocol).</p><p>• Spindle override key.</p><p>• Possibility to connect up to three</p><p>handwheels.</p><p>OP-PANEL+SPDL RATE</p><p>OP-PANEL+SPDL RATE-A</p><p>• Length 420 mm (16.54")</p><p>• 16 configurable user keys.</p><p>• Jog switch (0 - 200 %).</p><p>• 15 configurable jog keys.</p><p>• CNC power-down key.</p><p>• CAN communication (CANopen protocol).</p><p>• Spindle override switch.</p><p>• Possibility to connect up to three</p><p>handwheels.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ35ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>2.</p><p>C</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>F</p><p>IG</p><p>U</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>IO</p><p>N</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>k</p><p>ey</p><p>bo</p><p>ar</p><p>d.</p><p>2.7 CAN keyboard.</p><p>2.8 USB keyboard.</p><p>Identification. Description.</p><p>HORIZONTAL KEYB</p><p>• CAN horizontal, alphanumeric QWERTY</p><p>keyboard.</p><p>VERTICAL KEYB</p><p>• CAN vertical, alphanumeric keyboard.</p><p>Identification. Description.</p><p>HORIZONTAL KEYB 2.0 + TOUCHPAD.</p><p>HORIZONTAL KEYB 2.0-A.</p><p>• USB horizontal, alphanumeric QWERTY</p><p>keyboard.</p><p>• Multi-touch touchpad (touch panel).</p><p>• Numeric keypad optimized to operate with</p><p>the CNC (keys for axes, feedrate, speed, etc).</p><p>• Special functions with the Fagor key.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ36ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>2.</p><p>C</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>F</p><p>IG</p><p>U</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>IO</p><p>N</p><p>.</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>N</p><p>r</p><p>em</p><p>ot</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>s.</p><p>2.9 CAN remote modules.</p><p>Remote modules may be used to have extra resources (see table below) distributed at</p><p>different locations of the machine or installed in the electrical cabinet.</p><p>Identification. Description.</p><p>RIO5 series</p><p>• CAN communication (CANopen protocol).</p><p>• Digital inputs and outputs.</p><p>• Analog inputs and outputs.</p><p>• Analog inputs for PT100 temperature</p><p>sensors.</p><p>RIOW series</p><p>• CAN communication (CANopen protocol).</p><p>• Digital inputs and outputs.</p><p>• Analog inputs and outputs.</p><p>• Analog inputs for PT100 temperature</p><p>sensors.</p><p>RIOR series</p><p>• CAN communication (CANopen protocol).</p><p>• Digital inputs and outputs.</p><p>• Analog inputs and outputs.</p><p>• Analog inputs for PT100 temperature</p><p>sensors.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ37ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>2.</p><p>C</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>F</p><p>IG</p><p>U</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>IO</p><p>N</p><p>.</p><p>E</p><p>th</p><p>er</p><p>C</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>r</p><p>em</p><p>ot</p><p>e</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>u</p><p>le</p><p>s.</p><p>2.10 EtherCAT remote modules.</p><p>Remote modules may be used to have extra resources (see table below) distributed at</p><p>different locations of the machine or installed in the electrical cabinet.</p><p>Identification. Description.</p><p>RIOW-E series</p><p>• EtherCAT communication.</p><p>• Digital inputs and outputs.</p><p>• Analog inputs and outputs.</p><p>• Analog inputs for PT100 temperature</p><p>sensors.</p><p>RIOR-E series</p><p>• EtherCAT communication.</p><p>• Digital inputs and outputs.</p><p>• Analog inputs and outputs (configurable to</p><p>voltage or current).</p><p>• Analog inputs for PT100 temperature</p><p>sensors.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ38ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>2.</p><p>C</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>F</p><p>IG</p><p>U</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>IO</p><p>N</p><p>.</p><p>G</p><p>e</p><p>ne</p><p>ra</p><p>l d</p><p>ia</p><p>gr</p><p>am</p><p>(</p><p>80</p><p>5</p><p>8</p><p>in</p><p>te</p><p>gr</p><p>a</p><p>te</p><p>d</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>el</p><p>).</p><p>2.11 General diagram (8058 integrated model).</p><p>See the schematic description of all the elements that make up the CNC system.</p><p>CNC</p><p>Remote modules.Servo drive system.</p><p>DRIVES</p><p>EtherCAT</p><p>MONITOR-LCD-10K-001</p><p>MONITOR-LCD-10AK</p><p>RIOW</p><p>RIO5</p><p>RIOR</p><p>Sercos III</p><p>Remote modules.</p><p>RIOW-E</p><p>CAN</p><p>BCSD</p><p>EtherCAT Drive System.</p><p>RIOR-E</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ39ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>2.</p><p>C</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>F</p><p>IG</p><p>U</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>IO</p><p>N</p><p>.</p><p>G</p><p>en</p><p>e</p><p>ra</p><p>l d</p><p>ia</p><p>g</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>(</p><p>80</p><p>60</p><p>, 8</p><p>06</p><p>5</p><p>a</p><p>nd</p><p>8</p><p>07</p><p>0</p><p>in</p><p>te</p><p>gr</p><p>a</p><p>te</p><p>d</p><p>m</p><p>o</p><p>de</p><p>ls</p><p>).</p><p>2.12 General diagram (8060, 8065 and 8070 integrated models).</p><p>See the schematic description of all the elements that make up the CNC system.</p><p>RIOR-E</p><p>CNC</p><p>Remote modules.</p><p>USB EtherCAT</p><p>Keyboard.</p><p>MONITOR-LCD-10 HORIZONTAL</p><p>MONITOR-LCD-10 TOUCH HORIZONTAL</p><p>MONITOR-LCD-10K-001</p><p>MONITOR-LCD-10AK</p><p>MONITOR-LCD-10 VERTICAL</p><p>MONITOR-LCD-10 TOUCH VERTICAL</p><p>HORIZONTAL KEYB 2.0</p><p>+ TOUCHPAD.</p><p>RIOW</p><p>RIO5</p><p>RIOR</p><p>MONITOR-LCD-15 MONITOR-LCD-15AT-MULTITOUCH</p><p>Remote modules.</p><p>CANKeyboard.</p><p>RIOW-E</p><p>VERTICAL KEYB</p><p>HORIZONTAL KEYB</p><p>Operator panel.</p><p>OP-PANEL-329</p><p>CAN</p><p>OP-PANEL</p><p>OP-PANEL+SPDL RATE</p><p>BCSD</p><p>Servo drive system.</p><p>DRIVES</p><p>Sercos III</p><p>EtherCAT Drive System.</p><p>Hardware configuration.</p><p>CNCelite</p><p>8058 8060</p><p>8065 8070</p><p>ꞏ40ꞏ</p><p>REF: 2405</p><p>2.</p><p>C</p><p>O</p><p>N</p><p>F</p><p>IG</p><p>U</p><p>R</p><p>A</p><p>T</p><p>IO</p><p>N</p><p>.</p><p>G</p><p>en</p><p>e</p><p>ra</p><p>l d</p><p>ia</p><p>gr</p><p>am</p><p>(</p><p>in</p><p>-c</p><p>ab</p><p>in</p><p>et</p><p>m</p><p>od</p><p>el</p><p>).</p><p>2.13 General diagram (in-cabinet model).</p><p>See the schematic description of all the elements that make up the CNC system.</p><p>MONITOR</p>